DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS SEPTEMBER 2014

CCOORRPPOORRAATTIIOONN YYAARRDD AADDMMIINNIISSTTRRAATTIIOONN BBUUIILLDDIINNGG

PROJECT NO. PW 2013-12

SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

Corporation Yard Administration Building Specifications and Contract Documents Project No. PW 2013-12 City of Arroyo Grande, California

CITY COUNCIL Tony Ferrara Mayor Jim Guthrie Mayor Pro Tem Joe Costello Council Member Tim Brown Council Member Kristen Barneich Council Member

PROJECT ARCHITECT Harris Architecture & Design 151 West Branch Street, Suite E Arroyo Grande, CA 93420 (805) 574-1550

Project Architect: Kyle Harris

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT Geoff English., Public Works Director (805) 473-5460

CITY REPRESENTATIVE Mike Linn, Capital Projects Engineer (805) 473-5444 [email protected]

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS

STATEMENT OF PREVAILING WAGES

BID REQUIREMENTS

BID DOCUMENTS Bid Proposal Bidder's Bond Contractors Certification with regard to the performance of previous contracts Bidder Information Sheet List of Subcontractors Non-Collusion Affidavit Contractors Industrial Experience Certification form

SPECIAL PROVISIONS Section I. General Specifications Section II. Scope and Control of Work Section III. Contract Changes Section IV. Control of Materials Section V. Existing Utilities Section VI. Prosecution, Progress, and Acceptance of the Work Section VII. Responsibilities of the Contractor Section VIII. Insurance Requirement and Indemnification

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION 1 -- General Requirements 01010 Summary of Work 01035 Alteration Project Procedures 01040 Coordination 01045 Cutting and Patching 01050 Field Engineering 01060 Regulatory Requirements 01095 Reference Standards and Definitions 01100 Special Project Procedures 01200 Project Meetings 01300 Submittals 01400 Quality Control Services 01500 Temporary Facilities 01530 Tree and Plant Protection 01540 Security 01545 Safety and Health 01600 Product Requirements 01630 Product Options and Substitutions 01700 Project Closeout 01730 Operating and Maintenance Data

DIVISION 2 -- Site Work 02070 Selective Demolition

DIVISION 3 -- Concrete 03300 Concrete

DIVISION 4 -- Reinforced Concrete Masonry Units NOT USED

DIVISION 5 -- Metals NOT USED

DIVISION 6 -- Wood and Plastic 06100 Rough Carpentry 06175 Wood Trusses 06400 Finish Carpentry and Millwork

DIVISION 7 -- Thermal and Moisture Control 07410 Roof and Wall Panels 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07900 Joint Sealers and Caulking

DIVISION 8 -- Doors and Windows 08110 Standard Steel Doors and Frames 08215 High Pressure Plastic Laminate Doors 08531 Vinyl Windows 08700 Door Hardware

DIVISION 9 -- Finishes 09200 Gypsum Board 09511 Acoustical Panel Ceiling 09678 Resilient Wall Base & Accessories 09680 Carpeting & Floor Covering 09900 Paints and Coatings

DIVISION 10 -- Specialties 10400 Identifying Devices

DIVISION 11 -- Equipment NOT USED

DIVISION 12 -- Furnishings NOT USED

DIVISION 13 -- Special Construction NOT USED

DIVISION 14 -- Conveying Systems NOT USED

DIVISION 15 -- Mechanical 15001 Common HVAC Requirements 15005 General Mechanical 15400 Plumbing and Fixtures

DIVISION 16 - 25 NOT USED

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Contract Payment Bond (For Labor and Material) Bond of Faithful Performance General Liability Endorsement Automobile Liability Endorsement Worker's Compensation/Employment Liability Endorsement

NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS

CITY OF ARROYO GRANDE State of California

SEALED BIDS will be received at the office of the City Clerk, 300 East Branch Street, Arroyo Grande, California, 93420 until Thursday, October 16, 2014, 2:00 PM. Bids delivered by fax will not be considered. Bids will be publicly opened at the City Council Chambers, 215 East Branch Street, Arroyo Grande, California, for performing work as follows:

CORPORATION YARD ADMINISTRATION BUILDING PROJECT NO. PW 2013-12

Scope of Work The project involves the construction of a new single story 2,000 square foot administration building consisting of framed construction with prefinished metal panel exterior finish, standing seam metal roof, and associated finishes and utility connections to provide a fully functioning building.

Pre-Bid Conference Bidders are encouraged to attend a Pre-Bid Conference on Tuesday September 30, 2014 at 1:00 PM, at the Corporation Yard, 1375 Ash Street, Arroyo Grande, CA.

Submission of Bids Each bid must be submitted on bid forms furnished by the City, to the City Clerk at 300 East Branch Street, Arroyo Grande, California, 93420. All bids shall be completed in accordance with the contract documents, which may be obtained from the Community Development Department at 300 East Branch Street, Arroyo Grande, California, for a non-refundable fee of $150. For an additional non-refundable fee of $15, plans and specifications can be mailed to interested parties. The Architects’s Estimate is $410,000.

Each bid shall be accompanied by cash, certified or cashier's check or bidder's bond for not less than ten percent (10%) of the amount of the bid, made payable to the City of Arroyo Grande. In accordance with the provisions of the Public Contracts Code, any Contractor bidding this project shall possess a Class B license in the State of California, issued by the Contractor's State License Board.

The successful bidder shall be required to guarantee the performance of this Contract by a Payment Bond and Bond of Faithful Performance in the sum of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Amount.

Questions pertaining to this project shall be directed to Mike Linn at (805) 473-5444, [email protected].

CITY OF ARROYO GRANDE

-- END OF NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS --

i STATEMENT OF PREVAILING WAGES

Wages for this Project shall be based on the most current State of California Prevailing Wage Rate Schedules for the Southern California Region. Copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages are on file at the City Public Works Department, and will be made available to any interested party on request.

All wage rates will be subject to any recent negotiations.

Health and Welfare (H&W), Pension (PEN) and Vacation (VAC) pay shall be in accordance with the most current Prevailing Wage Rate Schedules.

Overtime shall be not less than one and one-half (1-1/2) times the above rate. Sundays and holidays shall be not less than double the above rates. The Holidays upon which such rates shall be paid shall be all holidays recognized in the collective bargaining agreement applicable to the particular crafts, classification or type of workmen employed on the project.

The Contractor shall forfeit as penalty to the City not more than the sum of fifty dollars ($50) for each calendar day or portion thereof for each worker (whether employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor) paid less than the stipulated prevailing rates for any work done under the Contract in violation of the provisions of the California Labor code and in particular, Sections 1772 to 1780. The amount of this penalty shall be determined by the Labor Commissioner and shall be based on consideration of the Contractor's mistake, inadvertence, or neglect in failing to pay the correct rate of prevailing wages, or the previous record of the Contractor in meeting his or her prevailing wage obligations, or a Contractor's willful failure to pay the correct rates of prevailing wages. A mistake, inadvertence, or neglect in failing to pay the correct rate of prevailing wages is not excusable if the Contractor had knowledge of his or her obligations under Labor code Sections 1720, et seq. In addition to the aforementioned penalty, each worker shall be paid the difference between the prevailing wage rate and the amount paid to each worker for each calendar day or portion thereof for which said worker was paid less than the prevailing wage.

The City will not recognize any claims for additional compensation because of the payment of the wages set forth in the Contract Documents. The possibility of wage increases is one of the elements to be considered by the Contractor in determining its Bid, and will not under any circumstances be considered as the basis of a claim against the City or the Engineer.

In accordance with the provisions of the California Labor Code, and in particular, Sections 1810 to 1815, eight hours labor shall constitute a day’s work, and no worker, in the employ of the Contractor, or any Subcontractor, doing or contracting to do any part of the work contemplated by this Contract, shall be required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any one calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar week in violation of those provisions; provided that subject to Labor code Section 1815, a worker may perform work in excess of either eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours during any one week upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours during any one week at not less than one and one- half times the basic rate of pay. Except as just provided, the Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the District the sum of twenty-five dollars ($25) for each worker employed in the performance of this Contract by him or by any Subcontractor under him for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to labor more than eight (8) hours in any one calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar week in violation of Sections 1810 through 1815.

-- END OF STATEMENT OF PREVAILING WAGES --

ii BID REQUIREMENTS

1. General Information: The Director of Administrative Services of the City of Arroyo Grande, California, will receive sealed bids at her office at 300 East Branch Street, City Hall in said City, until Thursday, October 16, 2014, 2:00 PM for

CORPORATION YARD ADMINISTRATION BUILDING PROJECT NO. PW 2013-12

Sealed bids will be opened in the City Council Chambers, 215 East Branch Street, Arroyo Grande, California. Bids delivered by fax will not be considered.

2. Examination of Specifications, Special Provisions and Site of Work: The bidder is required to examine carefully the site of work and the bid requirements, plans, specifications, and Contract forms for the work contemplated, and it will be assumed that the bidder has investigated and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered, as to the character, quality, and quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the bid, plans specifications, and the contract. The submission of a bid shall be considered conclusive evidence that the bidder has made such examination.

3. Bid Forms: All bids must be prepared upon blank forms to be obtained from the Director of Public Works located at 208 East Branch Street, Arroyo Grande, California. All bids must be submitted to the office of the Director of Administrative Services located at 300 East Branch Street, Arroyo Grande, CA 93420. All bids must give the prices proposed, both in writing and figures, and must be signed by the bidder, with his address. If the bid is made by an individual, his name and post office address must be shown. If made by a firm or partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the firm or partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the bid must show the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation was chartered, the name, city, and business addresses of the president, secretary, and treasurer.

4. Rejection of Bids: Bids may be rejected if they show any alterations of form, additions not called for conditional or alternative bids, incomplete bids, erasures, or irregularities of any kind. The right is reserved to reject any and all bids and to waive any informality in bids received.

5. Bidder's Guaranty: All bids shall be presented under sealed cover and shall be accompanied by cash, cashier's check, or bidder's bond, and made payable to the City of Arroyo Grande for an amount equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the amount of the TOTAL BID, and no bid shall be considered unless such cash, cashier's check, certified check, or bidder's bond is enclosed therewith.

6. Award of Contract: The award of the Contract, if awarded, will be to the lowest responsible bidder whose bid complies with all the requirements prescribed. All bids shall be valid for sixty (60) days and will be compared on the basis of the Public Works Director's estimate of the quantities of work to be performed.

7. Execution of Contract: The Contract shall be signed by the successful Bidder and returned, together with the Contract Bonds, within ten (10) days, not including Sundays and legal holidays, after the Bidder has received notice that the Contract has been awarded. No bid shall be considered binding upon the City until the execution of the Contract. Failure to execute a contract and file acceptable bonds as provided herein within the said ten (10) days shall be just cause for the annulment of the award and the forfeiture of the bid guaranty.

8. Return of Bidder's Guarantees: Within ten (10) days after the award of the Contract, the City of Arroyo Grande will return the bidder's guarantees that are not to be further considered in making the award. All

iii 8. Return of Bidder's Guarantees: Within ten (10) days after the award of the Contract, the City of Arroyo Grande will return the bidder's guarantees that are not to be further considered in making the award. All other bidder's guarantees will be held until the Contract has been finally executed, after which all bidder's guarantees, except those forfeited, will be returned to the respective Bidders whose bids they accompany.

9. Contract Bonds: The successful Bidder, simultaneously with the execution of the agreement, will be required to furnish a Labor and Material Bond, and a Faithful Performance Bond; each bond shall be in the amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract prices, said bond shall be secured by a surety company satisfactory to the City of Arroyo Grande.

10. Required Documents: The following documents are required to be completed and submitted by the Contractor at the times specified in the table below. a) With Bid Package (All Bidders) b) With Agreement (Awardee) c) Prior to Starting Construction

(a) (b) (c) X Bid Proposal X Bidder's Bond X Contractor's Certification with regard to the Performance of Previous Contracts or Subcontracts X Bidder’s Information Sheet X List of Subcontractor's X Non-collusion Affidavit X Contractor's Industrial Experience Certification Form X Contract X Payment Bond (Labor and Material) X Bond of Faithful Performance X General Liability Endorsement X Automobile Liability X Workmen's Compensation/Employment Liability Endorsement X Materials List and Manufacturer's Brochures (As required) X Construction Schedule in accordance with Section VII of the Technical Provisions

X Shop Drawings (As required) X Schedule of Values

Insurance: The successful Bidder shall be required to submit actual insurance policies certificates along with City Forms per Section IX of the Special Provisions and Section 7.3 and 7.4 of the Standard Specifications at a minimum liability insurance shall name the City of Arroyo Grande, and its employees as additional insured and shall state that the policy will not be canceled or materially changed prior to giving thirty (30) days written notice to the Director of Public Works of the City of Arroyo Grande, California.

-- END OF BID REQUIREMENTS --

iv

BID DOCUMENTS

BID PROPOSAL

For Construction Of:

CORPORATION YARD ADMINISTRATION BUILDING PROJECT NO. PW 2013-12

TO THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ARROYO GRANDE:

The undersigned, as Bidder, declares that they have carefully examined the location of the proposed work, that they have examined the Specifications and Contract documents prepared by the City of Arroyo Grande entitled CORPORATION YARD ADMINISTRATION BUILDING, PROJECT NUMBER PW 2013-12, and the Standard Specifications, Special Provisions, and Technical Provisions, and Appendices (Supplemental Design Information) describing the work, and has read the accompanying instructions to Bidders, and hereby agrees, if this bid is accepted, to furnish all materials and do all work required to complete the said work in accordance with said specifications in the time and manner therein prescribed, for the unit prices or lump sum price set forth in the following schedules:

Accompanying this bid is a ("Cash", "Cashiers Check", "Certified Check" or "Bidders Bond” as the case may be), in the amount of $ being an amount equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the total bid.

The undersigned further agrees that in case of default in executing the required contract, with necessary bonds, within ten (10) days, not including Sundays and legal holidays, after having received notice that the contract has been awarded and is ready for signature, the proceeds of the security accompanying his bid shall become the property of the City of Arroyo Grande, and this bid and the acceptance thereof may be considered null and void.

It is further understood and agreed that:

1. All bids are to be calculated on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated herein, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case of an error in the extension of a unit price, the corrected extension shall be calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of the corrected totals.

2. The estimated quantities of work indicated in the Bid are approximate only, being used solely as a basis for comparison of bids.

3. No verbal agreement or conversation with any Officer, Agent, or employee of the City, before, during, or after the execution of the agreement shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations of this Bid.

4. The City of Arroyo Grande will not be responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the undersigned in making up his bid, nor will bidders be released on account of errors.

5. In case of the undersigned's fault in executing the required contract with necessary bonds within ten (10) days, (not including Sunday and legal holidays), after receiving notice that the contract is ready for signature, the Bidder's Bond accompanying this bid shall become the property of the City of Arroyo Grande.

6. The City will award the Contract to the “Responsible Bidder” submitting the lowest responsive bid if it is awarded. Per Public Contract Code § 1103, “Responsible Bidder” is a bidder who has demonstrated the attribute of trustworthiness, as well as a quality, fitness, capacity and experience to satisfactorily perform

BID - 2

6. The City will award the Contract to the “Responsible Bidder” submitting the lowest responsive bid if it is awarded. Per Public Contract Code § 1103, “Responsible Bidder” is a bidder who has demonstrated the attribute of trustworthiness, as well as a quality, fitness, capacity and experience to satisfactorily perform the public works contract. The City reserves the right to make its own determination as to whether or not the bidder is responsible.

7. The “lowest bid” shall be the lowest bid amount on the base contract. In the case of alternate bids, the City shall state the amount of funding available prior to the opening of the first bid, and the “lowest bid” shall be the lowest total of the bid amounts on the base contract and those additive alternates taken in sequential order from the list of alternate bids. The lowest bid below or equal to the available funds with the maximum number of additive alternates shall be considered the lowest bid.

8. The City reserves the right to add or deduct from the Contract any of the additive alternates after the lowest responsible bidder has been determined in accordance with Public Contract Code § 20103.8.

BID - 3

BID SCHEDULE CORPORATION YARD ADMINISTRATION BUILDING PROJECT NO. PW 2013-12

______Contractor's Business Name Date

BASE BID Item Description Qty / Unit Unit Cost Total 1 New Administration Building 1 LS

BASE BID TOTAL

Total Base Bid in Words:

The undersigned agrees to perform, for the benefit of the City, the Work itemized herein, and in accordance with all City of Arroyo Grande Standard Specifications. All materials and equipment used in the execution of the described work shall comply with all applicable State and Federal codes, regulations and requirements.

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY DECLARES AND CERTIFIES UNDER THE PENALTY OF PERJURY THAT:

Contractor has not, in any way, entered into any agreement or arrangement with any other bidder which is collusive or which might tend to, or does, lessen or destroy free competition in the letting of the contract sought for by these bids. No attempt has been made to induce any other bidder to submit a collusive bid, or to refrain from bidding. No bid has been accepted from any subcontractor which is known by the undersigned to be collusive. All aspects of the contract work have been included within the listed bid items, except that the quantities listed are the Engineer's Estimate.

The receipt of the following Contract Addenda is hereby acknowledged:

Addendum Number Date: Addendum Number Date: Addendum Number Date:

Contractor is licensed in accordance with an act providing for the registration of Contractors, said license being in good standing as of the date of this bid.

License No.: Expiration Date:

BID - 4

I (we) hereby state under penalty of perjury that the above made representations are true and in accordance with the provisions of CB & P Code Section 7028.15.

Signature of Bidder: ______

NOTE: If an individual, so state. If a firm or co-partnership, state the firm name and give the names of all individuals, co-partners composing the firm. If a corporation, state legal name of corporation, where the corporation is chartered, also names of president, secretary, treasurer, and manager thereof.

Business Name:

Address:

Dated: ______.

-- END OF BID PROPOSAL --

BID - 5

BIDDER'S BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,

That we ______, as Principal, and ______as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ARROYO GRANDE, hereinafter called the CITY, in the penal sum of TEN PERCENT (10%) of the TOTAL AMOUNT OF THE BID of the Principal above named, submitted by said Principal to the City of Arroyo Grande, San Luis Obispo County, California, for the work described below, for the payment of which sum in lawful money of the United States, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

In no case shall the liability of the surety hereunder exceed the sum of ______Dollars ($ ______).

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,

That whereas the Principal has submitted the above mentioned bid to the City of Arroyo Grande, San Luis Obispo County, California, for certain construction specifically described as follows, for which bids are to be opened at the office of the City Council Chambers, City of Arroyo Grande, 215 East Branch Street, Arroyo Grande, California 93420, until Thursday, October 16, 2014, 2:00 PM for the

CORPORATION YARD ADMINISTRATION BUILDING PROJECT NO. PW 2013-12

NOW, THEREFORE, If the aforesaid Principal is awarded the contract and, within the time and manner required under the specifications, after the prescribed forms are presented to him for signature, enters into a written contract, in the prescribed form, in accordance with the bid, and files two (2) adequate bonds with the City of Arroyo Grande, one to guarantee faithful performance and the other to guarantee payment for labor and materials, as required by law, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and virtue.

In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the Oblige and judgment is recovered, the Surety shall pay all costs incurred by the Oblige in such suit, including a reasonable attorney's fee as fixed by the court.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, We have hereunto set our hands and seals on this _____ day of ______, AD, 2014.

(Seal) (Seal)

(Seal) (Seal)

(Seal) (Seal) Surety Principal

NOTE: Signatures of those executing for the surety must be properly acknowledged.

-- END OF BIDDER’S BOND --

BID - 6

CONTRACTORS CERTIFICATION WITH REGARD TO THE PERFORMANCE OF PREVIOUS CONTRACTS AND SUBCONTRACTS (To Accompany Contract Bid)

The bidder has been engaged in the contracting business, under the present business name, for __ ___ years. Experience in work of a nature similar to that covered in the proposal extends over a period of ______years.

The bidder, as a Contractor, has never failed to satisfactorily complete a contract awarded, except as follows:

The following contracts have been satisfactorily completed in the last three (3) years for the persons, firm, or authority indicated, and to whom reference is made:

Year Type of work Contract Amount Location Performed for

The following is a list of a plant and equipment owned by the bidder, which is definitely available for use on the proposed work as required:

Quantity Name Type and Capacity Condition Location

Signed:

Title: (Same as for signature on Contract Bid)

-- END OF CONTRACTORS CERTIFICATION WITH REGARD TO THE PERFORMANCE OF PREVIOUS CONTRACTS AND SUBCONTRACTS --

BID - 7

BIDDER INFORMATION SHEET

- NOTE: This sheet MUST be completed for each Contractor and Subcontractor –

All bidders/proposers are required to provide the following information for all DBE and non-DBE contractors, who provided a proposal, bid, quote, or were contacted by the proposed prime contractor. This information is also required from the proposed prime contractor and must be submitted with their bid/ proposal. The City of Arroyo Grande will use this information to maintain and update a “Bidder’s List” to assist in the overall annual Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) goal setting process required for Federal-aid projects. This information is also being made available to other local agencies for the same purpose. To the extent permitted by law, all information submitted will be held in strict confidence and will not be shared without your consent except as noted above.

Contractor:  Prime Contractor  Subcontractor  Supplier  Other: ______Firm Name: ______Phone: ______Business Address: ______Fax: ______License No and Classification: ______Years in Business: ______Contact Person: ______

Is the firm currently certified as a DBE by Caltrans? No Yes Certification Number: ______

Gross Annual Receipts for last year:  < $1 million  < $5 million  < $10 million  < $15 million  < $15 million

Type of work/ services/ materials provided for this job:  Contractor  Supplier  Manufacturer  Trucking  Broker  Other (describe):

Contractor Specialty for this job: 236210  Industrial Building Construction 238330  Flooring Contractors 236220  Commercial and Institutional Building 238340  Tile and Terrazzo Constructors 237110  Water and Sewer Line Construction 238350  Finish Carpentry Contractors 237120  Oil and Gas Pipeline Construction 238390  Other Building Finishing Contractors 237130  Power and Communications 238910  Site Preparation Contractors 237310  Highway, Street, and Bridge Construction 238990  All Other Specialty Trade Contractors 237990  Other Heavy and Civil Construction 484110  General Freight Trucking 238110  Poured Concrete Foundation and Structure 541310  Architectural Services 238120  Structural Steel and Precast Contractors 541320  Landscape Architectural Services 238130  Framing Contractor 541330  Engineering Services 238140  Masonry Contractor 541340  Drafting Services 238150  Glass and Glazing Contractors 541350  Building Inspection Services 238160  Roofing Contractors 541360  Surveying and Mapping Services 238170  Siding Contractor 541370  Testing Laboratories 238190  Other Foundation, Structure, and Exterior 541380  Interior Design Services 238210  Electrical Contractors 541410  Industrial Design Services 238220  Plumbing, Heating, and Air-Conditioning 541420  Graphic Design Services 238290  Other Building Equipment Contractors 541490  Other Specialized Design Services 238310  Drywall and Insulation Contractors 541620  Environmental Consulting Services 238320  Painting and Wall Covering Contractor 541690  Other Scientific and Technical Services

-- END OF BIDDER INFORMATION SHEET -- BID - 8

LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS

In accordance with the provisions of Section 4100 et. seq. of the Government Code of the State of California, the bidder shall, in its bid, list the name and place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid.

Name Under which License No. and Address of Office, Mill, or Percent of Total Bid Subcontractor is Classification Shop Licensed

NOTE: Do not list alternative subcontractors for same work.

-- END OF LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS --

BID - 9

NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT

TO BE EXECUTED BY EACH AWARDEE OF A PRINCIPAL CONTRACT (STATE OF CALIFORNIA)

State of

County of

I, ______, being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is (sole owner, a partner, president, secretary, etc.) of ______the party making the foregoing bid; that such bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of any undisclosed person, partnership, company association, organization, or corporation; that such bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that said bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, nor that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that said bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of said bidder or of any other bidder, not to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of such bid price, nor of that of any other bidder, nor to secure any advantage against the pubic body awarding the contract or anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in such bid are true; and further, that said bidder has not directly or indirectly, submitted his bid price or any breakdown thereof, nor the contents thereof, nor divulged information or data relative thereto, nor paid and will not pay fee in connection therewith to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, nor to any member or agent thereof, nor to any other individual except to such person or persons as have a partnership or their financial interest with said bidder in his/her general business.

Signed:

Title:

Subscribed and sworn to before me on this _____ day of ______, 2014

Seal of Notary

______Notary Public

-- END OF NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT--

BID - 10

CONTRACTORS INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE CERTIFICATION FORM 5-Calendar Years Prior to Current Year

2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 Total Current Year 1. No of contracts 2. Total dollar amount of contracts (in thousands of $) 3*. No. of fatalities 4*. No. of lost workday cases 5*. No. of lost workday cases involving permanent transfer to another job or termination of employment 6*. Number of lost workdays

*The information required for these items is the same as required for columns 3 to 6, Code 10 Occupational Injuries, Summary-Occupational Injuries and Illnesses, OSHA No. 102.

The above information was compiled from the records that are available to me at this time and I declare under penalty of perjury that the information is true and accurate within the limitations of those records.

Name of Bidder (print) Signature

Address State Contractor's License No. & Classification

-- END OF CONTRACTORS INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE CERTIFICATION FORM --

BID - 11

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SECTION I GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL - The work embraced herein shall be done in accordance with the applicable provisions of the California Building Code, 2012 Edition (CBC), "Green book" Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2012 Edition hereafter referred to as "Standard Specifications", and the City of Arroyo Grande Standard Plans, hereafter referred to as "Standard Plans", insofar as the same may apply, and in accordance with the following Special Provisions.

DEFINITION OF TERMS - Whenever the following terms are used in the Standard Specifications, they shall be understood to mean and refer to the following:

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS DEFINITIONS:

OWNER: CITY OF ARROYO GRANDE BOARD: CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ARROYO GRANDE CITY ENGINEER: THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS OF THE CITY OF ARROYO GRANDE, acting either directly or through properly authorized agents, such agents acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them.

Other terms appearing in the Standard Specifications shall be given the intent and meaning specified therein.

CONFLICTS - In case of conflict among the various components of the Contract documents, the priority of the Contract components shall be in the following order:

1. Contract 2. Change Orders 3. Special Provisions 4. Technical Provisions 5. Project Plans 6. City of Arroyo Grande Standard Plans 7. California Code of Regulations, Title 24 (UBC) 8. "Greenbook" Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2012 Edition 9. Caltrans Standard Specifications, 2010 Edition

-- END OF SECTION I --

SP-2

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SECTION II SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK

DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK - The project involves the construction of a new single story 2,000 square foot administration building consisting of framed construction with prefinished metal panel exterior finish, standing seam metal roof, and associated finishes and utility connections to provide a fully functioning building. Additive Bid Alternates include interior office remodeling and construction of a conference room within the existing building.

SELF PERFORMANCE - The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 25 percent of the Contract Price.

BOND AND INSURANCE - Faithful performance and labor and materials bonds shall be in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price submitted on City-provided forms in accordance with the Standard Specifications.

Substitution of Securities: Pursuant to Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code (Section 10263 of the Public Contract Code for State Agencies), the Contractor may substitute securities for any money held by the Owner to insure performance of the Contract. At the request and expense of the Contractor, securities equivalent to the amount withheld shall be deposited with the Owner or with a State or federally chartered bank as an escrow agent, who shall return such securities to the Contractor upon satisfactory completion of the Contract.

Deposit of securities with an escrow agent shall be subject to written Contract in accordance with the provisions of Section 22300. The Owner shall not certify that the Contract has been completed until at least 45 days after filing by the Owner of a Notice of Completion. Securities eligible for investment under this Section shall be limited to those listed in Section 16430 of the California Government Code, bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit, interest bearing demand deposit accounts, standby letters of credit, or any other security mutually agreed upon by the Contractor and the City.

Liability insurance shall name the City of Arroyo Grande and its employees as additional insurers and shall state the policy will not be canceled or materially changed prior to giving thirty (30) days written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Director of Public Works of the City of Arroyo Grande, California.

TIME LIMITS - The award, if made, shall be made within thirty (30) days after the opening of bids. The Contractor shall furnish bonds and insurance, and shall execute the Agreement within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award. The Contractor shall order materials within five (5) days after execution of the Contract by the City, and after a written Notice to Proceed has been issued by the City. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the completion of said Contract before the expiration of 190 CALENDAR DAYS upon the day of issuance of the Notice to Proceed.

CONTROL OF WORK - The Public Works Director shall decide all questions, which may arise as to quality of work, acceptability of materials, and conduct of the work, including, but not limited to, coordination and changes in plans, superintendence of work, control of equipment, and inspection of work. Any person employed who is found by any City Authorized Representative to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable, or who fails or refuses to perform work properly and acceptably, shall be immediately removed from the Work upon request, by the Contractor, and shall not again be employed on the Work.

SP-3

CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE - The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a detailed schedule outlining the procedure to be followed for completion of contract work. The Contractor's schedule shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to performing any work other than preliminary matters such as ordering materials, and setting staging areas. Extensions of the contract period due to delays that do not affect the critical path will not be allowed, if the delay can be accommodated within available float time.

INSPECTION - Whenever the Contractor varies the period during which the work is performed each day, Contractor shall give twenty-four (24) hours notice to the Engineer so that the proper inspection may be provided and approval obtained, if necessary. Any work done in the absence of the City representative will be subject to rejection by the City.

GUARANTY - The Contractor shall guarantee all materials, equipment furnished, and work performed for a period of one (1) year from the date of final completion. The Contractor warrants and guarantees for a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance of the system that the completed system is free from all defects due to faulty materials or workmanship and the Contractor shall promptly make such corrections as may be necessary by reasons of such defects including the repairs of any damages to other parts of the system resulting from such defects. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. In the event that the Contractor should fail to make such repairs, adjustments, or other work that may be necessary by such defects the City may do so and charge the Contractor the cost thereby incurred, as well as an administrative fee of an additional 20% of the cost thereby incurred by the City. The Performance Bond shall remain in force and effect through the guarantee period.

HOURS OF WORK - Contractor shall only be allowed to perform work between the hours of 8:00 AM and 5:00 PM. Hours of work may be modified, only if approved in writing by the Public Works Director or authorized City representative 48 hours prior to the affected workday (s).

WORKING DAYS - Unless approved by the Public Works Director, the Contractor shall restrict his activities on non-working days. On non-working days, the Contractors activities shall normally be restricted to the control of the site, maintaining a safe site, traffic control, dust control, and similar activities. Non-working days are: - Saturdays and Sundays, - City Holidays and Special Events. - Any day listed as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a Contractors Association. - Any day the Contractor is prevented from working for the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent of the normally assigned work force for the causes listed in Section 6-6.1 of the Standard Specifications.

When the Contractor schedules work on non-working days, the Contractor shall be responsible for the overtime costs incurred by the City for inspections or other related activities, unless such schedule was requested by the Public Works Director.

-- END OF SECTION II --

SP-4

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SECTION III CONTRACT CHANGES

GENERAL - When changes in work are required or initiated by the Contractor or the City of Arroyo Grande, the procedures in Section 3 of the Standard Specifications shall govern.

EXTRA WORK - New or unforeseen work will be classified as “Extra work” when the City determines that it is not included in the Contract scope of work. Extra work shall be processed in one of the following methods:

Unit Price – Minor adjustments to the bid quantities shall be performed at the established unit prices. In the event that actual quantities deviate from the estimated bid quantities by more or less than 25%, the unit prices may be adjusted by a formal Contract Change Order.

Agreed Price – In instances where there are not established unit prices, the City will issue a Request for Quote (RFQ) to the Contractor. The RFQ will detail the changes in scope of work and request a detailed cost estimate for all material, labor, and equipment – including all specified markups. Upon satisfactory review, the City will issue a Contract Change Order (CCO) for the Contractor’s signature. No work shall be performed prior to signature and approval of the CCO.

Force Account – At the sole discretion of the City Representative, work may be directed at Force Account. The City will issue a Field Directive to the Contractor specifically defining the scope of the extra work involved, the timing of the work, and any other information deemed necessary to satisfactorily perform the extra work. All work performed by the Contractor shall be performed in the presence of an authorized City Representative and shall not begin until receipt of a formal Field Directive. The City will track the work performed and issue a Daily Extra Work Report for the Contractor’s signature for each day that the work is performed. The Daily Extra Work Report shall be mutually verified and signed by both the Contractor and City Representative at the end of each workday. The Daily Extra Work Reports shall become the basis of payment for the work performed. Following completion of the extra work, the City will incorporate the applicable Daily Extra Work Reports into a formal Contract Change Order.

CONTRACT CHANGE ORDERS - The City shall issue all Contract Change Orders for the Contractor’s signature. Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change, the established method of payment, and any adjustments to the Contract Time. Standard markups shall be as follows:

Work by Contractor - The following percentage shall be added to the Contractor’s cost and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits:

Labor 20 Materials 15 Equipment Rental 15 Other Items and Expenditures 15

To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subsection, one percent shall be added as compensation for bonding.

SP-5

Work by Subcontractor - When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in Subsection 3-3.3.4(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractors’ actual cost of such work, to which a markup of 10 percent on the first $2,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $2,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work.

DISPUTED WORK - The Contractor, when directed by the Engineer to proceed with disputed work, shall submit a protest letter to the City, which specifies the work performed and the resulting itemized cost for the work. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall keep and furnish records of disputed work in accordance with Standard Specification Section 3-3.

-- END OF SECTION III --

SP-6

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SECTION IV CONTROL OF MATERIALS

GENERAL - Control of materials and workmanship required to complete the work, including, but not limited to, the sources, handling, storage, testing and rejection, shall be in accordance with Section 4 of the Standard Specifications.

All materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals required to complete the work under this Contract shall be furnished by the Contractor unless otherwise stated on the plans. Payment for materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals shall be included in the other items of the bid.

All materials, parts, and equipment furnished by the Contractor in the work shall be new, high-grade, and free from defects. Quality of work shall be in accordance with generally accepted standards. Material and work considered defective will be subject to rejection. Defective work or material, whether in place or not, shall be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor, at his expense, when so directed by the Engineer.

STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT - The storage of materials and equipment shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup of storage sites to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The storage of said equipment and material shall be at the exclusive risk of the Contractor and he shall pay for all costs for any loss or damages resulting from the storage. Payment for storage of materials and equipment shall be considered as included in those contract items which include such work and there shall be no separate payment therefore.

CONSTRUCTION WATER - The Contractor is responsible for providing construction water as required for the work and in accordance with the Technical Provisions. For the Contractor's convenience, non-potable water is available free of charge at the City Corporation Yard. The Contractor shall make arrangements with the City Water Department 24 hours prior to beginning of work. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating with the City Community Development for access to potable water. The Contractor shall notify the City Water Department 24 hours prior to beginning construction.

OPERATING WATER VALVES - The Contractor is not allowed to operate any water valves which are a part of the City's operating water system. Only the City's Construction Inspector or authorized City representative is allowed to operate the valves. In the event the Contractor operates the valves, and the City's water system is contaminated or otherwise damaged due to their action, the Contractor shall be responsible for all expenses incurred by the City to have the contaminated system brought in to compliance with State and City standards, and also in providing potable water to customers serviced by the infected system.

-- END OF SECTION IV --

SP-7

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SECTION V EXISTING UTILITIES

GENERAL - The Contractor shall be responsible for contacting all utility companies and/or utility districts as to location and/or relocation of existing utilities prior to construction. The Contractor shall contact Underground Service Alert [USA], Telephone 1-800-642-2444, a minimum of (2) days prior to any excavation.

A reasonable effort has been made to locate and delineate all known underground utilities. The Contractor is cautioned that only excavation will reveal the types, extent, sizes, locations, and depths of such underground utilities. However, the City assumes no responsibility for the completeness or accuracy of the delineation of such underground utilities, or for the existence of other buried objects or utilities which are not shown on these drawings.

The Contractor is hereby notified that, prior to commencing construction, the Contractor is responsible for contacting the utility companies involved, and requesting a visual verification of the locations of their underground facilities. Where such facilities may possibly conflict with the placement of improvements as shown on these improvement plans, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the scheduled time and place of such visual verification to enable the Engineer to have a representative present. Should a conflict become apparent, the Engineer will contact the parties responsible for the relocation of the conflicting facility.

The Contractor shall be responsible for locating, protecting, adjusting, and re-exposing all utility covers, survey monuments covers, concrete curbs, gutters, sidewalks and cross gutters in Work areas.

The Contractor is responsible for any damage to underground or above ground utilities, which may be incurred as a result of any work performed by him under this contract, regardless of the fact that the utilities' existence was known or unknown.

-- END OF SECTION V --

SP-8

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SECTION VI PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK

GENERAL - The Contractor's prosecution, progress, and acceptance of the work shall be in accordance with Section 6 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

All of the Contractors equipment shall be removed from streets on weekends, City holidays, and other non- working days.

PROGRESS AND PROSECUTION - Contractor will be notified in writing if, at the opinion of the City, any portion of the work is not diligently pursued. After such notification, the City reserves the right to have said work performed by others after five calendar days and payment for such work will be deducted from the Contract bid price. Contractor shall fully cooperate with work to be performed by other forces and no time delays shall be attributed to work performed by others.

SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNMENTS - The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 2 of the Standard Specifications which provides that the Contractor shall give his personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the work under his control. No Subcontractor will be recognized as in such control, and all persons engaged in the work of construction will be considered as employees of the Contractor.

BEGINNING OF WORK - The Contract time shall commence upon the day of issuance of a Notice to Proceed. The work shall be diligently prosecuted to completion within 190 CALENDAR DAYS after the Notice to Proceed.

LIQUIDATED DAMAGES - The Contractor and City agree that in case all the work called for under the Contract and related documents is not completed within the time limit set forth above, damage will be sustained by the City and that it is and will be impracticable to determine the actual damage sustained by the City in the event of and by reason of such delay; it is therefore agreed that the Contractor shall pay to the City of Arroyo Grande the sum of FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS ($500.00) per day for each and every calendar days delay in finishing the work in excess of the number of calendar days prescribed above.

CONTRACT TIME EXTENSIONS - The Contractor shall submit in writing any request for extension of time, regardless of the reason for the delay. Requests shall be in the form of a Change Order, specifying the reason for the extension, and may be submitted individually or with monthly Progress Payment estimates. In all cases, the requests shall be submitted within thirty (30) days of the delay. Requests submitted after thirty (30) days will be rejected by the City. The City will respond in writing to the Contractor's contract time extension requests within thirty (30) days of submittals.

TESTING AND INSPECTION - Before beginning work, Contractor shall contact the City Public Works Department. Contractor shall coordinate the following with the Public Works Department: 1) scope of work to be inspected and by whom, 2) scope of testing and by whom, and 3) advance notice required (minimum of 48 hours).

During the course of work, Contractor shall be responsible for calling for testing and inspection as stipulated pursuant to above determinations. Contractor shall notify the Public Works Department 48 hours in advance of commencing construction and to request inspection at (805) 473-5444. Work not properly tested and inspected will be subject to rejection.

SP-9

ACCEPTANCE - The maintenance of all facilities installed or modified during the execution of this Contract shall be the responsibility of the Contractor until the work is accepted in writing by the City. Acceptance of the work will be in accordance with Section 6-8 of the Standard Specifications.

-- END OF SECTION VI --

SP-10

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SECTION VII RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

GENERAL - The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 7 of the Standard Specifications and to the requirements therein having application to this Contract and these Special Provisions.

LABOR - The Contractor's attention is directed to the provisions and penalties applicable to workers permitted to labor more than eight (8) hours in a calendar day, to labor discrimination and to employment of an alien laborer.

PREVAILING WAGES - Pursuant to the Provisions of Section 1770 to 1780 of the Labor Code of the State of California, the City of Arroyo Grande has ascertained the general prevailing rate of wages and employer payments for health and welfare, vacation, pension, apprenticeship standards, and similar purposes in the City to be as set forth in the Notice to Contractors.

WEIGHT OF VEHICLES - The provisions of Section 35551, Ratio to Length, of the State of California Vehicle Code will be enforced on the project.

PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE - The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 7-8 of the Standard Specifications concerning clean air and dust control. At times requested by the City and prior to accepting the project as complete, the Contractor shall clean all streets, gutters, and sidewalks affected by his operations.

-- END OF SECTION VII -

SP-11

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SECTION VIII INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AND INDEMNIFICATION

GENERAL - The Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the Contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder, by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees or Subcontractors. The cost of such insurance shall be included in the Contractor's bid.

MINIMUM SCOPE OF INSURANCE - Coverage shall be at least as broad as:

1. Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage ("Occurrence,” Form CG-0001). 2. Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability Endorsement Form (ISO CG 20 10 11 85). 3. Insurance Services Office Form Number CA-0001 (ED. 1/78), covering Automobile Liability, Code 1, "Any Auto,” and endorsement CA-0025. 4. Workers' Compensation Insurance as required by the State of California and Employer's Liability Insurance; 5. Course of Construction insurance covering for all risks of loss.

MINIMUM LIMITS OF INSURANCE - The Contractor shall maintain limits no less than:

General Liability: One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) combined single-limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage. If Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit; Automobile Liability; One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) combined single-limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage; Workers' Compensation: As required by the State of California; Employers' Liability: One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per accident for bodily injury or disease; Course of Construction: Completed value of the Project.

DEDUCTIBLES AND SELF-INSURED RETENTION - Any deductibles or self-insured retention must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention as respects the City, its officials and employees and volunteers, or the Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses.

OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS - The policies are to contain, or to be endorsed to contain, the following provisions:

General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverage:

1) The City, its officials, employees, agents and volunteers; are to be covered as insured as respects liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor, including but not limited to blanket contractual liability, broad form property damage, explosion, collapse and underground hazard coverage, products and completed operations of the Contractor, or premises owned, leased or used by the Contractor, or automobiles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the Contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers, and shall protect them from claims for personal SP-12

injury, death or property damage suffered by third persons or by officers, agents and employees of Contractor and arising out of or in connection with the work which is the subject of this Contract.

2) The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees, agents or volunteers; shall be in excess of the Contractor's insurance, and shall not contribute with it.

3) Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its officials, employees, agents or volunteers,

4) Coverage shall state that the Contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against who claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability.

Course of construction policies:

1) The City of Arroyo Grande shall be named as loss payee;

2) The Insurer shall waive all rights of subrogation against the City.

Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Coverage:

1) The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officials, employees, agents, and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the Contractor for the City.

All Coverage:

1) Each insurance policy required by this Section shall be in effect on the date the work is commenced and shall expire no sooner than one (1) year after the date on which the work is accepted by the City. Each insurance policy required by this Section shall be endorsed using ISO Form (CG 20 10 11 85) to state that coverage shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, reduced in coverage or in limits, except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested has been given to the City.

ACCEPTABILITY OF INSURERS - Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a Best Rating of no less than A: V, and who are admitted to write policies in the State of California and contribute to the state guaranty fund.

VERIFICATION OF COVERAGE - Contractors shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and with original endorsements affecting coverage required by this Section (actual policy). The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be on forms provided by the City and are to be received and approved in writing by the City before work commences. The City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all insurance policies, including endorsements affecting the coverage required by these Special Provisions at any time.

SUBCONTRACTORS - The Contractor shall include all Subcontractors as named insured under his policies, or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each Subcontractor. All coverage for Subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein.

SP-13

INDEMNIFICATION - The Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City, and its officers, officials, employees and agents, from and against any and all claims asserted, liability, loss, damage, expense, costs (including without limitation costs and fee of litigation) of every nature arising of, directly or indirectly, or in connection with this Contract or the acts or omissions of Contractor, contractor's subcontractors, employees, representatives, agents and invitees including, but not limited to, performance of the work hereunder or failure to comply with any of the obligations contained herein, except such loss or damage which was caused by the established active negligence of City or the established sole negligence or willful misconduct of City, its officers, officials, employees and agents. Said indemnification and hold harmless provisions shall be in full force and effect regardless of whether or not there shall be insurance policies covering and applicable to such liability, loss, damage, expense or cost. The Contractor agrees that the use of any and all public streets and improvements which are part of or subject to this Contract shall be at all times, prior to the final acceptance by the City, the sole and exclusive risk of the Contractor. The Contractor further specifically agrees that he shall indemnify and hold the City free of any liability for any accident, loss, or damage to the work, which is the subject of this Contract prior to its completion and acceptance by the City.

-- END OF SECTION VIII --

SP-14

SP-15

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SP-16

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Summary

A. The following subjects are included in this section: 1. Project Description. 2. Contractor Use of Premises. 3. Special Owner Requirements and / or Controls. 4. Contractor’s Duties

1.02 Related Documents

A. Bid Proposal B. Contract General Conditions C. Supplementary General Conditions D. Divisions 1 through 16

1.03 Project Description

A. Project Name and Location: City of Arroyo Grande, Public Works Administration Building and Existing Building Renovation. 1375 Ash Street, Arroyo Grande CA. B. Project Summary 1. Work under the base contract generally includes construction of a new facility development center. Work includes but is not limited to: Construction of a new 2,000 square foot administration building, Framed construction with prefinished metal panel exterior finish, standing seam metal roof, and associated finishes and utility connections and systems to provide a fully functioning building. The existing facility will be renovated as indicated on the construction documents as additive alternate no.1. 2. The Owner shall perform certain portions of the site work for this project and will coordinate work efforts with the Contractor. The work includes: OWNERS SCOPE OF SITE WORK: 1. Furnish and install all new utility connections from exist. Mains and/or lateral to within 5’-0” of the new building, including piping trenching, back-filling and paving. 2. Saw-cut and remove exist. Asphalt paving at the new building location and 5’-0” beyond. 3. Over excavation of the building pad to a minimum of 24” below existing grade and stockpiling the material on site for use by the contractor as fill if required. 4. Removal of any existing concrete walks and amenities pursuant to the construction of the new building 5. Installation of the fire sprinkler supply line into the building, installation of all thrust- blocks and underground valves etc. To the main flange connection for the fs riser. Contractor shall supply the fs riser and all other equipment required by the city and other agencies having jurisdiction to furnish a complete, functioning system

Summary of Work 01010 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

6. Replace concrete walks and asphalt paving around building area; contractor shall provide a prep’d and fine graded base ready for installation of concrete or asphalt. 7. Install new pavement markings and ada signage

Contractors scope of site work: 1. Coordinate and mark locations of new utility connections at new building for owner. 2. Scarify and redensify 10” of exposed sub-grade at over-ex area and install fill to required elevations in 8” max. Lifts, compact to 95% min. Density per astm d 1556 3. Connect new stubbed utility lines to building including all shut-off valves, backflows, risers, expansion systems etc. 4. Finish grade and prepare site for installation of new asphalt paving and concrete where occurs.

1.04 Contractor Use of Premises A. General 1. The Contractor shall at all times conduct the work so as to impose no hardship on the public, Owner or others engaged in Owner work nor cause any unreasonable delay or hindrance thereto. 2. Construction activities must be scheduled to minimize disruption to the Owner and to Owner users. 3. The Contractor may not interrupt any Owner utilities without prior written permission from the Owner. Utility shutdowns must be scheduled with seven (7) days advanced written notice. 4. Confine operations at sites to areas permitted by: a. Laws. b. Ordinances. c. Permits. d. Contract Documents. 5. Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment. 6. Do not load structure with weight that will endanger structure. 7. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of Contractor's and Owner's material stored on premises, and keep the site and building secure at all times. 8. Obtain and pay for use of additional storage or Work areas that may be required for operations. 9. Limit use of site for Contract Work and storage.

1.05 Special Owner Requirements and/or Controls

A. Parking 1. The Contractor, its employees, subcontractors, and material suppliers shall observe all Owner traffic and parking regulations. a. Park vehicles only in areas designated by the Contract Documents. . B. Issuance of Owner Keys: Keys to work areas, if required, must be obtained from the Owner Representative. The Contractor or an authorized representative shall sign for receipt of keys. Upon completion of the work, all keys shall be returned to the Owner Representative. If the Contractor fails to return all keys issued, the

Summary of Work 01010 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

Contractor shall be liable for the total cost of labor and materials to re-key all areas accessible with the lost keys. Final payment will not be authorized until all keys have been accounted for. C. Preservation: All existing buildings, slabs, walks, paving, landscaping and other improvements which are to remain, either adjacent to new construction or elsewhere on the Owner, shall be protected from damage or defacement. Any damage or defacement caused by the Contractor shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Owner at the Contractor's expense. Concrete walks shall be cut back to the nearest score line. Repairs to damaged asphalt paving shall be made with hot asphalt. Repairs to all other damaged surfaces shall be made with in kind material to a like new condition regardless of its existing condition. D. Protection 1. The Contractor shall protect concrete from vandalism. Graffiti shall not be allowed in the finished product. Contractor shall replace vandalized areas at no cost to the Owner. Repairs shall be from control joint to control joint, and doweled to existing concrete. Landscape areas used for set-up shall be restored to their prior condition including leveling, repairing irrigation and reseeding. E. Salvage: The Owner shall have first rights of salvage for all items unless otherwise designated. All salvage items removed in connection with this work are to remain the property of the Owner and shall be delivered to the campus location designated by the Owner Representative. If the Owner waives salvage rights for an item, the item becomes the property and responsibility of the Contractor. F. Recycling 1. Recycle waste material when possible and reasonable including construction materials, such as removed concrete and packaging material such as cardboard boxes. 2. The Contractor shall cooperate with Owner efforts to track and report recycled materials, regardless of who does the recycling. 3. See Contract General Conditions. G. Contract Work Limits: Unless noted on the drawings, the contract work limits shall include the areas affected by this project only. H. Existing Owner Utilities 1. Utility Shut-downs: Contractor shall notify the Owner at least seven (7) days in advance of any intended interruption of utility services due to this work. All required interruptions shall be a part of the Contractor's construction schedule. Times and dates for such interruptions shall be solely at the discretion of the Owner and may be on a Saturday, Sunday, holiday, during quarter break, or after normal working hours and beyond three weeks after notification. 2. Underground Utilities: Identification and locating of known underground utilities is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The Owner shall provide access to all known documentation. Contact Facilities Planning for existing utility atlas. Undocumented utilities identified in the field by the Owner as abandoned shall be removed by the Contractor at no additional cost if the utility interferes with the work. I. Traffic: All traffic laws are to be observed at all times by all vehicles. Temporary traffic control and temporary traffic signs required for the work shall follow Cal- Trans guidelines and regulations. The closure of any road, parking lot or building

Summary of Work 01010 - 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

access will require Owner approval. The Contractor shall submit a written request for any proposed road closures using the Owner’s standard request form a minimum of 21 days prior to the proposed closure date. Times and dates for such road closure shall be solely at the discretion of the Owner. Once approved, the Contractor shall post proper sign(s) in proper and approved location(s) a minimum of 48 hours prior to closure. The signs will be a minimum of 18" x 24" with lettering a minimum of 2" high and made of weatherproof material. All such closures shall be a part of the Contractor's construction schedule. All road and building driveway accesses require a minimum width of 12' for one-way traffic and 20' for two-way traffic at all times to allow for emergency vehicles, unless complete closure has been approved by the Owner. All large equipment working in and around pedestrian areas will require a spotter when backing up. Drivers of the equipment or back-up alarms are not considered "spotters". Large equipment includes, but is not limited to, backhoes, dump trucks, concrete trucks and delivery trucks. J. Holidays, Quarter Breaks, Weekends: Prior to start of construction, the Owner will provide the Contractor with a calendar showing all, holidays and breaks. Disruptive work will be discouraged during these times. Work by the Contractor will not be allowed during commencement, open house and other similar Owner events. For noise control, refer to Section 01100 Special Project Procedures. K. The Contractor shall cooperate fully with any and all other subcontractors working on site to install Owner provided Furnishings, Fixtures and Equipment (FF&E). The Contractor will be provided with a list of FF&E and will be required to incorporate the FF&E into the schedule and coordinate the installation of these items with the Owner and the Owner’s subcontractor. The installation of the FF&E will not delay the basic scope of work and may not have the same completion date.

1.06 Contractor’s Duties

A. Provide and pay for: 1. Labor, material and equipment. 2. Tools, construction equipment and machinery. 3. Telephone, fax, computer and communication services. See Section 01500 – Temporary Facilities. a. Telephone: Connect to Owner system and pay for services. b. Make arrangements with Owner to activate telephone and communication services. c. Make connections and provide labor, materials and equipment for site distribution of Contractor’s phone and communication services. 4. Water and Utilities: See Specification Section 01500 – Temporary Facilities. a. Make connections and provide labor, materials and equipment for site distribution of temporary utilities from the Campus' point of connection. b. Remove temporary utilities from the site when the work is completed. c. Exception: Owner pays for water and electricity for construction. 5. Other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of Work. B. Pay legally required sales, consumer and use taxes. C. Secure and pay for all site-specific costs, as necessary for proper execution and completion of Work, and as applicable at time of receipt of bids. 1. Licenses

Summary of Work 01010 - 4

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

2. Permits and Fees 3. Governmental Fees 4. Royalties D. Give required notices. E. Comply with codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders and other legal requirements of public authorities, which bear on performance of Work. 1. The Contractor shall certify in writing that no materials containing Asbestos are incorporated in the work, in accordance with the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Regulations Act. F. Promptly submit written notice to Owner Representative of observed variance of Contract Documents from legal requirements. 1. Owner Representative will prepare modifications to Contract Documents for required changes. 2. If Contractor observes work known to be contrary to requirements, and does not notify the Owner Representative, then Contractor assumes responsibility for work not meeting the requirements. G. Enforce strict discipline and good order among employees. Do not employ on Work: 1. Unfit persons. 2. Persons not skilled in assigned task. H. Comply with California State Sexual Harassment Policy. Advise all sub-contractors in writing and post policy in prominent place.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

Summary of Work 01010 - 5

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01035 ALTERATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Related Specification Sections

A Bid Proposal B. Contract General Conditions C. Supplementary General Conditions D. Agreement Forms E. Section 01010 Summary of Work

1.02 Summary

A. Coordinate the work of trades and schedule elements of alterations and renovation work by procedures and methods to expedite completion of the work. B. In addition to demolition specifically shown, cut, move or remove items as necessary to provide access or to allow alterations and new work to proceed. Include such items as: 1. Air or removal of hazardous or unsanitary conditions. 2. Removal of abandoned items and items serving no useful purpose, such as abandoned piping, conduit and wiring. 3. Removal of unsuitable or extraneous materials not marked for salvage, such as abandoned furnishings and equipment, and debris such as rotted wood, rusted metals and deteriorated concrete. 4. Cleaning of surfaces and removal of surface finishes as needed to install new work and finishes. C. Patch, repair and refinish existing items to remain, to the specified condition for each material, with a smooth and clean transition to adjacent new items of construction.

1.03 Sequence and Schedules

A. Schedule work in the sequences specified in Section 01010 - Summary of Work.

1.04 Alterations, Cutting and Protection

A. Assign the work of moving, removal, cutting and patching, to trades qualified to perform the work in a manner to minimize the possibility of damage to each type of work, and provide means of returning surfaces to appearance of new work.

ALTERATION PROCEEDURES 01035 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

B. Perform cutting and removal work with minimal disruption and in a manner to avoid damage to adjacent work. C. Cut finish surfaces such as concrete, asphalt, masonry, tile, plaster or metals, by methods, which terminate surfaces in a straight line at a natural point of division. D. Perform cutting and patching as specified in Section 01045 - Cutting and Patching. E. Protect existing finishes, equipment, and adjacent construction, which are scheduled to remain, from damage, vandalism and graffiti. 1. Protect existing and new work from weather and extremes of temperature. 2. Maintain existing interior work above 60 degrees F. 3. Provide weather protection, waterproofing, and heat and humidity control as needed to prevent damage to remaining work and to new work. 4. Protect concrete from graffiti.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Materials (Products for Patching, Extending and Matching)

A. Provide same products or types of construction as that in existing structure, as needed to patch, extend or match existing. B. Generally the Contract Documents will not define products or standards of workmanship present in existing construction; determine products by inspection and necessary testing, and determine quality of workmanship by using existing sample for comparison. C. The presence of a product, finish, or type of construction requires that patching, extending or matching shall be performed as necessary to make work complete and consistent with identical standards of quality.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Performance

A. Patch construction using skilled workers capable of matching quality of workmanship. Quality of patch shall be not less than that specified for new work.

3.02 Damaged Surfaces

A. Patch and replace with matching material portions of existing finished surface which is found to be damaged, lifted, discolored, vandalized, graffitied, or shows other imperfections. 1. Provide adequate support of substrate prior to patching the finish.

ALTERATION PROCEEDURES 01035 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

2. Refinish patched portions of painted or coated surfaces in a manner to produce uniform color and texture over the entire surface. 3. When existing surface finish cannot be matched, refinish entire surface to nearest intersections. 4. No graffiti allowed on finished products. 5. Replace vandalized areas at not additional cost to College. B. Correct or replace existing damaged equipment, controls or systems.

3.03 Transition from Existing to New Work

A. When new work abuts or finishes flush with existing work, make a smooth in plane and clean transition. Patched work shall match existing adjacent work in texture and appearance so that the patch or transition is invisible at a distance of five feet. B. Concrete: Transitions shall be made at control joint to control joint only. Dowel repairs to existing concrete.

3.04 Cleaning

A. Perform periodic and final cleaning as specified in Section 01700 - Project Closeout. B. At completion of work of each trade, clean area and make surfaces ready for work of successive trades. C. At completion of alteration work in each area, provide final cleaning and return space to a condition suitable for use by the College. D. Contractor shall remove all materials and items as indicated on drawings or otherwise required. Remove all trash or debris as it accumulates and legally dispose of it off campus at no cost to the College.

END OF SECTION

ALTERATION PROCEEDURES 01035 - 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01040 COORDINATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Summary

A. Section Includes 1. Requirements for project coordination and electrical and mechanical coordination of "tight" conditions involving work of the Project.

1.02 Related Specification Sections

A. Scope of Work B. Contract General Conditions C. Supplementary General Conditions D. Section 01035 Alteration Project Procedures E. Section 01050 Field Engineering F. Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements G. Section 01200 Project Meetings H. Section 01300 Submittals I. Section 01400 Quality Control Services J. Section 01500 Temporary Facilities K. Section 01630 Product Options and Substitutions L. Section 01700 Project Closeout

1.03 Project Coordination

A. General 1. Coordinate the work; do not delegate responsibility for coordination to any subcontractor. 2. Anticipate the interrelationship of all subcontractors and their relationship with the total work. 3. Resolve differences or disputes between subcontractors and materials suppliers concerning coordination, interference, or extent of work between sections. The Contractor's decisions, if consistent with the Contract Documents, shall be final. The Representative is not required to coordinate work between sections and will not do so. 4. Coordinate the work of subcontractors and material suppliers, so that their work is performed in a manner to minimize interference with, and to facilitate the progress of the work. 5. Be responsible for providing anchorage, blocking, joining and other detailing as required to provide a complete project.

COORDINATION 01035 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

6. Do not obstruct spaces required by Code in front of electrical equipment, access doors, etc. 7. Do not cover any piping, wiring, ducts, etc., until properly inspected approved and proper certificates issued. 8. Remove and replace work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. Repair or replace all other work damaged by these operations at no increase in contract price. 9. Coordination With Other Contracts: Coordinate work of this Contract with other contracts and contractors. 10. This work shall be coordinated with all associated work in a manner that will insure that all work will be accomplished as rapidly as the progress of the project will permit and so that no work will be delayed. B. Electrical and Mechanical Coordination 1. Work out "tight" conditions involving work of various sections in advance before installation. If requested by the Representative and before work proceeds in these areas, prepare supplementary drawings for review showing piping work in "tight" areas. 2. Provide supplementary drawings and additional work necessary to overcome "tight" conditions at no increase in contract price. Refer to Section 01300 - Submittals, Article titled "Shop Drawings". 3. Coordinated layout shop drawings shall be dimensionally accurate and detailed, giving complete dimensions of locations, elevations, and clearances. Show exact locations of the following: a. Ductwork b. Piping, including fire protection systems c. Valves and piping specialties, including air vents and drains d. Dampers e. Access doors f. Control and electrical panels g. Adjustable frequency controllers h. Motor control centers and transformers i. Disconnect switches j. Electrical cable trays and main conduits k. Owner-furnished, Contractor-installed equipment l. Owner furnished, Owner installed equipment 4. Coordinated layout shop drawings shall show actual architectural and structural constraints and site conditions. 5. Coordination a. Fully coordinate work between trades with actual architectural, structural, and site conditions. b. Coordinate adjustments required. Clearly identify by circling these adjustments on the coordinated layout shop drawings. c. Submit specific questions (regarding coordination of installation with structural, architectural and site conditions, and work between

COORDINATION 01035 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

trades) with appropriate shop drawings documenting areas in question with Contractor’s proposed solution. 6. Submission and review of coordinated layout shop drawings. a. Prepare reproducible drawings. b. Submit to each trade for review space of all located to all trades. c. Revise drawings to compensate for review by each trade. d. Review revisions with each trade. e. Submit to Architect for review. f. Review of coordinated layout shop drawings is only for verification that Contractor has performed coordination work. i. Review does not include verification of exact dimensions, clearances, arrangements and compliance with codes. 7. Final coordinated layout shop drawings shall show that trades affected have made reviews and shall be signed by each trade at completion of coordination. a. General Contractor shall assure that each trade has coordinated work with other trades. b. Include stamp with labeled space for each trade to sign on each submittal indicating that layout shop drawing has been coordinated. c. No layout shop drawing will be reviewed without stamped and signed coordination assurance by General Contractor. 8. Coordinated layout shop drawings showing work of all trades are required. Individual trade layout shop drawings will not be accepted.

1.04 Meetings

A. Hold coordination meetings and pre-installation conferences with requisite personnel to assure coordination of Work. B. Weekly job site meetings shall be required during the construction period of the project. The Contractor’s Project Manager, Contractor’s Superintendent and a subcontractor’s representative from each subcontractor that is currently working on the site or will work on the site in the next 3 weeks, shall attend each bi-weekly meeting. Material suppliers and vendors may be required to attend bi-weekly meetings when necessary to insure coordination of the Work. The will establish the date, time and location of the weekly meetings. Project Meetings are further covered under Section 01200 – Project Meetings.

1.05 Coordination of Submittals

A. Schedule and coordinate submittals Specified In Section 01300 - Submittals, and in Section 01700 – Project Closeout. 1. Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment.

COORDINATION 01035 - 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

2. Coordinate requests for substitutions to assure compatibility of space, of operating elements, and effect on work of other sections.

1.06 Coordination of Space

A. Coordinate use of Project space and sequence of installation of mechanical, and electrical work. Follow routings shown for pipes, ducts, and conduits as closely as practicable, with due allowance for available physical space. 1. Make runs parallel with lines of building. 2. Utilize space efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. B. In finished areas, except as otherwise shown, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in the construction. 1. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finished elements.

1.07 Coordination of Contract Closeout

A. Coordinate completion and cleanup of work of separate sections in preparation for Owner occupancy. B. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site by various sections for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. C. Assemble and coordinate closeout submittals specified in Section 01700 - Project Closeout.

PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION – Not Used

END OF SECTION

COORDINATION 01035 - 4

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Summary

A. Section Includes: 1. Contractor’s responsible for cutting, fitting and patching required to complete the work and to make its parts fit together properly. 2. Uncover portions of work to provide for installation of ill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective work. 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Remove samples of installed work as required for testing in accordance with Section 01400 - Quality Control. 6. Provide routine penetrations of non-structural surfaces for installation of piping, electrical conduit and stack shelving and cabinetwork backing. 7. Join and finish construction at connections to other structures.

1.02 Related Sections

A. Divisions 2 through 16.

1.03 Submittals

A. Submit a written request to the Architect well in advance of executing cutting or alteration, which affects: 1. Work of the Owner or separate contractor. 2. Structural value or integrity of any element of the Project. 3. Integrity or effectiveness of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements or systems. 4. Efficiency, operational life, maintenance or safety of operational elements. 5. Visual quality of sight-exposed elements. B. Request shall include the following: 1. Identification of the Project. 2. Description of affected work. 3. Necessity for cutting or alteration. 4. Effect on work of the Owner or separate contractor, or on structural or weatherproof integrity of the Project. 5. Alternatives to cutting and patching. 6. Cost proposal, when applicable. 7. Written permission of separate contractor whose work will be affected. 8. Description of proposed work including: a. Scope of cutting, patching, alteration or excavation. b. Trades to execute work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. Extent of refinish to be included.

CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 1 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

9. Date and time work will be uncovered. C. Should conditions of Work or schedule indicate a change of products from original installation, submit request for substitution as specified in Section 01630 Substitutions.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Materials

A. Comply with specifications and standards for each specific product involved. B. Where specifications are not included for items requiring patching, provide materials of equal or better quality than existing and finishes to match existing. C. Provide new materials for cutting and patching unless otherwise indicated.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Inspection

A. Inspect existing condition of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during cutting and patching. B. After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting installation of products, or performance of work. C. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to the Owner in writing; do not proceed with work until the Owner has provided further inspections.

3.02 Preparation

A. Provide adequate temporary support as necessary to assure structural value or integrity of affected portion of the Work. B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage.

3.03 Performance

A. Execute cutting by methods, which will provide proper surfaces to receive repairs. B. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods that will prevent settlement or damage to other work. C. Employ same installer or fabricator to perform cutting and patching work as employed for new construction for: 1. Weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements. 2. Light-exposed finished surfaces. D. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes. E. Restore work, which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. F. Fit work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduits and penetrations through surfaces.

CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 2 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

G. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide even finish to match adjacent finishes: 1. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. 2. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.

END OF SECTION

CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Summary

A. Section Includes: Quality Control, Survey References Points, Submittals, and Project Record Documents.

1.02 Related Documents

A. Bid Proposal B. Contract General Conditions C. Supplementary General Conditions D. Section 01010 Summary of Work E. Section 01300 Submittals F. Section 01400 Quality Control Services G. Section 01700 Project Closeout H. Division 15 Plumbing I. Division 16 Electrical

1.03 Quality Control

A. The Contractor is solely responsible for the complete, timely and accurate layout of the work including, but not necessarily limited to, horizontal and vertical control and dimensional coordination as necessary to construct the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Employ a Land Surveyor or a Civil Engineer, registered in the State of California to perform survey work. C. Employ a Professional Engineer of the discipline required for specific service on the project and licensed in the State of California where required in the technical specifications.

1.04 Survey Reference Points

A. Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points are shown on the Contract Documents. B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting site work, and preserve all permanent reference points during construction. 1. Make no changes or relocations without prior written notice to Architect. 2. Report to Architect when any reference point is lost or destroyed. 3. Require a surveyor to replace project control points, which may be lost or destroyed. C. Establish replacements based on original survey control. FIELD ENGINEERING 01050 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

FIELD ENGINEERING 01050 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1.05 Project Survey Requirements

A. Establish and maintain lines and levels, locate and lay out: 1. Site Improvements: a. Stakes for grading, fill and topsoil replacement. b. Utility slopes and invert elevations. 2. Batter boards for structures. 3. Building foundations, column locations and floor levels. 4. Controlling lines and levels required for mechanical and electrical work. B. From time to time, verify layouts.

1.06 Submittals

A. Submit, name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor and Engineer before starting survey work. B. If requested by Architect, submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work. C. Submit certificate signed by the Engineer or Land Surveyor, licensed to practice in the State of California, certifying that elevations and locations of improvements are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, or if in non-conformance, an explanation of the discrepancy.

1.07 Project Record Documents

A. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. B. Upon completion of foundation walls and major site improvements, prepare a certified survey illustrating dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and site work. C. Submit Record Documents under provisions of Section 01700 - Project Closeout.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

FIELD ENGINEERING 01050 - 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01060 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Summary

A. Section includes: Statutory and Jurisdictional Regulations and relevant requirements.

1.02 Related Specification Sections

A. Contract General Conditions B. Supplementary General Conditions C. Division 0 through Division 16

1.03 Statutory and Jurisdictional Regulations

A. Perform the Work in accordance with current Applicable Code Requirements and applicable requirements of all other regulatory agencies including, but not limited to, the following: 1. State of California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24 State Building Standards, and the following: CCR-T8 California Code of Regulations, Title 8-Industrial Safety CCR-T19 California Code of Regulations, Title 19-Public Safety CCR-T24 California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 1, Administrative Regulations, DSA-SSS. *CBC California Building Code, California Code of Regulations, Title 24-Part 2, CCR-T24, latest amended (California State Amendments) and adopted edition enforce at time of approval of these documents by Division of State Architect. *CEC California Electrical Code, California Code of Regulations, Title 24-Part 3, CCR-T24, latest amended (California State Amendments) and adopted edition enforce at time of approval of these documents by Division of State Architect. *CMC California Mechanical Code, California Code of Regulations, Title 24-Part 4, CCR-T24, latest amended (California State Amendments) and adopted edition enforce at time of approval of these documents by Division of State Architect *CPC California Plumbing Code, California Code of Regulations, Title 24-Part 5, CCR-T24 latest amended (California State Amendments) and adopted edition enforce at time of approval of these documents by Division of State Architect. CFC California Fire Code (Based on the National Fire Code by NFPA Uniform Fire Code), latest amended (California State Amendments) and adopted edition enforce at time of approval of these documents by Division of State Architect. CFC California Fire Code shall be the latest amended (California State Amendments) and adopted edition enforce at time of approval of these documents by Division of State Architect. UBCS Uniform Building Code Standards

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01060 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

NOTE: * - Indicates that a copy of these codes shall be kept at the job site. 2. Specification sections may cite industry recognized standards as follows: AA Aluminum Association AABC Associated Air Balance Council AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers’ Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute ACLFMI Chan Link Fence Manufacturers Institute ADC Air Diffusion Council AGC Associated General Contractors of America AI Asphalt Institute AIA American Institute of Architects AIMA Acoustical and Insulation Materials Association AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction AMCA Air Movement and Control Association ANSI American National Standards Institute APA American Plywood Association AQMCD Air Quality Management Control District in the area where the project is located. ARI Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASPA American Sod Producers Association ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers’ Association CAC California Administrative Code CAL/OSHA State of California Construction Safety Orders CALTRANS State of California, Business and Transportation Agency, Department of Transportation, “Standard Specifications” CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers’ Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standards of the U.S. Department of Commerce DHI Door and Hardware Institute DSA Division of the State Architect EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association EPA Environmental Protection Agency ESO Electrical Safety Orders FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association FM Factory Mutual FS Federal Specifications GA Gypsum Association ICBO International Conference of Building Officials IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IMIAC International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council - International Masonry Institute MBMA Metal Building Manufacturer's Association MIL Military specification Naval Publications and Forms Center REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01060 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

ML/SFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association MM State of California, Business and Transportation Agency, Department of Transportation, “Materials Manual” NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NBS National Bureau of Standards NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NFPA National Forest Products Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology NSWMA National Solid Wastes Management Association NTMA National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers Association OSA Office of the State Architect OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PCA Portland Cement Association PS Product Standards of the U.S. Department of Commerce RIS Redwood Inspection Service SDI Steel Door Institute SFM State of California, Office of State Fire Marshal SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. UL Underwriters Laboratory, Incorporated USS United States Standard WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WH Warnock Hersey WIC Woodwork Institute of California WWPA Western Wood Products Association Latest Edition of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction Standard Plans for Public Works Construction Work Area Traffic Control Handbook as prepared by American Public Works Association B. Unless otherwise specified, references to codes, regulations, standards, manufacturers' instructions, or requirements of regulatory agencies, when used to specify requirements for materials or design elements, shall mean the edition of each in effect. C. The reference standards, above, shall dictate the minimum quality of work or detailing in the absence of specific detailing or specifications.

1.04 Conflicts

A. Unless otherwise directed by the Owner Representative, if a conflict exists between referenced regulatory requirements, comply with the one establishing more stringent requirements. B. Unless otherwise directed by the Owner Representative, if a conflict exists between referenced regulatory requirements and the Contract Documents, comply with the more stringent requirements.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01060 - 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01060 - 4

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01095 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Summary

A. This section supplements the Contract Conditions, and seeks to address the most common definitions and abbreviations or acronyms used in the Contract Documents.

1.02 Related Specification Sections

A. Bid Proposal B. Contract General Conditions C. Supplementary General Conditions D. Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements E. Division 0 through Division 16

1.03 Definitions

A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Contract General Conditions. B. Indicated: The term indicated refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings, or other Paragraphs or Schedules in the Specifications, and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as shown, noted, scheduled, and specified are used to help the reader locate the reference. There is no limitation on location. C. Directed: Terms such as directed, requested, authorized, selected, approved, required, and permitted mean directed by the Owner Representative or Owner, requested by the Owner Representative, and similar phrases. D. Approve: The term approved, when used in conjunction with the Owner Representative's action on the Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Owner Representative's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. E. Regulation: The term regulation includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. Furnish: The term furnish means supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. Install: The term install describes operations at the Project site including the actual unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H. Provide: The term “provide” means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. REFERENCE STANDARDS 01095- 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

I. Installer: An Installer is the Contractor or an entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower tier, to perform a particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform. J. Project Site is the space available to the Contractor for performing construction activities, either exclusively or in conjunction, with others performing other work as part of the Project. K. Testing Agencies: A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests, either at the Project Site or elsewhere, and to report on and if required, to interpret results of those inspections or tests.

1.04 Specification Content Explanation

A. Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's 16-Division format. B. Abbreviations and Names: As set out in Section 01060 – Regulatory Requirements, trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents, they mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards-producing organization, authorities having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable to the context of the text provision. Refer to Gale Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S.", which are available in most libraries.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

REFERENCE STANDARDS 01095- 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01100 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Summary

A. The requirements for the following subjects are included in this Section: 1. Environmental Protection Plan 2. Smoke/Odor Control 3. Noise Control 4. Dust and Air Pollution Control 5. Welding and Burning 6. Erosion and Sediment Control 7. Disposal Operations 8. Cultural Resources

1.02 Related Specification Sections

A. Scope of Work B. Contract General Conditions C. Supplementary General Conditions E. Division 0 through Division 16

1.03 Environmental Protection Plan

A. The requirements of this Article are in addition to those of the Contract General Conditions. B. During the progress of the work, keep the premises occupied in a neat and clean condition and protect the environment both on site and off site, throughout and upon completion of the construction project. C. Based on the requirements in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall develop a detailed Environmental Protection Plan and submit the plan to the Owner for approval within seven (7) calendar days from the date of commencement specified in the Notice to Proceed. Based on comments by the Owner refine or modify plan until acceptable to the Owner. When approved distribute the approved plan to employees and subcontractors and their employees. The Environmental Protection Plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following items: 1. Copies of required permits. 2. Proposed sanitary landfill site. 3. Other proposed disposal sites. 4. Noise Control. 5. Dust Control. 6. Erosion and Sediment Control. 7. Site Dewatering (if needed).

SPECIAL PROCEEDURES 01100 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

8. Copies of any agreements with public or private landowners regarding equipment, materials storage, borrow sites, fill sites, or disposal sites. Any such agreement made by the Contractor shall be invalid if its execution causes violation of local or regional grading or land use regulations. 9. Limits of the site, easement restrictions, location of environmentally sensitive areas, location of contractor’s trailer and location of access gates. D. Requirements: All operations shall comply with all federal, state and local regulations pertaining to water, air, solid waste and noise pollution. E. Definitions of Contaminants: 1. Sediment: soil and other debris that have been eroded and transported by runoff water. 2. Solid Waste: rubbish, debris, garbage and other discarded solid materials resulting from construction activities, including a variety of combustible and non-combustible wastes, such as ashes, waste materials that result from construction or maintenance and repair work, leaves and tree trimmings. 3. Chemical Waste: includes petroleum products, bituminous materials, salts, acids, alkalis, herbicides, pesticides, disinfectants, organic chemicals and inorganic wastes. me of the above may be classified as "hazardous." 4. Sanitary Wastes: a. Sewage: Domestic sanitary sewage. b. Garbage: Refuse and scraps resulting from preparation, cooking, dispensing and consumption of food. 5. Hazardous Materials: except as otherwise specified, in the event the Contractor encounters on the site material reasonable believed to be asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), or other hazardous materials which have not been rendered harmless, the Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and report the condition to the Owner in writing. The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed except by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor if in fact the material is asbestos. PCB, or other hazardous materials and has not been rendered harmless. The Work in the affected area shall be resumed in the absence of asbestos, PCB, or other hazardous materials, or when such materials have been rendered harmless. F. Protection of Natural Resources 1. General: It is intended that the natural resources within the project boundaries and outside the limits of permanent work performed under this Contract be preserved in their existing condition or be restored to an equivalent or improved condition upon completion of the work. Confine construction activities to areas defined by the public roads, easements, and work area limits shown on the drawings. Return construction areas to their pre-construction elevations except where surface elevations are otherwise noted to be changed. Maintain natural drainage patterns. Conduct construction activities such that ponding of stagnant water conducive to mosquito breeding habitat will in not occur. SPECIAL PROCEEDURES 01100 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

2. Land Resources: Do not remove, cut, deface, injure or destroy trees or shrubs outside the work area limits. Do not remove, deface, injure or destroy trees within the work area without permission from the Owner Representative. If requested by Owner, damaged trees and shrubs shall be removed and replaced by Contractor at Contractor’s own expense. a. Protection: Protect trees that are located near the limits of the Contractor's work areas which may possibly be defaced, bruised or injured or otherwise damaged by the Contractor's operations. No ropes, cables or guys shall be fastened to or be attached to any existing nearby trees or shrubs for anchorages. b. Trimming: Refer to Section 01530-Tree and Plant Protection. c. Excavation Around Trees: Refer to Section 01530-Tree and Plant Protection. d. Repair or Restoration: Repair or replace any trees or other landscape feature scarred or damaged by equipment or construction operations as specified below. The repair and restoration plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Owner and the Owner Representative prior to its initiation. e. Temporary Construction: Remove all signs of temporary construction facilities such as haul roads, work areas, structures, foundations of temporary structures, stockpiles of excess or waste materials, or any other vestiges of construction as directed by the Owner. Level all temporary roads, parking areas and any other areas that have become compacted or shaped. Any unpaved areas where vehicles are operated shall receive a suitable surface treatment or shall be periodically wetted down to prevent construction operations from producing dust damage and nuisance to persons and property, at no additional cost to the Owner. Keep haul roads clear at all times of any object which creates an unsafe condition. Promptly remove any contaminants or construction materials dropped from construction vehicles. Do not drop mud and debris from construction equipment on public streets. Sweep clean turning areas and pavement entrances as necessary. 3. Water Resources: Investigate and comply with all applicable federal, state and local regulations concerning the discharge (directly or indirectly) of pollutants to the underground and natural waters. Perform all work under this Contract in such a manner that any adverse environmental impacts are reduced to a level that is acceptable to the Owner, Owner Representative and regulatory agencies. Excess site material, mud, debris, etc. washed off roads, site and equipment shall not impact watercourses. a. Oily Substances: At all times, special measures shall be taken to prevent oily or other hazardous substances from entering the ground, drainage areas or local bodies of water as to affect normal use, aesthetics or produce a measurable impact upon the areas. Any soil or water which is contaminated with oily substances due to the Contractor's operations shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable regulations. SPECIAL PROCEEDURES 01100 - 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1.04 Smoke/Odor Control

A. Primary fresh air intakes to existing and occupied buildings must be protected from exhaust from internal combustion engines, paint and solvent fumes and other noxious fumes and vapors. B. Control methods such as snorkels from engine exhausts to 50 feet away from air intakes shall be implemented by the Contractor. C. All other activities generating fumes shall be limited to a distance of at least 50 feet from the air intake grille. D. If fume generating procedures occurs within 50 feet of an air intake the Contractor is responsible for the following: 1. Notify the Owner and Owner Representative at least seven (7) calendar days in advance. 2. Complete the work when it least impacts the Owner (evenings, weekends, or particularly windy days). 3. Provide carbon filter media, plastic barriers, or other control methods to assure fresh air only enters into the building ventilation system.

1.05 Noise Control

A. The requirements of the Article are in addition to those in the Contract General Conditions. B. Maximum noise levels within 1,000 feet of any classroom, laboratory, residence, business, adjacent buildings, or other populated area: noise levels for trenchers, pavers, graders and trucks shall not exceed 90 dBA at 50 feet as measured under the noisiest operating conditions. For all other equipment, noise levels shall not exceed 85 dBA at 50 feet. C. Equipment: Equip jackhammers with exhaust mufflers and steel muffling sleeves. Air compressors should be of a quiet type such as a "whisperized" compressor. Compressor hoods shall be closed while equipment is in operation. Provide portable noise barriers around jack hammering, barriers constructed of 3/4-inch plywood lined with 1-inch thick fiberglass on work side. D. Operations: Keep noisy equipment as far as possible from noise-sensitive site boundaries. Machines should not be left idling. Use electric power in lieu of internal combustion engine power wherever possible. Maintain equipment properly to reduce noise from excessive vibration, faulty mufflers, or other sources. All engines shall have properly functioning mufflers. E. Scheduling: Schedule noisy operations so as to minimize their duration at any given location, and to minimize disruption to the adjoining users. Notify the Owner and the Owner Representative a minimum of seven (7) calendar days in advance of performing work creating unusual noise and schedule such work at times mutually agreeable. F. Do not play radios, tape recorders, televisions, and other similar items at construction site. G. When work occurs in or near occupied buildings, the Contractor is cautioned to keep noise associated with any activities to a minimum. If excessively noisy

SPECIAL PROCEEDURES 01100 - 4

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

operations that disrupt academic activities or residential activities are anticipated, they must be scheduled after normal work hours. H. All noisy work within the area of the residence halls will be restricted to 10:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m., seven days per week, throughout the year. No work will be allowed in the residence hall areas during the finals week. Owner reserves the right to stop construction work, including but not limited to noisy work, during the following events: Commencement, Open house, Finals Week, residence hall move-in, or at other times that may be identified by the Owner. Owner reserves the right to stop noisy work at any time when said work disrupts classes or residential areas. 1.06 Dust and Air Pollution Control

A. The requirements of this Article are in addition to those of Article 4.03 of Contract General Conditions. B. Employ measures to avoid the creation of dust and air pollution. 1. Wet down unpaved areas to eliminate dust formation, a minimum of twice a day to reduce particulate matter. When wind velocity exceeds 15 mph, site shall be watered down more frequently. If in the opinion of the Owner dust particles are leaving the site the contractor shall immediately take action to stop dust particles from leaving the site. 2. Store all volatile liquids, including fuels or solvents in closed containers. 3. Do not burn debris, lumber or other scrap. Any use of an open flame will require the Contractor to notify the Owner in writing and to obtain a fire permit from the Owner Fire Marshal and California Department of Forestry. 4. Properly maintain equipment to reduce gaseous pollutant emissions. C. Exposed areas, new driveways and sidewalks shall be seeded, treated with soil binders, or paved as soon as possible. If the Owner determines that seeding is necessary to keep dust particles from leaving the site or to control erosion, the contractor shall immediately seed and water as directed by the Owner at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Cover stockpiles of soil, sand and other loose materials. E. Cover trucks hauling soil, debris, sand or other loose materials. F. Sweep project area streets at least once weekly. G. Appoint a dust control monitor to oversee and implement all measures listed in this Article. H. Maintain continuous control of dust resulting from construction operations. Particular care must be paid to door openings to prevent construction dust and debris from entering the adjacent areas. I. Inside and Outside 1. When wind conditions create considerable dust, such that a nuisance would generate complaints, the Contractor shall either suspend grading operations, or water the exposed areas. 2. Water down the project site, access routes, and lay down areas whenever generated dust becomes a nuisance. 3. The Owner reserves the right to request watering of the site at not additional cost to Owner, whenever dust complaints are received. 4. It shall be the Owner's sole discretion as to what constitutes a nuisance. SPECIAL PROCEEDURES 01100 - 5

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1.07 Welding and Burning

A. Eliminate welding and burning of steel as much as possible. Where unavoidable, perform welding and burning with precaution to avoid fire hazard. Provide a fire watch for minimum of 30 minutes after burning stops. Provide protection for adjacent surfaces. Any use of an open flame shall require the Contractor to notify the Owner in writing and to obtain a fire permit from the Owner Fire Marshall and California Department of Forestry. Have fire suppression system (extinguishers), acceptable to San Luis Obispo Fire Department, immediately available for use. B. Burning or open fires are not permitted on Campus.

1.08 Erosion and Sediment Control

A. Discharge construction runoff into small drainage areas at frequent intervals to avoid build-up of large potentially erosive flows. B. Prevent runoff from flowing over unprotected slopes. C. Keep disturbed areas to the minimum necessary for construction. D. Keep runoff away from disturbed areas during construction. E. Direct flows over vegetated areas prior to discharge into public storm drainage systems. F. Trap sediment before it leaves the site, using such techniques as check dams, sediment ponds, silt fences and straw bale barriers. G. Remove and dispose of all project construction-generated silt that leaves the site. H. Stabilize disturbed areas as quickly as possible. I. Remove mud from tires of earth moving trucks and equipment before traversing streets outside the construction area.

1.09 Disposal Operations

A. Solid Waste Management: Supply solid waste transfer containers. Daily remove all debris such as spent air filters, oil cartridges, cans, bottles, combustibles and litter. Take care to prevent trash and papers from blowing onto adjacent property. Personnel shall use refuse containers. Convey contents to a sanitary landfill. B. Washing of concrete containers where wastewater may reach adjacent property, storm drains or natural watercourses shall not be permitted. Remove excess concrete to the sanitary landfill. C. Chemical Waste and Hazardous Materials Management: Furnish containers for storage of spent chemicals used during construction operations. Dispose of chemicals and hazardous materials in accordance with applicable regulations. D. Garbage: Store garbage in covered containers; pick up daily and dispose of in a sanitary landfill. E. Dispose of vegetation, weeds, rubble, and other materials removed by the clearing, stripping and grubbing operations off site in accordance with applicable regulations. SPECIAL PROCEEDURES 01100 - 6

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

F. Excavated Materials 1. Native soil may be used for backfill, fill and embankments as allowed by that section. 2. Spoil Material: Remove material from site excavated in excess of that required for backfill, and excavated material that is unsuitable for backfill. a. Material in excess of 5000 cu/yds must be disposed of off site at no additional expense to the Owner. b. Unsuitable backfill material will be disposed of off site in accordance with applicable regulations. Remove rubbish and materials unsuitable for backfill immediately following excavation. Remove material in excess of that required for backfill immediately following backfill operations. G. Rubbish shall consist of all materials not classified as suitable materials or rubble and shall include shrubbery, trees, timber, trash and garbage. H. Cleanup and Storage during Construction 1. All public areas adjacent to the Contract work limit shall be kept clean, safe and free of any obstructions including Contractor's tools, supplies and equipment. 2. These areas shall be maintained, "broom clean" daily. 3. No Contractor storage for materials or tools will be supplied on Owner property outside the work limit. 4. At completion of work, Contractor shall remove all debris and surplus material and legally dispose of it off campus at no additional cost to the Owner. I. Fire Protection: No burning or open fires of any kind shall be permitted on Owner property.

1.10 Cultural Resources

A. The requirements of this article are in addition to those of Article 4.03 E. of Contract General Conditions. B. The project does not pass through any known archaeological sites. However, it is conceivable that unrecorded archaeological sites could be discovered during construction. C. In the event that artifacts, human remains, or other cultural resources are discovered during subsurface excavations at locations of the Work, the Contractor shall protect the discovered items, cease work for a distance of a (100 meter) 335 foot radius of the area, immediately notify the Owner and Owner Representative in writing, and comply with applicable laws. D. The Owner may retain an Archaeologist to monitor and recover data and artifacts during period work has ceased. Notify the Owner a minimum of seven (7) days prior to initial excavation and coordinate excavation work requiring monitoring with the Archaeologist. E. All items found which are considered to have archaeological significance are the property of the Owner.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

SPECIAL PROCEEDURES 01100 - 7

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

SPECIAL PROCEEDURES 01100 - 8

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Summary

A. Pre-construction Conference 1. Progress Meetings 2. Billing Meetings 3. Project Closeout Meeting 4. Guarantee/Warranties, Bonds, and Service and Maintenance Contracts Review Meeting 5. Partnering

1.02 Related Specification Sections

A. Contract General Conditions B. Supplementary General Conditions C. Division 1 through Division 16

1.03 Pre-construction Conference

A. Prior to commencement of work, a pre-construction conference will be held to discuss job site procedures. B. Location: A convenient site for parties designated by the Owner. C. Attending shall be: 1. Owner's Representative 2. Architect 3. Architect's Consultants, as appropriate 4. Contractor 5. Contractor's Superintendent 6. Major Listed Subcontractors 7. Others as appropriate 8. Testing Lab and Inspection Representative D. Items to be discussed: 1. Procedures for maintaining record documents. 2. Owner and Architect's requirements. 3. Construction facilities and controls. 4. Temporary utilities. 5. Security and Construction area clearing. 6. Materials testing and inspection. 7. Requirements of start-up trades. 8. Project Layout. 9. Safety Program. 10. Coordination of construction impacts at the Owner. 11. Review preliminary schedule. PROJECT MEETINGS 01100 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

12. Progress payments. 13. Change order procedures. 14. Project closeout.

1.04 Progress Meetings

A. Schedule and hold bi-weekly meetings, or as required by the Owner representative. The date and hour will be determined by the Owner’s Representative. B. Location: field office. C. Attending shall be: 1. Contractor or fully delegated representative 2. Contractor's Superintendent 3. Subcontractors, as appropriate to the issues to be reviewed 4. Suppliers, as appropriate to the issues to be reviewed 5. Others, as appropriate to the issues to be reviewed 6. Owner Representative 7. Inspector 8. Architect 9. Consultants, as appropriate to the issues to be reviewed, as determined by the Architect. D. Meeting Notes 1. Architect will take and distribute meeting notes to the attendees. 2. Attendees taking exception to anything in the meeting notes shall state same in writing, directed to the Architect within five (5) working days following receipt of meeting notes. E. Contractor is to provide at least a two-week (2-week) look ahead schedule. This schedule shall be updated every week. The Construction Manager and Architect shall review this schedule to identify any early scheduling changes or conflicts. F. Standard Site-Meeting Agenda 1. Job Status/Schedule a. Construction schedule i. Two-week look ahead schedule ii. Long-lead procurement items effecting schedule iii. Owner-induced delays, if any iv. Contractor-caused delays, if any v. Requests for Information (RFI’s) - review responses effecting schedule vi. Shop drawing - review submittals and responses effecting schedule vii. Change Order items effecting schedule, if any. 2. Old Business 3. New Business 4. Non-conformance Items 5. Status of As-Builts 6. Other Current Problem Areas and Resolutions 7. Environmental and Safety Considerations PROJECT MEETINGS 01100 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

8. Change Order Meeting G. The essence of the discussion of each meeting will be entered into the minutes and copies will be furnished by the Construction Manager to all interested parties within one week.

1.05 Billing Meetings

A. As part of the last progress meeting each month, schedule and hold a billing meeting with the Owner for the purpose of agreeing on the percentage of the work completed up to that date and establishing the amount to be requested in the Application for Payment. B. Location: Owner's field office C. Attending shall be: 1. Owner Representative 2. Contractor D. Prepare an itemized draft of the month's proposed billing for review with the Owner Representative at the billing meeting. E. Following review of the proposed billing, revise as required, prepare Application for Payment, and submit to the Owner Representative. The Owner Representative will certify and forward it to the Project Manager, who will authorize payment upon receipt of partial waivers of lien from the Contractor and Subcontractors for previous payment.

1.06 Project Closeout Meeting

A. Approximately one (1) week prior to the scheduled completion of the Project, a Project Closeout Meeting shall be held to produce an action-list of major items required to be completed prior to the issuance of the Notice of Completion. B. Location: A convenient site for parties designated by the Owner Representative. C. Attending shall be: 1. Owner Representative 2. Architect 3. Contractor D. Items to be discussed: 1. Action-list: a. Assign an action-responsibility and a projected action-completion date to each item: i. Punch list ii. O & M manuals iii. HVAC Balance Report iv. Spare Parts/Materials v. Keys/Keying Warrantees vi. As-built Drawings and Specifications vii. As-built Schedule viii. Building Inspections ix. Other Regulatory Inspections x. Removal of Temporary Facilities PROJECT MEETINGS 01100 - 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

xi. Final Cleaning and Pest Control xii. Landscape Maintenance xiii. Commissioning/Equipment Startup xiv. Acceptance xv. Notice of Completion xvi. Final Payment xvii. Occupancy xviii. Other closeout items 2. Contractor’s responsible for the timely completion of required closeout items.

1.07 Guarantee/Warranties, Bonds, and Service and Maintenance Contracts Review Meeting

A. Contractor shall arrange for and hold a meeting at the Project Site for the purpose of review of guarantees/warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts for materials and equipment. Contractor shall notify the following attendees of the date and time at least fourteen (14) days in advance. Contractor shall take action as appropriate to implement repair or replacement of defective items, and to extend service and maintenance contracts. B. Location: A convenient site for parties designated by the Owner Representative. C. Attending shall be: 1. Owner Representatives 2. Architect 3. Owner's and Architect's Consultants, as appropriate 4. Contractor 5. Subcontractors, as appropriate to the agenda 6. Suppliers, as appropriate to the agenda 7. Others, as appropriate to the agenda

1.08 Partnering

A. The Owner intends to encourage the foundation of a cohesive partnership with the Contractor and its Subcontractors; the Architect and its consultants; and the Owner. This partnership will be structured to draw on the strengths of each organization to identify and achieve reciprocal goals. The objectives are effective and efficient contractor performance, intended to achieve completion within budget, on schedule, and in accordance with the plans and specifications.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

PROJECT MEETINGS 01100 - 4

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Summary

A. Section Includes 1. Contractor's construction schedule 2. Submittal schedule 3. Shop Drawings 4. Product Data 5. Samples 6. Operating and Maintenance Manuals 7. Warranties 8. As-Builts B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division 1 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to: 1. Permits 2. Applications for payment 3. Performance and payment bonds 4. Insurance certificates 5. List of Subcontractors 6. Wage/Benefit Statements

1.02 Related Specification Sections

A. Contract General Conditions 1. Alternatives or Equals and Substitutions. 2. Claims and Damages. B. Section 01340 Forms and Reports C. Section 01630 Product Options and Substitutions D. Division 1 through Division 16

1.03 Submittal Procedures

A. Check and verify field measurements. B. Coordinate Shop Drawing and Submittal Time Schedule with the project schedule. 1. Submittals shall be delivered promptly so delays in delivery of materials or execution of the work will be avoided. C. Submit copies as scheduled below, checked and approved by the Contractor for submittals required for the work of the various trades. Submittals shall be transmitted from the Contractor to the Architect who shall route submittals to the appropriate parties.

SUBMITTALS 01300 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1. Substitutions on shop drawings or in product submittals will not be considered without prior approval in accordance with Section 01630 - Product Options And Substitutions. Submittals containing unacceptable items will be rejected. 2. Contractor shall stamp the Submittals utilizing the following minimum language:

This submittal has been reviewed by (Name of Contractor) and approved with respect to the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incidental thereto. (Name of Contractor) also warrants that this submittal complies with the Contract Documents and comprises no variation there to.

By: ______Date: ______

D. The Architect will make any comments within ten (10) calendar days and return the submittal to the contractor. Submittals which require coordination with other submittals may require more than ten (10) calendar days review time. Submittals that require selection of colors will be reviewed. Color selection may not be provided until all submittals requiring color selection have been received and reviewed and color selections have been approved by the Owner. E. The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Architect and submit the required corrected copies for final review and distribution. F. The Architect’s review of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for deviations from the drawings or specifications, unless the Contractor has, in writing, called the Architect’s attention to such deviations at the time of submission, and secured written acceptance. 1. The Architect’s review shall be for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. 2. The Architect’s review shall not be construed as an "approval", or to relieve the Contractor(s) and material suppliers of responsibility for errors or omissions in the submitted documents. 3. Modifications or comments made on the submittals or shop the requirements of the drawings and specifications. 4. Acceptance of a specific item does not include acceptance of the assembly of which the item is a component. G. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that requires sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.

SUBMITTALS 01300 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

a. The Architect shall return without action any submittals requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are coordinated. 3. Processing: Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be delayed as a result of the time required to process submittals, including time for re-submittals. a. See General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions for additional requirements. b. If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial submittal. c. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the Construction Manager sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing. H. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block. 1. Provide a space approximately 4" x 5" on the label or beside the title block on Shop Drawings to record the Contractor's review and approval markings and the action taken. 2. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name b. Date c. Name and address of Owner Representative d. Name and address of Contractor e. Name and address of subcontractor f. Name and address of supplier g. Name of manufacturer h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 3. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from Contractor to Construction Manager using the form provided in Section 01340 - Forms and Reports. Submittals received from sources other than the Contractor will be returned without action. a. On the transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data. On the form, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. Include Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements.

1.04 Shop Drawing and Submittal List

A. Prior to proceeding with affected work, submit and receive approval by the Owner of a submittal log, which lists submittal items per the product specifications. Contractor shall allow ten (10) days for review. B. For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model, or catalog designation, and reference standards.

SUBMITTALS 01300 - 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1.05 Shop Drawing and Submittal Time Schedule

A. Submit Shop Drawing and Submittal Time Schedule indicating when shop drawings and submittals will be submitted to the Construction Manager.

1.06 Shop Drawings

A. Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not considered Shop Drawings. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions 2. Identification of products and materials included 3. Compliance with specified standards 4. Notation of coordination requirements 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. C. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size Drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2" x 11" but no larger than 30" x 42". D. Submittals: Submit a minimum of three (3) copies of each submittal required for the Owner, Architect and Architect’s Consultant review. Submit additional copies as required for the contractor’s subcontractors and/or suppliers, the reproducible and one print will be returned. 1. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken in connection with construction.

1.07 Product Data

A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed information such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams and performance curves. Where Product Data must be specially prepared because standard printed data is not suitable for use, submit as "Shop Drawings." 1. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes information on several products, some of which are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following information: Manufacturer's printed recommendations, Compliance with recognized trade association standards, Compliance with recognized testing agency standards, Application of testing agency labels and seals, Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement, and Notation of coordination requirements.

SUBMITTALS 01300 - 4

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

2. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has been confirmed by the contractor. B. Submittals: Submit a minimum of three (3) copies of each required submittal for the Architect, Architect’s Consultant and Owner review, submit additional copies as required for the contractor’s subcontractors and/or suppliers. The Owner Representative will return a minimum of two sets marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required. C. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities. 1. Do not proceed with installation until an applicable copy of Product Data applicable is in the installer's possession. 2. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with construction.

1.08 Samples

A. Submit full-size fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture and pattern. 1. Mount, display, or package Samples in the manner specified to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to include the following: a. Generic description of the Sample source b. Product name or name of manufacturer c. Compliance with recognized standards d. Availability and delivery time. 2. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture, for a final check of these characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of these characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed. B. Preliminary Submittals: Where Samples are for selection of color, pattern, texture or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices, submit a full set of choices for the material or product. 1. Preliminary submittals will be reviewed and returned with the Owner Representative's mark indicating selection and other action. C. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation and similar characteristics, submit 3 sets; one will be returned marked with the action taken. 1. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction. D. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and others as required for performance of the Work. 1. Field Samples specified in individual Sections are special types of Samples. Field Samples are full-size examples erected on site to illustrate finishes, coatings, or finish materials and to establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. SUBMITTALS 01300 - 5

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1.09 Manufacturers’ Certificates

A. When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers’ certificate to Owner for review, in quantities specified for Product Data. B. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference date, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Owner.

1.10 Construction Progress Schedules

A. Submit initial progress schedule in duplicate within two (2) days for Owner’s review. B. Submit a horizontal bar chart with separate line for each major section of work or operation, identifying initiation and completion workday of each major section. C. Revise and resubmit as required. D. Submit revised schedules with each application for payment, identifying changes since previous version.

1.11 Submitting Invoices for Payment

A. Invoices are to be submitted to the Owner. The invoice must be an original; a fax or a copy (photocopy, NCR copy, or carbon copy) is not acceptable. Contractor’s invoice shall indicate total amount of the original agreement plus any approved change orders, percentage of completion (use schedule of values), amount previously paid, current invoiced amount, and balance remaining. Invoice shall clearly identify the agreement number and project name / number reference. The Contractor can reasonably expect payment within ten (10) calendar days from Project Manager’s approval of the invoice. Contractor may submit a draft invoice for Owner review prior to final invoice.

1.12 Architect’s Action

A. Except for submittals for record, information or similar purposes, where action and return is required or requested, the Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly. 1. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. B. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self- explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be appropriately marked, similar to the following, to indicate the action taken: 1. Final Unrestricted Release: Where submittals are marked "No Exceptions Taken," that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend upon that compliance.

SUBMITTALS 01300 - 6

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

2. Final-But-Restricted Release: When submittals are marked "Approved as Noted," that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend on that compliance. 3. Returned for Re-submittal: When submittal is marked "Amend and Resubmit," do not proceed with that part of the Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal in accordance with the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain a different action mark. 4. Do not permit submittals marked "Rejected – See Remarks" to be used at the Project site, or elsewhere where Work is in progress. a. NOTE: Work performed prior to receiving a FULLY APPROVED submittal shall be done at the Contractor’s own risk and is subject to being replaced if any of the submittal requirements are not met.

1.13 Claim and Dispute Submittals

A. General 1. Any disputes relating to this contract, or its breach, which are not disposed of by agreement shall be promptly submitted in accordance with all paragraphs of EXHIBIT B CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS, as a claim to and decided by the Owner Representative who shall issue a written decision on the dispute. 2. Adequate supporting data shall include, but is not limited to: a statement of the reasons for the asserted entitlement, the certified payroll, invoice for material and equipment rental, and an itemized breakdown of any adjustment sought. 3. Submission of a claim, properly certified, with all required supporting documentation, and written rejection or denial of all or part of the claim by owner, is a condition precedent to any action, proceeding, litigation, suit or demand for arbitration by Contractor. 4. The Contractor shall certify, at the time of submission of a claim, as

SUBMISSION UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY "I, ______, being the ______(Must be an officer), declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, and do personally certify and attest that: I have thoroughly reviewed the attached claim for additional compensation and/or extension of time, and know its contents, and said claim is made in good faith; the supporting data is truthful and accurate; that the amount requested accurately reflects the contract adjustment for which the contractor believes the Owner is liable; and further, that I am familiar with California Penal Code Section 72 and California Government Code Section 12560, et seq., pertaining to false claims, and further know and understand that submission or certification of a false claim may lead to fines, imprisonment and/or other severe legal consequences. By: ______SUBMITTALS 01300 - 7 Date: ______Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

follows:

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

SUBMITTALS 01300 - 8

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Summary

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for quality control services. B. Quality control services include inspections and tests and related actions including reports, performed by independent agencies, and governing authorities. They do not include Contract enforcement activities performed by the Owner or Owner Representative. C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements. D. Work included: 1. The Contractor is to provide access, assistance and information required for testing of the various portions of the Work as required by regulatory agencies, planning, building and other governmental inspectors, the Contract Documents and the Owner. 2. The Owner shall pay for all testing except as specified otherwise in the schedule at the end of this section. Cost of retesting shall be back- charged to the Contractor. E. Work not included: 1. Testing laboratory will be employed by the Owner and will be approved by the Owner Representative. 2. Payment for initial testing for tests specifically indicated as paid by Owner, will be by Owner.

1.02 Related Specification Sections

A. General Conditions B. Supplementary General Conditions C. Section 01300 Submittals D. Section 01340 Forms and Reports E. Division 1 through Division 16

1.03 Responsibilities

A. Owner will engage and pay for the services of an independent agency to perform inspections and tests specified as the Owner responsibility. 1. Where the Owner has engaged a testing agency or other entity for testing and inspection of a part of the Work, and the Contractor is also required to engage an entity for the same or related element, the Contractor shall not QUALITY CONTROL 01400 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

employ the entity engaged by the Owner, unless otherwise agreed in writing with the Owner. B. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for the cost of retesting where results of required inspections, tests or similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate compliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the original test was the Contractor's responsibility. 1. Cost of retesting construction revised or replaced by the Contractor is the Contractor's responsibility, where required tests were performed on original construction. C. Associated Services: The Contractor shall cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests and similar services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. D. Coordination: The Contractor, Project Manager/Inspector and each agency engaged to perform inspections, tests and similar services shall coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. In addition the Contractor shall coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. 1. The Contractor is responsible for communicating to the Construction Manager the scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples and similar activities. 2. Schedule Work so that there will be no excessive inspection time. At times that an inspector is required, sufficient work shall be laid out and adequate personnel supplied so that the inspector's time will be used to full advantage. If inspection costs become excessive because of poor shop or construction procedure, such excess costs will be paid for by Owner, but deducted from the Contract Price. 3. It is solely the responsibility of the Contractor to schedule all inspections and testing. It is solely the responsibility of the Contractor to notify all participants of tests and inspections, including but not limited to; the Owner, Owner Representative, Inspector, special inspectors, Archeologist, testing agency, governmental agencies and other required to be involved in the utility shut-down, testing or inspection. The Contractor is required to notify the Owner in writing in advance as specified in the contract documents and receive written approval of the proposed dates and times from the Owner prior to scheduling utility shutdowns, tests, inspections or similar activities.

1.04 Inspections

A. General: Construction work shall be subject to inspection and the review by the Owner Representatives and such construction or work shall remain accessible and exposed for inspection purposes until approved by the Owner. Work shall be coordinated and inspected by and through the Owner Representative. Should questions arise as to field measurements, grades, locations, etc., Owner Representative shall determine the project requirements.

QUALITY CONTROL 01400 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1. The Owner will provide project personnel including inspectors, to be available at the project site. Scheduling the inspectors to be at inspections is solely the responsibility of the Contractor. 2. Approval as a result of an inspection shall not be construed to be an approval of a violation of the provisions of the building code or of other ordinances of the jurisdiction, including plans and specifications. Inspections presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of code, or of plans and specifications shall not be valid. 3. It shall be the duty of the Contractor to cause the work to remain accessible and exposed for inspection purposes. Neither the Inspector nor the Owner or Owner Representative shall be liable for expense entailed in the removal or replacement of any material required to allow inspection. B. Inspection Requests: It shall be the duty of the Contractor doing the work to notify the Inspector that such work is ready for inspection. The Owner requires that such work is ready for inspection. The Owner requires that every request for inspection be filed at least twenty-four (24) hours before such inspection is desired. Such requests shall be in writing and use the inspection request form provided. C. Approval Required: Work shall not be done beyond the point indicated in each successive inspection without first obtaining the approval of the Inspector. The Inspector, upon notification, shall make the requested inspections and shall either indicate in writing that portion of the construction is satisfactory as completed, or shall notify the Contractor that same fails to comply with plans and specifications. The Contractor shall correct any portions, which do not comply, and such portion shall not be covered or concealed until authorized by the Inspector. 1. There shall be a final inspection and approval of buildings and structures when completed and ready for occupancy and use. 2. Visits of Testing and Inspection Agency Representatives at the request of the Contractor, shall be paid for by the Contractor on a time and materials basis (including travel time) on minimum of ½-day basis, if the work is not ready for inspection with 1/2 hour of arrival by the above. 3. The Contractor may be responsible for inspection costs for extended hours, weekends, and holidays when the work is for the sole benefit of the Contractor. D Inspection Coordination: Contractor shall provide, on a weekly basis, an anticipated Inspection Requirements Schedule, coordinated with the three- week look ahead schedule, showing the anticipated inspection needs for the following three weeks to facilitate appropriate Owner coordination and interface as well as mobilization of required inspection staffing. E. Required Inspections will include, but are not limited to: Reinforcing steel, concrete pours, soils compaction, structural framework, or interior wall and ceiling support framing of any part of any building or structure shall not be covered or concealed without first obtaining the approval of the Inspector. 1. In addition to the above, below are the minimum inspection requirements:

QUALITY CONTROL 01400 - 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

a. Frame Inspection: To be made after all framing, fire blocking and bracing are in place and all pipes and vents are complete and the rough electrical, plumbing and heating wires, pipes and ducts are approved. b. Mechanical and Electrical Rough-In Inspection: To be made after all mechanical and electrical rough-in work is completed. c. Lath or Gypsum Board Inspection: To be made after all lathing and gypsum board, interior and exterior, is in place, but before any plastering is applied or before gypsum board joints and fasteners are taped and finished. d. Final Inspection: To be made when the building is completed and ready for occupancy. e. Other Inspections: In addition to the called inspections specified above, the inspector may make or require other inspections of any construction work to ascertain compliance with the provisions of the plans and specifications. f. Re-inspections: A re-inspection fee may be assessed for each inspection or re-inspection when such portion of work for which inspection is called is not complete or when corrections called for are not made. 2. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing all of the Contract Documents for any additional inspection requirements.

1.05 Submittals

A. The Owner’s independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar service, to the Owner Representative (1 copy), the Owner (1 copy), the Contractor (1 copy), and Inspector (2 copies). B. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test or similar service shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Date of issue 2. Project title and number 3. Name, address and telephone number of testing agency 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections 5. Names of individuals making the inspection or test 6. Designation of the Work and test method 7. Identification of product and Specification Section 8. Complete inspection or test data 9. Test results and an interpretation of test results 10. Ambient conditions at the time of sample-taking and testing 11. Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested Work complies with Contract Document requirements 12. Name and signature of Laboratory inspector 13. Recommendations on retesting

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

QUALITY CONTROL 01400 - 4

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Repair and Protection

A. General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample-taking and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed finishes. Comply with Contract Document requirements for "Cutting and Patching." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect repaired construction. C. Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services. D. Testing and special inspection shall be scheduled by the Contractor.

END OF SECTION

QUALITY CONTROL 01400 - 5

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Summary

A. This Section specifies requirements for temporary services and facilities, including utilities, construction and support facilities, security and protection. B. Temporary utilities that are required include but are not limited to: 1. Water service and distribution 2. Temporary electric power and light 3. Telephone service 4. Sanitary facilities C. Temporary construction and support facilities that are required to be included but are not limited to: 1. Temporary heat 2. Field offices and storage sheds 3. Site perimeter fencing 4. Temporary enclosures 5. Hoists and temporary elevator use 6. Waste disposal services and refuse containers (Use of Owners dumpsters is prohibited.) 7. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities 9. Portable restrooms, as required, for contractor personnel a. Contractor may not use existing building restrooms. D. Security and protection facilities that are required include but are not limited to: 1. Temporary fire protection 2. Barricades, warning signs, lights, fencing 3. Environmental protection.

1.02 Related Specification Sections

A. Bid Proposal B. Contract General Conditions C. Supplementary General Conditions D. Division 0 through Division 16

1.03 Submittals – Temporary: Submit reports of tests, inspections, applicable meter readings and similar procedures performed on temporary utilities.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1.04 Quality Assurance

A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to: 1. Cal OSHA 2. Building Code requirements 3. Health and safety regulations 4. Utility company regulations 5. Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules 6. Environmental protection regulations B. Standards: Comply with NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and Demolition Operations", ANSI-A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition", and NECA Electrical Design Library, "Temporary Electrical Facilities." 1. Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services", prepared jointly by AGC and ASC, for industry recommendations. 2. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with National Electric Code (CFPA 70). C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

1.05 Project Conditions

A. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Do not overload facilities, or permit them to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site. B. Contractor shall be responsible for building and individual room security to all areas of work where it or its subcontractors enter and perform work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Materials

A. General: Provide new materials; if acceptable to the Owner Representative, undamaged previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used. Provide materials suitable for the use intended. Their use and methods of installation shall not create unsafe conditions or violate requirements of applicable codes and standards.

2.02 Equipment

A. General: Provide new equipment; or, if acceptable to the Owner, Contractor may provide undamaged, previously used equipment in serviceable condition. Provide equipment suitable for use intended. TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

B. First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations. C. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable UL-rated, class "A" fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations provide hand-carried, portable, UL- rated, class "ABC" dry chemical extinguishers, or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA recommended classes for the exposures. 1. Comply with NFPA 10 and 241 for classification, extinguishing agent and size required by location and class of fire exposure.

2.03 Temporary Field Office – Contractor shall provide a field office on site in a space approved by the Owner. The office shall include a telephone, fax, and layout table.

2.04 Barriers

A. Each trade/subcontractor shall be responsible for providing and the removal of any barriers required to perform this work. B. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. C. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way. D. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site and structures from damage.

2.05 Water Control – Protect existing structure and interior finishes from water damage during construction.

2.06 Protection of Installed Work

A. Protect installed work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections. B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to minimize damage.

2.07 Progress Cleaning

A. Cleanup and Storage During Construction: All public areas adjacent to the contract work limit shall be kept clean, safe and free of any obstructions including Contractor's tools, supplies and equipment. These areas shall be maintained "broom clean" daily. No Contractor storage for materials or tools will be supplied on site outside the work limit. At completion of work, Contractor shall remove all debris and surplus material and legally dispose of it off campus at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall provide refuse containers; use of Owner dumpsters is prohibited. B. Demolition: Contractor shall remove all materials and items as indicated on drawings. Remove all trash or debris as it accumulates and legally dispose of it off campus at no additional cost to the Owner.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

2.08 Removal of Utilities, Facilities, and Controls

A. Each trade/subcontractor responsible for installation shall be responsible for and not limited to the following: 1. Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to final application for payment inspection. 2. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. 3. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Temporary Utility Installation

A. General: Engage appropriate personnel to install temporary or connect to existing service. 1. Owner will pay Cost for temporary power and water. B. Water Service: Water may be taken from the Owner's systems in such quantities and at such times as they are available. Contractor shall provide temporary materials to extend the utility. Coordinate with the Owner Representative. C. Temporary Electric Power Service: Electricity may be taken from the Owner's system if available. Contractor shall provide equipment, including connections, and materials to extend the utility lines. Coordinate the installation with the Owner Representative. 1. When not available from the Owner, the Contractor shall arrange and pay for portable power. D. Temporary Telephones: Contractor shall have telephone and fax facilities available for the duration of contract where the Contractor and its superintendent may be contacted.

E. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities, install and maintain temporary fire protection facilities of the types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers," and NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations and Demolition Operations." 1. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose, but not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell. 2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations. 3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire protection facilities, stairways and other access routes for fighting fires. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire exposure areas. 4. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 4

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

Hot Work: Contractor shall notify Owner in advance and obtain permit prior to conducting any work involving open flame, sparks, heat or creating an ignition source such as by torch, arc, cutting, grinding, etc.

F. Barricades, Warning Signs and Lights: Comply with Cal Trans standards and code requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics and warning signs to inform personnel and the public of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and needed provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. G. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure of partially completed areas of construction. Provide locking entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft and similar violations of security. 1. Storage: Where materials and equipment must be stored, and are of value or attractive for theft, provide a secure lockup. Enforce discipline in connection with the installation and release of material to minimize the opportunity for theft and vandalism. 2. Owner Representative reserves the right to bring on additional security personnel and back charge the contractor for such services. H. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted, or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment, which produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near the site. I. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse. J. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and similar elements. K. Termination and Removal: Unless the Owner requires that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, or when replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. At Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities that have been used during the construction period.

END OF SECTION

TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 5

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01530 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Summary

A. Preserve, protect, and prune as necessary existing trees and shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain.

1.02 Related Specification Sections

A. Contract General Conditions B. Supplementary General Conditions C. Division 0 through Division 16

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 General

A. Trees and plant materials to remain on site shall be protected from trades working on the job, and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to insure that subcontractors are aware of and held responsible for any damage to existing trees and plant material. In addition, the General Contractor shall be held responsible to insure that protective measures are carried out throughout the entire construction period. 1. Protect trees from stockpiling, material storage including soil, vehicle parking and driving within the tree drip line. Restrict foot traffic to prevent excessive compacting of soil over root systems. 2. Protect root systems of existing trees, shrubs, and ground covers from damage due to chemically injurious materials in solution caused by runoff and spillage during mixing, placement of construction materials, and drainage from stored materials. 3. Protect root system from flooding, erosion, excessive wetting and drying resulting from de-watering and other operations. 4. Above ground surface runoff shall not be directed into the tree canopy area from adjacent areas. Ensure that sidewalks or other construction do not trap water near the tree. 5. Protect existing plant material to remain against unnecessary cutting, breaking, and skinning of roots and branches, skinning and bruising of bark. 6. No soil sterilants shall be applied under pavement near existing trees. 7. Do not allow fires under and adjacent to trees or other plants which are to remain.

TREE PROTECTION 01530 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

END OF SECTION

TREE PROTECTION 01530 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01540 SECURITY

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Summary

A. The requirements for project security are included in this section, and are as follows: 1. Security program. 2. Entry control. 3. Permanent keys.

1.02 Related Specification Sections

A. Contract General Conditions B. Supplementary General Conditions C. Division 1 through Division 16

1.03 Security Program

A. Protect the Work from theft, vandalism, and unauthorized entry. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for job site security. B. Initiate program and coordinate with the Owner for approval and job mobilization. C. Maintain program throughout construction period until the Owner's occupancy or acceptance precludes the need for the Contractor's security. D. Provide keying different from permanent keying of locks and include organized, locked, and supervised storage for receiving and dispensing items of finish hardware throughout construction period. E. Project Inspectors access: provide the Owner Project Inspector with keys necessary to gain access to locked areas of the Work. The Owner Project Inspector will be responsible for such keys and will return them to the Contractor at acceptance of the project or area is complete.

1.04 Entry Control

A. Restrict entrance of persons and vehicles into project site. B. Allow entrance only to authorized persons with proper identification.

1.05 Permanent Keys

A. Immediately upon receipt of permanent keys for whatever purpose (finish hardware, mechanical equipment, casework, dispensers, lockers, switches, equipment items, etc.), tag or otherwise clearly identify keys according to one approved system and turn them over to the Owner Representative prior to any opportunity of access to keys by parties other than the Owner.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

SECURITY 01540 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

END OF SECTION

SECURITY 01540 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01545 SAFETY AND HEALTH

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Summary

A. Administrative Procedures required by the Owner.

1.02 Related Specification Sections

A. General Conditions B. Supplementary General Conditions C. Division 0 through Division 16

1.03 Notice of Existing Lead and Asbestos Containing Materials

A. Lead 1. Lead coatings have been detected throughout the Owner in various buildings. Contractor must comply with all applicable federal, state, and local regulations, specifically Title 8, California Code of Regulations Sections 1532.1 and 5216. 2. Lead Paint/Coating Prohibition: a. No lead containing paint, coatings and materials shall not be used in this project, nor shall any lead painted/coated products or materials be installed in this project. Lead containing paints/coatings are defined as any paint or coating containing more than 0.06% lead by weight as specified by the Consumer Product Safety Commission. b. It shall be the obligation of the subcontractors to inform the Contractor and of the Contractor to inform the Owner prior to the bid opening date, of any specified or non-specified paints/coatings (including painted/coated products or materials), intended for incorporation in this project which do contain lead. c. Upon notification of any paint / coating (including painted/coated products or materials) containing lead, the Owner shall select an alternate paint/coating or product or material to be included in the bid. d. Failure to notify the Owner of project paints/coatings (including painted/coated products or materials) that contain lead shall be taken as certification by the Contractor of a lead free project. e. The Owner may at its discretion allow a lead containing paint/coating (including painted/coated products or materials) to be used if no suitable or feasible alternative exists. 3. If during the course of construction it is discovered that new paints/coatings (including painted/coated products or materials) contain lead, they are to be removed from the project at the Contractor's expense and the Owner will select a different paint/coating (including HEALTH & SAFETY 01545 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

painted/coated products or materials) to be used instead, unless the Owner has determined in advance that those paints/coatings, product or materials containing lead are acceptable. The Contractor will be responsible for all costs. 4. If lead is discovered in any paint/coatings, products, or materials installed / applied by the Contractor or subcontractors within one year from the close of this contract, then the Contractor may be required to have all applied lead paints/coatings (including painted/coated products or materials) removed and repainted / recoated with a lead-free equivalent selected by the Owner. Any removal of lead-containing products or materials must be done by personnel trained, certified, and licensed to perform lead removal in accordance with all applicable regulations. B. Asbestos 1. Asbestos containing materials are defined as having an asbestos content of greater than 0.1%, Title 8, California Code of Regulations 5194 (d)(4), (d)(5)(B). 2. Asbestos-containing materials have been detected throughout the Owner in various buildings. The Contractor must comply with all applicable federal, state, and local regulations, specifically California Code of Regulations, title 8. Contractor must immediately cease all activity upon discovering suspected asbestos-containing materials and notify the Owner Representative immediately. 3. Asbestos Prohibition: a. No materials or product containing asbestos, in any state, shall be used in this project. b. It shall be the obligation of the subcontractors to inform the Contractor and of the Contractor to inform the Owner prior to the bid opening date, of any specified or non-specified products or materials, intended for incorporation in this project, which does contain asbestos. c. Upon notification of any material containing asbestos, the Owner shall select an alternate product or material to be included in the bid. d. Failure to notify the Owner of project materials that do contain asbestos shall be taken as certification by the Contractor of an asbestos free project. 4. If during the course of construction it is discovered that new products or materials contain asbestos they are to be removed from the project at the Contractor's expense and the Owner will select a different material to be used. The Contractor will be responsible for all costs. 5. If asbestos is discovered in any products or materials installed by the Contractor or subcontractors within one year from the close of this contract, then the Contractor may be required to have all installed asbestos containing product or materials removed and replaced with a non-asbestos equivalent selected by the Owner. Any removal of asbestos containing products or materials must be done by personnel trained, certified, and licensed to perform asbestos removal in accordance with all applicable regulations. C. The Contractor shall certify in writing that the project is lead and asbestos free. HEALTH & SAFETY 01545 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1.04 Submittals

A. Accident Reporting: A copy of each accident report, which the Contractor or Subcontractors submit to their insurance carriers, shall be forwarded to the Architect and to the Owner Representative as soon as possible, but in no event later than seven (7) calendar days after the day the accident occurred. B. Other Submittals: If agreed to in writing at the Preconstruction safety meeting, other submittals shall be required. One such submittal, which may be included, is a plan of action for handling hazardous materials to contain the following: 1. Number, type, and experience of employees to be used for the Work. 2. Description of how safety and health regulations and standards shall be met. 3. Type of protective equipment and work procedures to be used. 4. Emergency procedures for accidental spills or exposures.

1.05 Environmental Health and Safety

A. Safety: State law requires that the Contractor shall adhere to all safety orders issued by the State of California, Cal-OSHA, etc., pertaining to the contract. 1. Contractor shall provide the Owner with one copy of Contractor's complete Injury and Illness Prevention Plan as required in California Code of Regulations. (CCR, Title 8, Chapter 4, Sections 1509, 3203.) 2. Contractor operations shall be conducted in compliance with applicable requirements contained in California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Chapter 4. 3. Equipment and machinery used in Contractor operations, or installed as a part of the contract, shall have guards and protective devices installed as required in California Code of Regulations and/or applicable standards issued by American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 4. Contractor operations as regards the protection of surrounding Owner employees, students and visitors shall be conducted in compliance with all applicable specifications contained in Americans with Disabilities Act, Cal Trans Traffic Manual, ANSI lighting standards as pertains to access, traffic and pedestrian control and lighting. 5. The Contractor shall maintain traffic ways on all streets and sidewalks adjacent to or leading to the various work areas free of construction materials and debris. 6. Where construction operations interfere with the free movement of traffic, provide traffic controls, flaggers, lighted barricades or similar devices to efficiently and safely control traffic movement. 7. Excavations in traffic ways (streets and sidewalks) shall be barricaded at night with flasher and reflectorized barricades. B. Safety Officer: 1. The Contractor shall appoint an individual to act as safety officer to maintain public safety of construction areas. a. The safety officer will be required to work closely with the Owner Representative in providing public safety at all times.

HEALTH & SAFETY 01545 - 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 General

A. Special facilities, devices, equipment, clothing, and similar items used by the Contractor in the execution of the Work shall comply with the applicable regulations.

2.02 Hazardous Materials

A. The Contractor shall bring to the attention of the Owner, any material suspected of being hazardous which he encounters during execution of the Work. The Owner shall perform tests to determine if the material is hazardous. If the material is found hazardous and additional protective measures are needed, a Contract Change Order may be required, subject to the requirements of the General Conditions.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Stop Work Orders

A. When the Contractor or its Subcontractors are notified by the Owner Representative of any noncompliance with the provisions of the Contract, and the action(s) to be taken, the Contractor shall immediately, if so directed, or within 48 hours after receipt of a notice of violation correct the unsafe or unhealthy condition. If the Contractor fails to comply promptly, all or any part of the work being performed may be stopped by the Owner Representative with a "Stop Work Order." When, in the opinion of the Owner Representative, satisfactory corrective action has been taken to correct the unsafe and unhealthy condition, a start order will be given immediately. The Contractor shall not be allowed any extension of time or compensation for damages by reason of or in connection with such work stoppage.

3.02 Protection

A. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent injury to the public, building occupants, or damage to property of others. For the purposes of this contract, the public or building occupants shall include all persons not employed by the Contractor or a Subcontractor working under the Contractor's direction. B. Work shall not be performed in any area occupied by the public or Owner employees unless specifically permitted by the Contract or the Owner and unless adequate steps are taken for the protection of the public and the Owner employees. C. Whenever practicable, the work area shall be fenced, barricaded, or otherwise blocked off from the public or building occupants to prevent unauthorized entry into the work area.

HEALTH & SAFETY 01545 - 4

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

D. Alternate Precautions: When the nature of the Work prevents isolation of the work area, and the public or building occupants may be in or pass through, under or over the work area, alternate precautions such as the posting of signs, the use of signal persons, the erection of barricades or similar protection around particularly hazardous operations shall be used as appropriate. E. Public Thoroughfare: When Work is to be performed over a public thoroughfare such as a road, sidewalk, lobby, or corridor, the thoroughfare shall be closed, if possible, or other precautions taken such as the installation of screens or barricades. When the exposure to heavy falling objects exists, as during the erection of building walls or during demolition, special protection of the type detailed in 29 CFR 1910/1926 shall be provided. F. Fences and barricades shall be removed upon completion of the project to the satisfaction of the Owner Representative. G. Storing, positioning or use of equipment, tools, materials, scraps, and trash in a manner likely to present a hazard to the public or building occupants by its accidental shifting, ignition, or other hazardous qualities is prohibited.

END OF SECTION

HEALTH & SAFETY 01545 - 5

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Section Includes

A. Products B. Transportation and handling C. Storage and protection

1.02 Related Sections

A. Section 01300 Submittals B. Section 01400 Quality Control: Product quality monitoring C. Section 01630 Product Options and Substitutions

1.03 Products

A. Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the work. It does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the work. Products may also include existing materials or components required for reuse. B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the contract documents. C. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer, for similar components.

1.04 Transportation and Handling

A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

1.05 Storage and Protection

A. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather-tight, climate-controlled enclosures. B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports, above ground. C. Provide off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. D. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

E. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Protect from mixing with foreign matter. F. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. G. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under specified conditions.

1.06 Product Options

A. Refer to Section 01630 – Product Options and Substitutions.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Summary

A Work Included: Work substituted for Work specified in Division 2 through Division 16 shall meet the requirements of this Section. Submitters must use this form - no other forms will be accepted.

1.02 Related Specification Sections

A. Scope of Work B. Contract General Conditions C. Supplementary General Conditions D. Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements E. Section 01300 Submittals F. Section 01340 Forms and Reports

1.03 Standards

A. In accordance with Section 01060 - Regulatory Requirements.

1.04 Specified Work

A. Contractor's Options: 1. Product specified only by reference standards: Select any product meeting standards. 2. Product specified by naming several products or manufacturers: Select any product or manufacturer named. 3. Product specified by naming several products or manufacturers and reference standards: Select any product meeting standards. Product or manufacturer names indicate products or manufacturers, which meet standards. 4. Product specified by naming only product: Select product specified. 5. Product specified by naming one or more products and stating "or equal to" or "approved equivalent" with the specified product: Select any product named or submit request for substitution for any product not specifically named in accordance with Section 01630 - Substitution Request, Article 1.5.

1.05 Substitution Request

A. Content of Request 1. Complete the attached Substitution Request Form. See Section 01340 - Forms and Reports substantiating compliance of proposed substitution PRODUCT OPTIONS 01630 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

with Contract Documents. Submitters must use this form - no other forms will be accepted. 2. For products, attach to the Substitution Request Form: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature including product description, performance and test data and reference standards. c. Samples. i. Owner may require samples of both specified items and proposed substitution. 3. For construction methods, attach to the Substitution Request Form: a. Detailed description of proposed methods. b. Drawings illustrating methods. 4. Attach to the Substitution Request Form an itemized comparison detailed in a side-by-side tabulation of proposed substitution with product or method specified. B. In making request for substitution, Contractor attests that: 1. Contractor has personally investigated proposed product or method, and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. 2. Contractor shall provide the same guarantee or warranty for substitution as for product or method specified. 3. Contractor shall coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, making such changes as may be required for Work to be complete in all respects. 4. Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution, which subsequently become apparent. 5. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for review or redesign services and for re-approval fees. C. Submit 5 copies of substitution request prior to submittals required in accordance with Section 01300 - Submittals.

1.06 Acceptance of Substitutions

A. Procedures 1. The Contract is based on materials, equipment and methods described in the Contract Documents. 2. Owner Representative will consider proposals submitted in accordance with Section 01630 - Substitution Request. 3. Substitutions will be considered ONLY when submitted within 15 days after issuance of Notice to Proceed of the contract. 4. Owner Representative is solely responsible for judging the acceptance of substitutions. a. Acceptance of a substitution does not waive the product manufacturer's responsibility for product liability. The Architect will judge for function and use only - product liability shall remain the responsibility of the product manufacturer. 5. Substitute materials, equipment or methods shall not be used unless such substitution has been specifically approved for this Work by the Architect as required. PRODUCT OPTIONS 01630 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

6. Substitutions will not be considered if: a. They are indicated or implied on product submittals without formal request submitted in accordance with Section 01630 - Substitution Request. b. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. c. They are submitted more than 15 days after date of issuance of Notice to Proceed of the Contract, unless the specified or drawing item has been verified to be discontinued or is otherwise unavailable, or the Owner desires a cost savings for the product or system.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Substitution Request Form

A. See the form attached to the end of this section.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 General

A. The attached form will be reproduced by the Contractor for proposed substitutions. No other forms will be accepted.

PRODUCT OPTIONS 01630 - 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM

To:

We hereby submit for your consideration, the following product or method as substitution for the specified item for this Project: Project: Specific Item:

Section Page Paragraph Description Proposed Credit, if any:

The undersigned requests consideration of the following:

PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION:

Attached data includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test data adequate for evaluation of the request; applicable portions of the data are clearly identified.

Attached data also includes a description of changes to the Contract Documents, which the proposed substitution will require for its proper installation.

The undersigned certifies: 1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on drawings or code requirements indicated. 2. The proposed substitution will have no adverse affect on other trades, the construction warranty requirements. 3. Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for the proposed substitution. 4. Attach information for a minimum of three projects where the substitution has been used locally within a 100-mile distance of this project, including names, addresses and telephone numbers of Owners who have accepted this product into their projects. 5. Attach all cost data with explanations if different from Specified or Drawing item. Include in that explanation a discussion on quality of proposed substitution and cost differential. 6. The undersigned will pay for any subsequent changes in incorporating the proposed substitution that were not apparent at the time of approval into the Work.

The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the specified or drawing item.

Submitted By: Firm: Signature Address: Date: Telephone:

For use by Owners Representative  Accepted Comments:  Accepted as Noted  Not Accepted  Received Too Late

END OF SECTION

PRODUCT OPTIONS 01630 - 4

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Summary

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project closet, including but not limited to: 1. Punch list inspection 2. Record document submittals 3. Warranties 4. Closeout procedures: closeout meeting 5. Final cleaning 6. Adjusting 7. Final acceptance

1.02 Related Specification Sections

A. Contract General Conditions B. Supplementary General Conditions C. Section 01300 Submittals D. Section 01340 Forms And Reports E. Section 01400 Quality Control Services F. Section 01500 Temporary Facilities G. Division 0 through Division 16

1.03 Punch List Inspection

A. When each building/phase is in the opinion of the Contractor, complete in all respects, the Contractor shall call for a punch-list inspection. B Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a written request for inspection, the Architect will schedule the Inspection. The Architect will then perform a preliminary, walk-through. If, in the judgment of the Architect, the project is not sufficiently complete in all respects, the Architect will so advise the Contractor and discontinue the inspection. Contractor shall be back-charged as per Section 01400 - Quality Control Services, Article 1.4.C.2 1. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the work has been completed. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance punch-list.

1.04 Record Document Submittals

A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistive location; provide access to record documents for The Owner and the Architect's reference during normal working hours. PROJECT CLOSE-OUT 01700 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white- prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately; where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross- reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil; use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner, but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3. Note related Change Order numbers where applicable. 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on the cover of each set. 5. Upon completion of the work, submit Record Drawings to the Architect for further processing. 6. Underground As-Builts: Provide Contract Drawings with utilities dimensioned in two directs from corner of building or other permanent, visible and easily identifiable site feature. C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Specifications, including addenda, and one copy of other written construction documents such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. Give particular attention to substitutions, selection of options and similar information on elements that are concealed or cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. 1. Upon completion of the work, submit record Specifications to the Architect for the Owner's records. D. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Submit three (3) sets to the Architect for review and approval.

1.05 Warranties

A Contractor shall warranty that the Work done under this Project Manual will be free from faulty materials or workmanship and hereby agrees, upon receiving notification from the Owner or his Agent, to immediately remedy, repair or replace, without cost to the Owner and to his entire satisfaction, all defects, damages or imperfections appearing in said work within a period of one (1) year unless specified otherwise, after date of final acceptance by the Owner of all work done under this Project Manual, regardless of whether or not the Owner or persons operating under contract with the Owner partially or wholly occupies any portion of the work prior to acceptance. B. Warranty Forms:

PROJECT CLOSE-OUT 01700 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1. Warranties and bonds specified within Divisions 2 through 16 shall be submitted in triplicate on the “Guarantee Quality and Performance” form in Section 01340 – Forms and Reports on the Contractor’s own letterhead. 2. A “Summary of Warranties and Bonds” shall be submitted in triplicate, and in electronic format on the “Summary of Warranties and Bonds” form in Section 01340 – Forms and Reports. 3. Submit to Construction Manager together with Project Record Documents.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Closeout Procedures: Closeout Meeting

A. The Construction Manager and the Inspector will call for a "Closeout" meeting approximately four to six weeks prior to the anticipated completion date. 1. At this meeting a completion Action List will be prepared listing all major items required to be completed prior to the issuance of the Notice of Completion. 2. The action-list shall assign an action-responsibility and a projected action- completion date to EACH item. 3. The contractor shall be solely responsible for the timely completion of all required closeout items.

3.02 Final Cleaning

A. General: General cleaning during construction is required by the Contract General Conditions and included in Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for Certification of Completion. a. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. b. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compound and other substances that are noticeable vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. c. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust- free condition, free of stains, films and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. d. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps.

PROJECT CLOSE-OUT 01700 - 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

e. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter and foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills and other foreign deposits. C. Pest Control: Engage an experienced licensed exterminator to make a final inspection, and rid the project of rodents, insects and other pests. D. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the work during construction. E. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner. Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated work have become the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed.

3.03 Adjusting – Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.

3.04 Final Acceptance

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of Architects final acceptance complete the following: 1. Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list has been endorsed and dated by the Architect. B. Re-inspection Procedure: The Architect will re-inspect the work upon receipt of notice that the work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, "(punch-list)", has been completed, except items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances acceptable to the Owner. 1. Upon completion of re-inspection, the Architect will prepare and submit to The Owner, a certificate of final acceptance, or advise the Contractor of work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 2. Upon final acceptance by the Architect, the Inspector of Record, (IOR), will then prepare a letter to the Owner stating that the project has been constructed in accordance with the contract documents and is complete in all respects. 3. The Owner shall then submit a letter to the Owner accepting the project as constructed.

END OF SECTION

PROJECT CLOSE-OUT 01700 - 4

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 01730 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Summary

A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner maintenance and operation of products furnished under Contract. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as referenced in other pertinent sections of Specification. B. Instruct Owner personnel in maintenance of products and in operation of equipment and systems.

1.02 Related Specification Sections

A. Contract General Conditions B. Supplementary General Conditions C. Division 0 Through Division 16

1.03 Quality Assurance

A. Preparation of data shall be done by personnel: 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. 2. Familiar with requirements of this Section. 3. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data. 4. Skilled as drafter competent to prepare required drawings.

1.04 Form of Submittals

A. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by Owner personnel. B. Format: 1. Size: 8-1/2 in. by 11 in. 2. Paper: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten. 3. Drawings: a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab; bind in with text. b. Fold larger drawings to size of text pages. 4. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment. 5. Organize manual in order of specification Divisions and Sections. a. Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of equipment. b. Provide indexed tabs. 6. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title, "Operating and Maintenance Instructions" and list: O & M DATA 01730 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

a. Title of Project b. Identity of separate structure as applicable. c. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual. C. Binders: 1. Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers. 2. Maximum ring size: 2 inches per 700 sheets 3. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings D. Review: 1. Submit three (3) sets of the manual to Architect for its review and approval. If the manual is acceptable, the Architect shall forward two of the sets to the Owner's Representative.

1.05 Content of Manual

A. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order. 1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume. 3. List, with each product, name, address and telephone number of: a. Subcontractor or installer. b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. c. Identify area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set for in Contract Documents. B. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets, which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify data applicable to installation. c. Delete references to inapplicable information. C. Drawings: 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of Component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. a. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. E. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued. 1. Provide information sheet for Owner personnel, give: O & M DATA 01730 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

a. Proper procedures in event of failure. b. Instances that might affect validity of warranties or bonds. F. Copy of each Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) received with products or materials delivered to the site for incorporation into the Project, for Owner future reference.

1.06 Manual for Materials and Finishes

A. Submit three copies of complete manual in final form. B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Catalog number, size, and composition. b. Color and texture designations. c. Information required for re-ordering special manufactured products. 2. Instructions for care and maintenance. a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods, which are detrimental to the product. c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Content, for moisture-protection and weather-exposed products: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Applicable standards. b. Chemical composition. c. Details of installation. 2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: Respective sections of Specifications.

1.07 Manual for Equipment and Systems

A. Submit three copies of complete manual in final form. B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Operating procedures: a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions. b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. c. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. 3. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. O & M DATA 01730 - 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

d. Alignment, adjusting and checking. 4. Servicing and lubrication schedule. a. List of lubricants required. 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for Maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. 8. As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. 9. Each contractor's coordination drawings. a. As-installed color-coded piping diagrams. 10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve. 11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications. C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 1. Description of system and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Circuit directories of panel boards. a. Electrical service. b. Controls. c. Communications. 3. As-installed color-coded wiring diagrams. 4. Operating procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. c. Special operating instructions. 5. Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble-shooting." c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Adjustment and checking. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications. D. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of Owner personnel. E. Additional requirements for operating and maintenance data: Respective sections of specifications. F. Demonstrate proper operation to Owner Representatives.

1.08 Instruction of Owner Personnel

O & M DATA 01730 - 4

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

A. Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of instruction. 1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

O & M DATA 01730 - 5

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1.Demolition and removal of selected portions or elements of a building. 2.Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 3.Patching and repairs.

B.Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1.Division 1 Section "Summary of Work" for use of the building and phasing requirements. 2.Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures for selective demolition operations. 3.Division 1 Section "Schedules and Reports" for selective demolition schedule requirements. 4.Division 1 Section "Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls" for temporary utilities, temporary construction and support facilities, temporary security and protection facilities, and environmental protection measures for selective demolition operations. 5.Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout" for record document requirements. 6.Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for material and construction requirements for temporary enclosures. 7.Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for material and construction requirements for temporary enclosures. 8.Division 15 Sections for cutting, patching, or relocating mechanical items. 9.Division 16 Sections for cutting, patching, or relocating electrical items.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled, salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property.

B. Remove and Salvage: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain the Owner's property. Remove, clean, and pack or crate items to protect against damage. Identify contents of containers and deliver to Owner's designated storage area.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 1 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

C. Remove and Reinstall: Remove items indicated; clean, service, and otherwise prepare them for reuse; store and protect against damage. Reinstall items in the same locations or in locations indicated.

D. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by the Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations.

1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option.

B. Historical items indicated remain the Owner's property. Carefully remove and salvage each item in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to the Owner.

C. Historical items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, antiques, and other items of interest or value to the Owner, which may be encountered during selective demolition, remain the Owner's property. Carefully remove and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to the Owner.

1. Cooperate with Owner's archaeologist or historical adviser.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A.General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, for information only, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Proposed dust-control measures.

C. Proposed noise-control measures.

D. Schedule of selective demolition activities indicating the following:

1.Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. 2.Interruption of utility services. 3.Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4.Use of elevator and stairs. 5.Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work to ensure uninterrupted progress of Owner's on-site operations.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 2 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 6.Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work. 7.Locations of temporary partitions and means of egress.

E. Inventory of items to be removed and salvaged.

F. Inventory of items to be removed by Owner.

G. Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations.

H. Record drawings at Project closeout according to Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout."

1.Identify and accurately locate capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, or mechanical conditions.

I.Landfill records indicating receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.Demolition Firm Qualifications: Engage an experienced firm that has successfully completed selective demolition Work similar to that indicated for this Project.

B.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before starting selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

C.Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with preinstallation conference requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings."

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Owner will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so that Owner's operations will not be disrupted. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations.

B. Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of buildings to be selectively demolished.

1.Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.

C. Asbestos: It is not expected that asbestos will be encountered in the Work. If any materials suspected of containing asbestos are encountered, do not disturb the materials.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 3 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation Immediately notify the Architect and the Owner.

D.Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted.

1.8 SCHEDULING

A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's on-site operations.

1.9 WARRANTY

A. Existing Special Warranty: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

2.1 REPAIR MATERIALS

A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials.

1.Where identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 2.Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required.

B. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged.

C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with the intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of the conflict. Promptly submit a written report to the Architect.

D. Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

E. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities.

3.2 UTILITY SERVICES

A.Maintain existing utilities in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.

1.Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities, except when authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and to governing authorities.

a.Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required during changeover.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Drain, purge, or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals, gases, explosives, acids, flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with selective demolition operations.

B. Conduct demolition operations and remove debris to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.

1.Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations.

C. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area.

1.Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2.Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping. 3.Erect a plainly visible fence around drip line of individual trees or around perimeter drip line of groups of trees to remain. 4.Provide temporary weather protection of existing construction, on exterior surfaces and new construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas. 5.Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain and are exposed during selective demolition operations.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 6.Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed.

D. Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise.

1.Construct dustproof partitions of not less than nominal 4-inch (100-mm) studs, 5/8-inch (16-mm) gypsum wallboard with joints taped on occupied side, and 1/2-inch (13- mm) fire-retardant plywood on the demolition side. 2.Insulate partition to provide noise protection to occupied areas. 3.Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks. 4.Protect air-handling equipment. 5.Weatherstrip openings.

E. Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of building to be selectively demolished.

3.4 POLLUTION CONTROLS

A. Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit the spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental protection regulations.

1.Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution.

B. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.

1.Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level.

C. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before start of selective demolition.

3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

A. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:

1.Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition work above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on lower levels. 2.Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 6 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation construction. To minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3.Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4.Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire- suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 5.Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 6.Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 7.Locate selective demolition equipment throughout the structure and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 8.Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. On-site storage or sale of removed items is prohibited. 9.Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing before start of selective demolition operations.

3.6 PATCHING AND REPAIRS

A. Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction by selective demolition operations.

B. Patching is specified in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."

C. Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials.

D. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance.

3.7 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.

B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.

C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 7 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 3.8 CLEANING

A. Sweep the building broom clean on completion of selective demolition operation.

B. Change filters on air-handling equipment on completion of selective demolition operations.

3.9 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE

A. Remove the following: 1. Existing concrete tile roofing material, furring and underlayment. 2. Existing roof sheathing and fasteners. EXISTING ROOF FRAMING MEMBERS TO REMAIN IN PLACE.

END OF SECTION 02070

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 8 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Work Included – Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to:

A. Work necessary or incidental to clearing and grubbing, excavating, grading, filling, and backfilling as shown, described, or reasonably inferred by drawings. B. Grade to sub-grade for paved areas and concrete walks. C. Building pad preparation. D. Grade to finish surface in areas to be landscaped. E. Equipment pad preparation.

1.02 Related Work Described Elsewhere

A. Section 02110 Site Clearing B. Section 02225 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting

1.03 References – In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations:

A. In addition to complying with all current, applicable codes and regulations, including Chapter 29 and Appendix Chapter 70 of the Uniform Building Code, comply with applicable sections of: 1. Standard Specifications, California Department of Transportation, latest edition. 2. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, most recent issue, including all City Amendments. B. All of the above specifications shall be consulted. The most restrictive specification shall apply.

1.04 Protection and Safety

A. General: 1. Perform all work in accordance with all current regulations, including safety requirements of the California Administrative Code, Title 8, and California Labor Code, Division 5, Part 3. 2. Comply with all current regulations of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA).

Page 1 of 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1.05 Quality Assurance

A. General: Equipment and methods used shall be subject to the Engineer’s inspection, test and approval. B. Samples: Samples of all materials used shall be supplied and submitted for Engineer’s approval wherever specified or as directed by the Engineer. C. Testing: Refer to specification Section 01450. D. Certification Upon Completion of the Work: Contractor shall certify in writing to the Owner and the Engineer that all earthwork was performed in accordance with this specification and as shown on drawings.

1.06 Project Record Documents

A. Submit documents under provisions of Section 01330. B. Accurately record location of utilities remaining, rerouted utilities, new utilities by horizontal dimensions, elevations or inverts, and slope gradients.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Material for Sub-Grade Preparation

A. Subsoil: Excavated materials, graded free of lumps larger than 4 inches / 150 mm, rocks larger than 3 inches / 75 mm, and debris, trash, and organic matter. B. All fill materials are subject to approval by the Engineer and Geotechnical Engineer for the particular location and method of placing and compacting.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Site Conditions

A. Inspection of site: The Contractor shall, prior to the bid, visit the site and determine for himself the existing conditions, nature of materials to be encountered, and all other facts concerning or affecting the work to be done under the Section. B. Contractor shall verify, in field, all elevations, flow lines, points of connections. Any discrepancies shall be called to the Architect’s attention before proceeding with the work. C. Use all means necessary to control dust on or near the site resulting from the performance of the work. Thoroughly moisten all surfaces to prevent dust being a nuisance to the public, adjacent uses, and concurrent work on site. D. Use all means necessary to protect all existing features, products, or items designated to remain, as well as all work of this Section. In the event of damage, repair or replace immediately to the approval of and at no additional cost to the Owner. E. All existing benchmarks shall be protected and maintained throughout the course of the work. Monuments or stakes disturbed or destroyed during the course of the work shall be re-established without expense to the Owner.

Page 2 of 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

F. Work shall be conducted as to avoid injury to persons and damage to adjacent property. Provide appropriate shoring, bracing, and barriers, including light when necessary. G. An effort has been made to define the location of underground facilities within the job site. However, all existing utilities and other underground structures may not be shown on the drawings and their location where shown is approximate. Contact Underground Service Alert USA, 800/227-2600, a minimum of 48 hours prior to the start of construction for assistance from the respective utilities. All utilities not a member of USA must also be notified. H. Any hauling permits required by the local jurisdiction must be obtained and paid for under this contract. Off site, all local codes and ordinances must be followed. I. Erosion Control: If the permanent erosion control has not been established before the onset of the rainy season, October 15th, or if the construction occurs during the period between October 15th and April 15th, then erosion control devices shall be provided and available on site. The contractor is responsible for the placement of such devices, at no cost to the Owner, as directed by the Owner’s Representative whenever rain is forecast.

3.02 Clearing and Grubbing

A. Clearing and Grubbing: 1. Remove all surface rocks, debris, trash, tree stumps, roots, and other vegetation within the extent of construction as indicated by the drawings. Do not remove vegetation in other areas. 2. Grub soils to a depth adequate to remove all deleterious material from the working area of the site. 3. Do not leave any root greater than 3 inches in diameter in the ground except as specifically approved by the Engineer. B. Removal of Debris: Remove all debris from the site and leave the site in a neat and orderly condition subject to the approval of the Owner.

3.03 Rough Excavation

A. General: 1. Make all cuts in long uniform passes. 2. Edges of cut areas shall be benched so that the resulting overall slope (toe-to-toe) does not exceed two horizontal to one vertical. B. Excavation: 1. Excavate existing material to plan and depth locations shown on drawings and defined in this specification. Surface shall be free of ruts, hummocks, and other uneven surface features. 2. All pumping areas, soft spots, organic deposits, and other unsuitable soils shall be removed as directed by the Soil Engineer. Void created shall be scarified, compacted and filled per 3.04 below.

Page 3 of 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

3. Do not excavate beyond line and depth shown on drawings and as required by this specification. All over-excavation shall be backfilled and compacted with material approved by the Soil Engineer. 4. All excavated surfaces shall be approved by Soil Engineer prior to proceeding with scarification and compaction, and prior to proceeding with fill placement. 5. Excavation at Paving Base Areas: Excavate all existing material as required to achieve specified finish grade and pavement assembly. Scarify and compact per Section 4.3 of the referenced Soil Engineering Report. 6. All excavated, cleared and grubbed earthwork surfaces shall be scarified and compacted. Scarify to a depth of 8 inches, moisture condition as necessary, and compact to a minimum of 90% compaction per ASTM D1557. Where aggregate base for asphalt will be placed directly on compacted excavation surface, the upper 8 inches shall be compacted to minimum of 95% compaction.

3.04 Fill Placement

A. General: 1. Spread and thoroughly blend and fill materials, including backfill, after achieving proper moisture content. 2. Lifts shall not exceed 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. 3. Prior to compaction, bring fill to proper moisture content by aerating or moistening. 4. Compact each lift to uniform compaction throughout each lift. 5. All tests shall be performed by Soil Engineer in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922 and D 3017.

3.05 Drainage Controls – Provide all necessary temporary apparatus, pumps, curbs, or ditches as required to divert or convey water from any source away from the work. Do not allow water from any source to accumulate within or damage earthwork.

3.06 Finish Site Grading / Protection

A. General: 1. Grade all surfaces on the site where indicated and within the construction areas to elevations indicated and as required to ensure proper drainage and disposal of surface water. Shape grades to drain away from buildings at minimum 2% slope, as shown on drawings, or as directed by the Soil Engineer. Roof leaders and downspouts shall discharge onto paved surfaces sloping away from the structures or onto a closed pipe draining to the street or storm drain system. 2. After grading is completed and the Soil Engineer has finished his observation of the work, no further excavation or filling shall be done except with the review of, and under the observation of, the Soil Engineer.

Page 4 of 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

3. It shall be the responsibility o the Contractor to prevent erosion of the freshly graded areas during construction and until such time as permanent drainage and erosion control measures have been installed.

3.07 Tolerances

A. Earthwork: 1. All rough grading shall be placed to a vertical tolerance of plus or minus 1/10 (.1) foot. 2. All rough grading shall be placed to a horizontal tolerance of plus or minus one half (.5) foot.

END OF SECTION

Page 5 of 5

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 02225 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Work Included – Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to:

A. Trenching for sewer, water, gas, storm drain, irrigation, and electrical/data underground service. B. New building pad and footing preparation in accordance to soils recommendations. C. New repair pit preparation in accordance to soils recommendations.

1.02 Related Work Described Elsewhere

A. Section 02200 Earthwork B. Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete

1.03 Quality Assurance

A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Use equipment adequate in size, capacity, and numbers to accomplish the work of this Section in a timely manner. C. In addition to complying with requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, comply with the directions of the soil engineer.

1.04 References – Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to:

A. General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications.

1.05 Product Handling – Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01610.

Page 1 of 6 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Soil Materials

A. Fill and Backfill Materials: 1. Provide a soil material free from organic matter and a deleterious substance, containing no rock or lumps over 3” in greatest dimension. Soil material shall have a Plasticity Index of 12 or less. 2. Fill material is subject to the approval of the soil engineer, and is that material removed from excavations or imported from off-site borrow areas, predominantly granular, non-expansive soils, free from roots and other deleterious matter.

2.02 Other Materials – Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Surface Conditions – Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

3.02 Finish Elevations and Lines – Comply with pertinent provision of Division 1.

3.03 Procedures

A. Utilities: 1. Unless shown to be removed, protect active utility lines shown on the Drawings or otherwise made known to the Contractor prior to trenching. If damaged, repair or replace at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. If active utility lines are encountered, and are not shown on the Drawings or otherwise made known to the Contractor, promptly take necessary steps to assure that service is not interrupted. 3. If service is interrupted as a result of work under this Section, immediately restore service by repairing the damaged utility at no additional cost to the Owner. 4. If existing utilities are found to interfere with the permanent facilities being constructed under this Section, immediately notify the Architect and secure his instructions. 5. Do not proceed with permanent relocation of utilities until written instructions are received from the Architect. B. Protection of Persons and Property: 1. Barricade open holes and depressions occurring as part of the Work, and post warning lights on property adjacent to or with public access.

Page 2 of 6 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

2. Operate warning lights during hours from dusk to dawn each day and as otherwise required. 3. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, washout, and other hazards created by operations under this Section. Special attention shall be given to protect the structural integrity of existing columns. C. Dewatering: 1. Remove all water, including rainwater, encountered during trench and substructure work to an approved location by pumps, drains, and other approved methods. 2. Keep excavations and site construction area free from water. D. Use means necessary to prevent dust becoming a nuisance to the public, to neighbors, and to other work being performed on or near the site. E. Maintain access to adjacent areas at all times.

3.04 Trenching

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 02200, and the provisions of this Section. B. Provide sheeting and shoring necessary for protection of the Work and for the safety of personnel. 1. Prior to backfilling, remove all sheeting. 2. Do not permit sheeting to remain in the trenches except when, in the opinion of the Architect, field conditions or the type of sheeting or methods of construction such as use of concrete bedding are such as to make removal of sheeting impracticable. In such cases, the Architect may permit portions of sheeting to be cut off and remain in the trench. C. Open Cut: 1. Excavate for utilities by open cut. 2. If conditions at the site prevent such open cut, and if approved by the Architect, trenching may be used. 3. Short sections of a trench may be tunneled if, in the opinion of the Architect, the conductor can be installed safely and backfill can be compacted properly into such tunnel. 4. Where it becomes necessary to excavate beyond the limits of normal excavation lines in order to remove boulders or other interfering objects, backfill the voids remaining after removal of the objects as directed by the soil engineer. 5. When the void is below the subgrade for the utility bedding, use suitable earth materials and compact to the relative compaction directed by the soil engineer, but in no case to a relative compaction less than 90%. 6. When the void is in the side of the utility trench or open cut, use suitable earth or sand compacted, or consolidated as approved by the soil engineer, but in no case to a relative compaction less than 90%.

Page 3 of 6 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

7. Remove boulders and other interfering objects, and backfill voids left by such removals, at no additional cost to the Owner. 8. Excavating for appurtenances: a. Excavate for manholes and similar structures to a distance sufficient to leave at least 12” clear between outer surfaces and the embankment or shoring that may be used to hold and protect the banks. b. Overdepth excavation beyond such appurtenances that has not bee directed will be considered unauthorized. Fill with sand, gravel, or lean concrete as directed by the soil engineer, and at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Trench to the minimum width necessary for proper installation of the utility, with sides as nearly vertical as possible. Accurately grade the bottom to provide uniform bearing for the utility. E. Depressions: 1. Dig bell holes and depressions for joints after the trench has been graded. Provide uniform bearing for the pipe on prepared bottom of the trench. 2. Except where rock is encountered, do not excavate below the depth indicated or specified. 3. Where rock is encountered, excavate rock to a minimum overdepth of 4” below the trench depth indicated or specified. F. Where utility runs traverse public property or are subject to governmental or utility company jurisdiction, provide depth, bedding, over, and other requirements as set forth by legally constituted authority having jurisdiction, but in no case less than the depth shown in the Contract Documents. G. Cover: 1. Provide minimum trench depth indicated below to maintain a minimum cover over the top of the installed item below the finish grade or subgrade: a. Areas Subject to Vehicular Traffic: (1) Sanitary sewers: 48” (2) Storm drains: 36” b. Areas Not Subject to Vehicular Traffic: (1) Sanitary sewers: 30” (2) Storm drains: 18” c. All Areas: (1) Water lines: 30” (2) Natural gas lines: 24” (3) Electrical cables: 42” (4) Electrical ducts: 36” d. Concrete Encased: (1) Pipe sleeves for water and gas lines: 24” (2) Sanitary sewers and storm drains: 12” (3) Electrical ducts: 24”

Page 4 of 6 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

2. Where utilities are under a concrete structure slab or pavement, the minimum depth need only be sufficient to completely encase the conduit or pipe sleeve, and electrical long-radius rigid metal conduit riser, provided it will not interfere with the structural integrity of the slab or pavement. 3. Where the minimum cover is not provided, encase the pipes in concrete as indicated. Provide concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 2,500 psi.

3.05 Bedding – Provide Class B bedding for all storm drain, sanitary sewer and water lines or as indicated on the Drawings.

3.06 Backfilling

A. General: 1. Do not completely backfill trenches until required pressure and leakage tests have been performed, and until the utilities systems as installed conform to the requirements specified in the pertinent Sections of these Specifications. 2. Except as otherwise specified or directed for special conditions, backfill trenches to the ground surface with selected material approved by the soil engineer. 3. Reopen trenches which have been improperly backfilled, to a depth as required for proper compaction. Refill and compact as specified, or otherwise correct to the approval of the soil engineer. 4. Do not allow or cause any of the Work performed or installed to be covered up or enclosed by work of this Section prior to required inspections, tests, and approvals. 5. Should any of the Work be so enclosed or covered up before it has been approved, uncover all such Work and, after approvals have been made, refill and compact as specified, all at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Lower Portion of Trench: 1. Deposit approved backfill and bedding material in layers of 6” maximum thickness, and compact with suitable tampers to the minimum density directed by the soil engineer, until there is a cover of not less than 24” over sewers and 12” over other utility lines. 2. Take special care in backfilling and bedding operations to not damage pipe and pipe coatings. C. Remainder of Trench: 1. Except for special materials for pavements, backfill the remainder of the trench with material free from stones larger than 6” or ½ the layered thickness, whichever is smaller, in any dimension. 2. Deposit backfill material in layers not exceeding the thickness specified, and compact each layer to the minimum density directed by the soil engineer. 3. Utility trenches may be backfilled with native soil above the utility bedding and shading materials. Rocks larger than 3 inches in least dimension should be removed from the fill prior to backfilling the utility Page 5 of 6 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

trenches. Utility bedding and shading compaction requirements should be in conformance with the requirements of the local agencies having jurisdiction. D. Adjacent to Buildings: Mechanically compact backfill within ten feet of buildings. E. Jetting of trench backfill is not permitted.

3.07 Test for Displacement of Sewers and Storm Drains

A. Check sewers and storm drains to determine whether displacement has occurred after the trench has been backfilled to above the pipe and has been compacted as specified. B. Flash a light between manholes or, if the manholes have not yet been constructed, between the locations of the manholes, by means of a flashlight or by reflecting sunlight with a mirror. C. If the illuminated interior of the pipeline shows poor alignment, displaced pipes, or any other defects, correct the defects to the specified conditions and at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.08 Tunneling Operations – The Contractor may, at his option, tunnel pipes into position using procedures approved by the soil engineer and the governmental agencies having jurisdiction.

3.09 Field Quality Control

A. The Soil Engineer will test compacted backfill above the shading to determine the relative density and moisture of the backfill in the trench.

END OF SECTION

Page 6 of 6 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 02513 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Work Included – Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to:

A. New paving in public right-of-way on existing Class II base. B. Tack coat applied to contact surfaces.

1.02 Related Work Described Elsewhere

A. Section 02200 Earthwork B. Section 02577 Pavement Marking

1.03 Quality Assurance

A. Standards: The following shall form a part of this specification and shall have the same force as if reproduced in total herein: 1. Standard Specifications of the State of California, Business and Transportation, latest edition, herein referred to as Standard Specifications. 2. Materials Manual of Testing and Control Procedures, State of California, Business and Transportation Agency, Department of Transportation, hereinafter referred to as “Materials Manual”. 3. ASTM D 1557 shall be used for the method of performing compaction tests. B. Mix Design: Contractor shall employ a recognized testing laboratory approved by the Engineer, to provide mix design to establish aggregate proportions (gradation) and percentage of asphalt in paving.

1.04 Submittals

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01330. B. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner’s Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Certificates, signed by the materials producer and the asphalt paving subcontractor, stating that materials meet or exceed the specified requirements.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Materials

A. Weed Control Chemical: Spray applied chemical, currently approved for designated use by all applicable agencies, including air pollution control jurisdiction.

Page 1 of 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

B. Untreated Aggregate Base: Conform to the requirements of Caltrans Section 26 of the Standard Specifications, Class 2, ¾” maximum size. C. Asphalt and Asphaltic Emulsion: Conform to requirements of Caltrans Section 92 and 94 of the Standard Specification. D. Asphaltic Concrete Surfacing: Asphalt concrete surfacing shall consist of a mixture of mineral aggregate and paving grade asphalt, mixed at a central mixing plant. 1. Asphaltic concrete shall be as required by jurisdiction. 2. Grade of asphalt shall be AR-4000 or AR-8000 as required. 3. Density shall be 95% of maximum laboratory density as determined by California Test Method 304. 4. Stability shall be 30 minimum. 5. Mineral aggregate shall be Type B, ½” maximum size aggregate, medium grading, and shall conform to the requirements set forth in Section 39 of the Standard Specifications. 6. Drying, proportioning and mixing of the materials shall conform to Section 39 of the Standard Specifications. E. Tack Coat: Apply to contact surfaces of previously constructed asphalt or Portland cement concrete and surfaces abutting or projecting into hot-mixed asphalt pavement. Distribute at rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gallons per square yard of surface.

2.02 Paving – Paving shall comply with Caltrans Standard Specifications.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Inspection – Inspection of Site: The Contractor shall visit the site and review all existing conditions, nature of materials to be encountered and all other facts concerning or affecting the work to be done under this Section.

3.02 Installation

A. Protection: Protect all work and improvements adjacent to this operation. Arrange and pay for any damage caused by employees, materials, or equipment. B. Subgrade shall be fine graded per Section 02200. The finished subgrade shall be tested by the Soils Engineer prior to the placement of aggregate base. C. Thoroughly blend base course aggregate on the job site. Construction shall conform to applicable portions of Section 26 of Standard Specifications. Base material shall be placed, watered as required and mechanically compacted until a relative compaction of 95% has been obtained for the entire thickness of the base. Each layer of base course shall be tested and approved by the testing laboratory prior to the placement of successive layers. Compacted base thickness shall be as indicated on drawings. D. Apply weed-control chemical to all areas to receive paving in strict accordance with the printed instructions of the manufacturer. Take all necessary safety precautions to protect against damage or injury due to its

Page 2 of 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

poisonous nature. No weed-control chemical is to be applied to areas designated for planting. E. Asphaltic Concrete Surfacing: The spreading and compacting equipment, and spreading and compacting the mixture, shall conform to the applicable chapters of Section 39 of the Standard Specifications, with the exception that no surface course shall be placed when the atmospheric temperature below 50 degrees. F. Provide prime coat per Section 39 requirements to all grades 5% of greater. The surfacing shall be rolled with a combination of steel-wheel and pneumatic rollers, as described in Section 39-6 of the Standard Specifications. The pavement surface, when completed, shall be smooth, dense, well bonded, and of uniform texture and appearance. Pavement compact thickness shall be flush with adjacent surface, and as detailed on plans. All areas shall drain and be free of water. Compacted thickness of paving shall be as indicated on drawings.

3.03 Placement of Base Courses

A. Subbase (when required): 1. Spread the specified subbase material to a thickness providing the compacted thickness shown on the drawings. 2. Compact to 95%. B. Base: 1. Spread the specified base material to a thickness providing the compacted thickness shown on the Drawings. 2. Compact to 95%. C. Thickness Tolerance: Provide the compacted thicknesses shown on the Drawings within a tolerance of minus 0.0” to plus 0.5”. D. Smoothness Tolerance: Provide the lines and grades shown on the Drawings within a tolerance of 3/8” in ten feet. 1. Deviations: Correct by removing materials, replacing with new materials, and reworking or recompacting as required. E. Moisture Content: Use only the amount of moisture needed to achieve the specified compaction..

3.04 Placement of Asphaltic Concrete Paving

A. Install the specified headers and stakes to achieve the arrangement of paving shown on the Drawings. B. Remove all loose materials from the compacted base. C. Apply the specified prime coat, and tack coat where required, and allow to dry, in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations as approved by the Architect. D. Adjust frames and covers, if so required, to meet final grades. E. Receipt of asphaltic concrete materials: 1. Do not accept material unless it is covered with a tarpaulin until unloaded, and unless the material has a temperature of not less than 280 degrees F.

Page 3 of 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

2. Do not commence placement of asphaltic concrete materials when the atmospheric temperature is below 50 degrees F, nor during fog, rain, or other unsuitable conditions.

3.05 Flood Test

A. Prior to application of seal coat, perform a flood test in the presence of the Architect. B. Method: 1. Flood the entire asphaltic concrete paved area with water by use of a tank truck or hoses. 2. If a depression is found where water ponds to a depth of more than 1/8” in six feet, fill or otherwise correct to provide proper drainage. 3. Feather and smooth the edges of fill so that the joint between fill and original surface is invisible.

3.06 Application of Seal Coat

A. A fog seal coat shall be applied to all new and existing asphalt surfaces. B. Prepare the surfaces, mix the seal coat material, and apply in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations as approved by the Architect. C. Apply one coat for fog seal of the specified sealer. D. Achieve a finished surface seal which, when dry and thoroughly set, is smooth, tough, resilient, of uniform black color, and free from coarse textured areas, lap marks, ridges, and other surface irregularities. E. All seal coat applications shall comply with Section 37 of the Standard Specifications.

3.07 Field Quality Control

A. Inspection and Testing: Refer to specification Section 01450. Scope of Testing to include: 1. Compaction density and thickness of aggregate base. 2. Compaction density and thickness of asphaltic paving. B. Allowable Tolerances 1. Surface Smoothness: a. The surface of the finished base course shall not vary more than 1/8 inch, plus or minus, in 10 feet. b. The surface of the finished asphaltic concrete shall not vary more than ¼ inch, plus or minus, in 10 feet. 2. Paving or Base Course Thickness: The compacted thickness of asphaltic paving or base course shall not vary more than ¼”, plus or minus, based on an average of five (5) measurements per 10,000 square feet, taken at randomly selected locations by testing laboratory. 3. Provide hot plant mixed asphaltic concrete paving materials. a. Temperature leaving the plant: 290 degrees F minimum, 320 degrees F maximum. b. Temperature at time of placing: 280 degrees F minimum.

Page 4 of 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

END OF SECTION

Page 5 of 5

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 02514 PORTLAND CEMENT PAVING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Work Included – Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to:

A. New walkways and curbs as indicated B. New public curb cuts C. New condensing unit pads

1.02 Related Work Described Elsewhere

A. Section 02200 Earthwork B. Section 02513 Asphalt Concrete Paving C. Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete

1.03 Quality Assurance

A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Do not commence placement of concrete until mix designs have been reviewed and approved by the Architect and all governmental agencies having jurisdiction, and until copies of the approved mix designs are at the job site and the batch plant. C. Provide access for, and cooperate with, the inspector and testing laboratory described in Section 01450 of these Specifications.

1.04 Product Handling – Comply with pertinent provisions of Sections 01500 and 01540.

1.05 Submittals

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s installation under provisions of Specification Section 01330. B. Shop drawing under provisions of Specification Section 01330 to include drawing showing control, expansion, and construction joints. See civil drawings for extent. C. Submit samples of standard color line and textures.

Page 1 of 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Forms

A. Provide wood or metal formwork, including adequate bracing, to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings within a vertical tolerance of 0.05 feet and an alignment tolerance of 1” at any point. B. Earth forms will not be permitted for paving.

2.02 Reinforcement

A. Comply with the following as minimums: 1. Bars: ASTM A615, grade 60, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, using deformed bars for number 3 and larger. 2. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 3. Bending: ACI 318. B. Fabricate reinforcement to the required shapes and dimensions, with fabrication tolerances complying with the CRSI “Manual of Standard Practices”. C. Do not use reinforcement having any of the following defects: 1. Bar lengths, depths, or bends exceeding the specified fabricating tolerances; 2. Bends or kinks not indicated on the Drawings or required for the Work; 3. Bars with cross-section reduced due to excessive rust or other causes.

2.03 Concrete

A. All concrete work shall be as per Caltrans Standards. B. Comply with the following as minimums: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, type I or II, low alkali. 2. Aggregate, general: a. ASTM C30, uniformly graded and clean; b. Do not use aggregate known to cause excessive shrinkage. 3. Aggregate, coarse: Crushed rock or washed gravel with minimum size between ¾” and 1-1/2”, and with minimum size number 4. 4. Aggregate, fine: Natural washed sand of hard and durable particles varying from fine to particle passing a 3/8” screen, of which at least 12% shall pass a 50-mesh screen. 5. Water: clean and potable. 6. Slump: 5” maximum. C. Use only such additives as are recommended in the six design and approved by the Architect and governmental agencies having jurisdiction. D. Provide concrete in the proportions established by the mix design required under Section 01410 of these Specifications, and to a 28-day compressive strength of 4,000 psi. E. Provide “Hunt TLF” curing agent manufactured by Hunt Process Co., Inc., at the manufacturer’s recommended rate of application – or approved equal.

Page 2 of 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

F. Colored Concrete: Integral colored concrete design is based on L.M. Scofield Company, color admix “Chromix” admixture as a standard of quality. All substitutions will be reviewed under provisions of Specification Section 01030. 1. Contractor to provide all required materials for a complete installation. 2. Color and texture to be determined. 3. Color and Surface Hardener: “Lithochrome” 4. Curing Compounds: ASTM C309, Type 1, clear water based resin type, free of wax, grease of other substances deleterious to materials applied to concrete. Curing compound shall not discolor concrete or effect bonding or other finishes applied thereof. Curing compound shall restrict loss of water to not more than 0.500 grams per sq. cm. of surface when tested per ASTM C156. 5. Expansion Joints: Premolded bituminous material, nonextruding, conforming to ASTM D944; thickness as shown on the drawings, black color. As manufactured by supervised products: S.R. Meadows, Inc.; National Expansion Joint Company; Celotex Corporation; or approved equal. 2.04 Base

A. Untreated aggregate base: Conform to the requirements of Section 26 of the Standard Specifications, Class Z, 3/4 inch Maximum size.

2.05 Other Materials – Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Surface Conditions – Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

3.02 Final Preparation of Subgrades – After preparation of subgrade as specified in another Section of these Specifications, thoroughly scarify per soils report and sprinkle the entire area to be paved, and then compact to a smooth, hard, even surface of 95% compaction to receive the aggregates.

3.03 Placement of Base Course

A. Base (where required): 1. Spread the specified coarse aggregate to a thickness providing the compacted thickness shown on the Drawings. 2. Compact to 95%. B. Thickness Tolerance: Provide the compacted thicknesses shown on the Drawings within a tolerance of minus 0.0” to plus 0.5”. C. Smoothness Tolerance: Provide the lines and grades shown on the Drawings within a tolerance of 0.05 feet vertically and 1” in alignment at any point.

Page 3 of 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

D. Correct deviations by removing materials, replacing with new materials, and reworking or recompacting as required. E. Use only the amount of moisture needed to achieve the specified compaction.

3.04 Installation

A. Upon completion of base course and form work, install reinforcement in accordance with Caltrans Standard Specifications. 1. Clean reinforcement to remove loose rust and mill scale, earth, and other materials, which reduce bond or destroy bond with concrete. 2. Position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by form work, construction, and concrete placement operations. 3. Place reinforcement in accordance with Caltrans Standard Specifications. B. Transit mix the concrete in accordance with provisions of ASTM C94. 1. With each load, provide ticket certifying to the materials and quantities and to compliance with the approved mix-design. 2. On the transit-mix ticket, state the time water was first added to the mix. 3. At the batch plant, withhold 2-1/2 gal of water per cu yd of concrete. 4. Upon arrival at the job site, and as directed by the testing laboratory inspector, add all or part of the withheld water before the concrete is discharged from the mixer. 5. Mix not less than five minutes after the withheld water has been added, and not less than one minute of that time immediately prior to discharge of the batch. 6. Unless otherwise directed, provide 15 minutes total mixing time per batch after first addition of water. C. Do not use concrete that has stood over 30 minutes after leaving the mixer, or concrete that is not placed within 60 minutes after water is introduced into the mix. D. Conveying: 1. Place concrete in accordance with the following and pertinent recommendations contained in ACI 304. 2. Deposit concrete continuously in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete, which has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section. 3. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified herein. 4. Perform concrete placing at such a rate that concrete, which is being integrated, with fresh concrete is still plastic. 5. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable in its final location so as to avoid segregation due to rehandling and flowing. 6. Do not subject concrete to any procedure, which will cause segregation. 7. Do not use concrete, which becomes non-plastic and unworkable, or does not meet required quality control limits, or has been contaminated by foreign materials. 8. Remove rejected concrete from the site. E. Deposit and consolidate concrete in a continuous operation within the limits of construction joints until the placing of a panel or section is completed.

Page 4 of 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1. Bring surfaces to the correct level with a straightedge, and then strike off. 2. Use bullfloats or darbies to smooth the surface, leaving it free from bumps and hollows. 3. Do not sprinkle water on the plastic surface. Do not disturb the surfaces prior to start of finishing operations. F. Expansion Joints: 1. Do not permit reinforcement to extend continuously through any expansion joint. 2. Locate expansion joints where indicated, filled to full depth with expansion joint material. Install smooth dowels at 18” o.c. 3. In curbs, locate ½” thick joint at the beginning and end of curves, and at 25’-0” centers elsewhere. 4. In curbs and paving, hold down ½” and seal exposed joints with joint sealer. G. Finishing: 1. Begin floating when the water sheen has disappeared and when the surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit the operation. 2. During or after the first floating, check the planeness of surface with a ten- foot straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. 3. Cut down high spots and fill low spots, and produce a surface level within ¼” in two feet as determined by a two foot straightedge placed anywhere on the surface in any direction. 4. Refloat the surface immediately to a uniform sandy texture. 5. While the surface is still plastic, provide a textured finish by drawing a fiber bristle broom uniformly over the surface. a. Unless otherwise directed by the Architect, provide the texturing in one direction only. b. Provide “medium” texturing as directed by the Architect.

3.05 Curing and Protection – Beginning immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures and mechanical injury.

END OF SECTION

Page 5 of 5

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 02577 PAVEMENT MARKING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Work Included – Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to:

A. Parking stall striping and directional arrows. B. Handicap parking space and loading area striping per ADA standards. C. Pavement markings, lettering. D. Fire lane markings.

1.02 Related Work Described Elsewhere

A. Section 02513 Asphalt Concrete Paving B. Section 02514 Portland Cement Paving

1.03 Quality Assurance – Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.

1.04 Submittals

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01330. B. Product Data: Within 60 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner’s Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer’s specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Photographs, scale drawings, or other data acceptable to the Architect, showing types of graphics proposed to be used.

1.05 Product Handling -- Comply with pertinent provisions of Sections 01500 and 01540.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Pavement Marking

A. Provide paint specifically formulated for use as pavement marking in automobile traffic areas, and in the colors selected by the Architect from standard colors of the approved manufacturer. B. Acceptable Products: 1. “T6 100% Acrylic Traffic Line Paint” by Specta-tone Paint Corporation as District standard. No substitutions allowed.

Page 1 of 2 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

2. “Traffic Marking Paint, Acrylic Series” by Pervo Paint Company. 3. Approved equal.

2.02 Other Materials – Provide other materials, not specifically described, but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Surface Conditions – Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

3.02 Application

A. Secure the Architect’s approval of graphics design and layout prior to start of application. B. Using proper masking, stencils and application equipment recommended for the purpose by the manufacturer of the approved paint, apply the approved paint in strict accordance with its manufacturer’s recommendations, or (minimum of two [2] coats), whichever is greater.

3.03 Protection – Provide traffic cones, barricades, and other devices needed to protect the paint until it is sufficiently dry to withstand traffic.

3.04 Cleanup

A. When paint is thoroughly dry, visually inspect the entire application, and: 1. Touch up as required to provide clean, straight lines and surfaces throughout. 2. Using a permanently opaque paint identical in color to the surface on which the paint was applied, block out and eliminate all traces of splashed, tracked and/or spilled pavement marking paint from the background surfaces.

END OF SECTION

Page 2 of 2 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 02711 GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Description

A. Work included: Provide gas distribution system as shown on the Drawings, specified herein, and needed for a complete and proper installation. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 11 of these Specifications.

1.02 Quality Assurance

A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.

1.03 Submittals

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01300. B. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owners’ Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturers’ specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Names and addresses of the nearest service and maintenance organization that readily stocks repair parts. 4. Manufacturers’ recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work.

1.04 Product Handling

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01600.

Page 1 of 3 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Pipe and Fittings

A. Gas distribution main: 1. Use polyvinyl chloride pipe (PVC), polyethylene pipe (PE), or black steel pipe, as permitted by the utility company and other agencies having jurisdiction and as selected by the Contractor. 2. Where matching or joining existing mains, use the material being matched or joined unless otherwise specifically approved by the Architect. B. Gas service lines: 1. Use same material used for gas distribution main. 2. Assume connection point to building service lines as being approximately five feet outside buildings and structures to which service is required. C. For risers, transitions, valves and fittings: See Mechanical Drawings.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Surface Conditions

A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

3.02 Field Measurement

A. Make necessary measurements sin the field to assure precise fit of items in accordance with the approved design.

3.03 Installation

A. Install pipe fittings in accordance with ANSI B-31.8, the Drawings, and as specified herein. B. Excavating and backfilling: 1. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 02200. 2. Coordinate provision of utility warning and identification tape with backfill operations: a. Provide warning tape above all buried gas lines at a depth of 8” to 12” below finished grade.

3.04 Connection

A. Make connection to utility company or agency service line or meter in accordance with the requirements of the utility having jurisdiction.

Page 2 of 3 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

3.05 Field Inspections and Tests

A. Metal welding or brazing inspection: 1. Inspect for compliance with ANSI B-31.8. 2. Replace or repair defective welds, and retest until compliance. B. PE fusion welding inspection: 1. Visually inspect butt-fusion welds by comparing with manufacturers’ visual joint appearance chart. 2. Inspect other joints for proper fused connection. 3. Replace unsatisfactory joints by cutting our defective joint or replacing fittings. 4. For initial inspections, secure assistance of authorized representative of the pipe manufacturer. C. Pressure tests: 1. Test pressure: 1-1/2 times working pressure, but in no case less than 50 psig. 2. Do not test until last solvent welded joint has set and cured at lest 24 hours at temperatures above 70 degrees F. 3. Perform testing before backfilling. However, place sufficient backfill material between fittings to hold pipe in place during tests. 4. Test system gas-tight in accordance with ANSI B-31.8. D. System purging: 1. After pressure tests, and before testing a gas contaminated line, purge the line with nitrogen at junction with mainline to remove all air and gas. 2. Clear the completed line by attaching a test pilot fixture at capped stub-in line at building location, and let gas flow until test pilot ignites. 3. Use procedures complying with ANSI B-31.8.

END OF SECTION

Page 3 of 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 02713 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Work Included -- Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to:

A. Water service for domestic use, irrigation and fire protection.

1.02 Related Work Described Elsewhere

A. Section 02200 Earthwork B. Section 02225 Trenching, Backfill, and Compacting C. Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete

1.03 Quality Assurance

A. Manufacturer – as approved by Architect based on standard of quality per Part 2. B. Installer – The storm drain installer shall be currently approved by the manufacturer, and have experience of at least five (5) years installing the selected system. Installations shall be per the manufacturer’s specifications.

1.04 Submittals

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01330. B. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor ahs received the Owner’s Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer’s specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Names and addresses of the nearest service and maintenance organization that readily stocks repair parts; 4. Manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting to rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work.

1.05 Product Handling

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Sections 01500 and 01540.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Pipe and Fittings

A. General:

Page 1 of 11 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1. Assume connection point to building service lines as being approximately give feet outside buildings and structures to which service is required. 2. Pipe materials 3” size and larger: Use plastic (PVC) pipes unless otherwise indicated or approved in advance by the Architect. 3. Pipe materials less than 3” size: Use plastic or galvanized steel. B. Pipe: 1. Cast iron pipe: a. Comply with ANSI A-21.51, with working pressure of not less than 150 psi unless otherwise shown or specified. b. Use cement mortar lining complying with ANSI A-21.4 or AWWA C205, standard thickness. 2. Ductile iron pipe: a. Comply with ANSI A-21.5, with working pressure of not less than 150 psi unless otherwise shown or specified. b. Use cement mortar lining complying with ANSI A-21.4 or AWWA C205, standard thickness. 3. Plastic pipe: a. Use acrylonitrile-butadine-styrene (ABS) complying with ASTM D15527; or b. Use polyvinyl-chloride (PVC) complying with ASTM D1785, schedule 40. 4. Galvanized steel: a. Use schedule 40 steel pipe risers and fittings, with PVC or ABS couplings below grade to steel risers for hose bibbs, and complying with ASTM A120. C. Joints 1. Cast iron or ductile iron pipe: a. Use mechanical joins of the stuffing-box type complying with ANSI A-21.11 as modified by ANSI A-21.51 for ductile iron pipe, with push-on joints complying with ANSI A-21.11 for cast iron, and ANSI A-21.5.1 for ductile iron; or b. Use rubber gaskets and lubricant complying with applicable requirements of ANSI A-21.11. 2. Plastic Pipe: a. Use solvent cement for PVC joints complying with ASTM D2564. b. Use solvent cement for ABS joints complying with ASTM D2235. 3. Steel pipe fittings 2-1/2” or less in diameter: a. Use malleable iron bonded screw fittings, manufactured to standards of ANSI B-16.3. b. Use unions which are screwed, malleable iron, ground joint, 300 lb AAR, with bronze-to-iron seat. 4. Insulating joints:

Page 2 of 11 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

a. Provide between non-threaded ferrous and non-ferrous metallic pipe, fittings, and valves. b. Use sandwich type flange insulating gasket of the dielectric type, insulating washers, and insulating sleeves for flange bolts. c. Use full faced insulating gaskets with outside diameter equal to the flange outside diameter. d. Use full-length bolt insulating sleeves. e. Install in a manner to prevent metal-to-metal contact of dissimilar metallic piping elements. 5. Make connections between asbestos cement pipe and cast iron fittings and valves, with jointing materials which comply with AWWA C603. D. Fittings and specials: 1. Cast iron pipe and ductile iron pipe: a. Use fittings and specials suitable for 150 psi pressure rating unless otherwise specified. b. For use with mechanical joint pipe, comply with ANSI A-21.10. c. For use with push-on joint pipe, comply with ANSI A-21.10 and ANSI A-21.11. d. Use cement mortar lining complying with ANSI A-21.4, standard thickness. 2. Plastic pipe: a. Use fittings and specials suitable for schedule 40 rating, unless otherwise specified or directed. b. Use fittings and specials for PVC pipe complying with ASTM D2468. c. For threaded PVC fittings, use schedule 80. 3. Steel pipe: Comply with ANSI B-16.3, using fittings and specials made for steel pipe. E. Valves 1. Gate valves: a. Use gate valves designed for a working pressure of not less than 150 psi. b. Provide connections as required for the piping in which they are installed. c. Provide a clear waterway equal to the full nominal diameter of the valve, openable by turning counter clockwise. d. Provide an arrow on the operating nut or wheel, cast in metal, indicating direction of opening. e. Valves smaller than 3”: (1) Provide all bronze, screwed, single wedge disc, screw-in bonnet, packing gland, and nut, with non-rising stem. (2) Buried valves: Provide 2” operating nuts and in a suitable valve box with extension and marked cover. (3) Provide tee handle socket operating wrenches of suitable size. 2. Check valves:

Page 3 of 11 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation a. Use check valves designed for a working pressure of not less than 150 psi, or as indicated or directed, with a clear waterway equal to the full nominal diameter of the valve. b. Use valves designed to permit flow in one direction, when the inlet pressure is greater than the discharge pressure, and to close tightly to prevent return flow when discharge pressure exceeds inlet pressure.

Page 4 of 11 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

c. Distinctly case on the body of each valve: (1) Manufacturer’s name, initials, or trademark by which he can be identified readily; (2) Valve size; (3) Working pressure; (4) Direction of flow. d. Valves 2” and smaller: Provide all bronze, designed for screwed fittings. e. Valves larger than 2”: (1) Provide iron body, bronze mounted, with flanged ends, of the non-slam type; (2) Provide class 125 flanges complying with ANSI B-16.1. F. Service Fittings: 1. PVC mains smaller than 2” in diameter: a. Make ¾” maximum service with tees or plastic valve tees. b. Acceptable products: (1) As manufactured by Mueller Company, Decatur, Illinois. 2. PVC mains 2” to 3-1/2” in diameter: For ¾” service to 1” service, use bronze service clamp and bronze corporation stop designed for PVC pipe. 3. Service clamps and corporation stops: a. Use bronze. b. Provide service clamp with flattened straps and molded neoprene gaskets. 4. Services larger than those stated above: Make with standard tees on new lines, and taping tees on existing lines.

2.02 Tapping Sleeves

A. Provide sleeve type coupling for existing water mains, furnished with outlet flanged to American 125 standard (ASA series 15): 1. Acceptable products: a. Clow Corporation, Corona, California; boltless type: (1) Model C1 series for existing cast iron mains complying with AWWA class A: (2) Model CA for class 150 and class 200 existing asbestos cement mains. 2. Coordinate requirements of tapping sleeves with gate valves and other fittings as required. 2.03 Valve Boxes

A. Valves 3” and larger: 1. Use service box of cast iron, extension type of the required length, with screw adjustment. 2. Provide the word “WATER” cast into cover.

Page 5 of 11 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

3. Acceptable products: a. Alhambra Foundry Company, Alhambra, California. (1) For valves 6” and smaller: Model A-3004; (2) For valves 8” and larger: Model 3005. B. Valves 2-1/2” and smaller. 1. Use precast concrete box with the word “WATER” cast into the cover. 2. Provide risers on pipeline to place valve within box dept. 3. Acceptable products: a. Manufactured by Brooks Products, Inc., El Monte, California.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Surface Conditions

A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

3.02 Field Measurement

A. Make necessary measurements in the field to assure precise fit of items in accordance with the approved design.

3.03 Handling

A. Handle pipe accessories so as to ensure delivery to the trench in sound, undamaged condition: 1. Carry pipe into position; ;do not drag. 2. Use Pinch bars or tongs for aligning or turning the pipe only on the bare end of the pipe;. B. Thoroughly clean interior of pipe and accessories before lowering pipe into trench. Keep clean during laying operations by plugging or other method approved by the Architect. C. Before installation, inspect each piece of pipe and each fitting for defects; 1. Material found to be defective before or after laying: Replace with sound material meeting the specified requirements, and without additional cost to the Owner.

3.04 Pipe Cutting

A. Cut pipe neatly and without damage to the pipe. B. Unless otherwise recommended by the pipe manufacturer, and authorized by the Architect, cut pipe with mechanical cutter only. 1. Use wheel cutters when practicable. 2. Cut plastic pipe square, and remove all burrs.

Page 6 of 11 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

3.05 Locating

A. Locate water pipe at last ten feet away, horizontally, from sewer pipes. 1. Where bottom of the water pipe will be at least 12” above the top of the sewer pipe, locate water pipe at least six feet away, horizontally, from the sewer pipe. B. Where water lines cross under gravity-flow sewer lines, fully encase the sewer pipe in concrete for a distance of at lest ten feet each side of the crossing, or provide pressure pipe with no joint located within 36” of the crossing. 1. Cross water liens in cases above sewage force mains or inverted siphons at least 24” above the sewer line. 2. Encase in concrete those joints in the sewer main closer, horizontally, than 36” to the crossing. C. Do not place water lines in the same trench with sewer lines or electric wiring.

3.06 Joint Deflection

A. Cast iron pipe: 1. Maximum allowable deflection will be given in AWWA C600. 2. Table I shows maximum deflections for 18-foot lengths of pipe. For other lengths, deflection may vary proportionately. 3. If alignment requires deflection exceeding limits shown in Table I, furnish special bends or a sufficient number of shorter lengths of pipe to provide angular deflections within the limits shown. 4. Table I, deflection in inches: Diameter: Push-on joint pipe: Mechanical joint pipe: 3” 19” 31” 4” 19” 31” 6” 19” 27” 8” 19” 10” B. Plastic pipe: Unless a lesser amount is recommended by the pipe manufacturer, maximum allowable deflections from a straight line or grade, or offsets, will be five degrees.

3.07 Placing and Laying

A. General: 1. Lower pipe and accessories into trench by means of derrick, ropes, belt slings, or other equipment approved by the Architect. 2. Do not dump or drop any of the materials of this Section into the trench. 3. Except where necessary in making connection to other lines, lay pipe with the bells facing in the direction of laying. 4. Reset the full length of each section of pipe solidly on the pipe bed, with recesses excavated to accommodate bells, couplings, and joints. 5. Take up and relay pipe that has the grade or joint disturbed after laying.

Page 7 of 11 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

6. Do not lay pipe in water, or when trench conditions are unsuitable for the work; keep water out of the trench until jointing is completed. 7. Securely close open ends of pipe, fittings, and valves when work is not in progress. 8. Where any part of coating or lining is damaged, repair to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Plastic pipe: 1. Position the pipe and fitting in trench in a manner that identifying markings will be readily visible for inspection. 2. Cutting and joining: a. Protect against abrasion from serrated holding devices. b. Remove burrs and glosses from surfaces to be jointed; use abrasive paper, file, or steel wool. c. Remove dirt, dust, and moisture by wiping clean with chemical cleaner or dry cloth. d. Using a pure bristle brush, apply an even coat of the specified solvent cement in the fitting socket and on the surface of the pipe to be joined. e. Promptly insert pipe into bottom of the fitting socket; turn the pipe slightly to assure an even distribution of cement. f. Remove excess solvent cement from exterior of the joint. g. Should cement begin to dry before the joint is made, reapply cement before assembling. h. Allow at least one hour for the joint to gain strength before handling or installing the pipe. 3. Do not thread plastic pipe; make connections only with the solvent cement or with special adapter fittings designed for the purpose. 4. Align pipe system components without strain. 5. Support piping at intervals of not more than four feet, at ends, branch fittings, and change of direction or elevation. 6. Support plastic pipe in trenches with a 3” layer of sand. Allow no rocks, debris, or potentially damaging substances within 6” of plastic pipe in trenches. 7. Provide an electrically continuous type TW insulated number 14 tracer wire in the trench along the pipe, fastened to the pipe at 20-foot intervals, and terminating aboveground with a 12” lead taped around each riser. D. Connections: Use specials and fittings to suit the actual conditions where connections are made between new work and existing mains. Use only those specials and fittings approved by the utility having jurisdiction. E. Sleeves: 1. Where pipe passes through walls of valve pits or structures, provide cast iron wall sleeves one size larger than pipe diameter. 2. Fill annular space between walls and sleeves with rich cement mortar. 3. Fill annular space between pipe and sleeves with mastic.

Page 8 of 11 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

3.08 Jointing

A. Other joints: 1. Cast iron pipe, ductile iron pipe, mechanical joints, and push-on type joins: Install in accordance with AWWA C600, modified as necessary by the recommendation of the manufacturer to provide for special requirements of ductile iron pipe. 2. Make connection between different types of pipe and accessories with transition fittings. 3. Rubber gaskets: Handle, lubricate where necessary, and install in strict accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer.

3.09 Setting Valves and Valve Boxes

A. General: 1. Center valve boxes on the valves, setting plumb. 2. Tamp earth fill around each valve box to a distance of four feet on all sides, or to the undisturbed trench face if less than four feet. 3. Tighten stuffing boxes, and fully open and close each valve to assure that all parts are in working condition. B. Service boxes: 1. Where water lines are located below paved streets having curbs, install boxes directly back of the curbs. 2. Where no curbing exists, install boxes in accessible locations beyond limits of street surfacing, walks, and driveways.

3.10 Thrust Blocks

A. General: 1. Provide thrust blocks, or metal tie rods and clamps or lugs, on plugs, caps, tees, and bend deflecting 22-1/2 degrees or more either vertically or horizontally, and on water lines 6: in diameter or larger. 2. Provide concrete thrust blocking with a compressive strength of 2500 psi in 28 days. B. Installation: 1. Locate thrust blocking between solid ground and the fitting to be anchored. 2. Unless otherwise shown or directed by the Architect, place the base and thrust bearing sides of thrust blocking directly against undisturbed earth. 3. Sides of thrust blocking not subject to thrust may be placed against forms. 4. Place thrust blocking so the fitting joints will be accessible for repair. 5. Protect steel rods and clamps by galvanizing or by coating with bituminous paint.

Page 9 of 11 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

3.11 Testing and Inspecting

A. Closing uninspected work: Do not allow or cause any of the work of this Section to be covered up or enclosed until after it has been completely inspected and tested, and has been approved by the Architect. B. Hydrostatic tests: 1. Where any section of a water line is provided with concrete thrust blocking for fittings, do not make hydrostatic tests until at lest five days after installation of the concrete thrust blocking, unless otherwise directed by the Architect. 2. Devise a method for disposal of wastewater from hydrostatic tests, and for disinfection, as approved in advance by the Architect. C. Pressure tests: 1. After the pipe is laid, the joints completed, fire hydrants permanently installed, and the trench partially backfilled leaving the joints exposed for examination, subject the newly laid piping and valved sections of water distribution and service piping to a hydrostatic pressure of 200 psi for two hours. 2. Open and close each valve several times during the test. 3. Carefully examine exposed pipe, joints, fittings, and valves. 4. Replace or remake joints showing visible leakage. a. Remove cracked pipe, defective pipe, and cracked or defective joints, fittings, and valves. Replace with sound material and repeat the test until results are satisfactory. b. Make repair and replacement without additional cost to the Owner. D. Leakage test: 1. Conduct leakage test after the pressure test has been completed satisfactorily. 2. Duration of each leakage test: At least two hours. 3. During the test, subject water lines to a pressure of 200 psi. 4. Leakage is defined as the quantity of water to be supplied into the newly laid pipe, or any valved or approved section thereof, necessary to maintain the specified leakage test pressure after the pipe has been filled with water and the air expelled. a. No piping installation will be accepted until the leakage is less than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula: L = 0.00304 ND x sq. root of P b. (L = 0.0054 ND x sq root of P); where c. L = allowable leakage in gallons per hour; d. N – number of joints in length of pipe under test; e. D = nominal diameter of pipe in inches; and f. P = average test pressure in lbs per sq inch. g. The allowable leakage in gallons per hour, per joint, at 200 psi average test pressure shall be in accordance with Table II. h. Should any test of pipe disclose leakage greater than that specified in Table II, locate and repair the defective joint or

Page 10 of 11 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

joints until the leakage is within the specified allowance, and at no additional cost to the Owner. 5. Table II: Diameter Leakage in gal: Diameter: Leakage in gal:

2” 0.0153 12” 0.0915 3” 0.0231 14” 0.1070 4” 0.0306 16” 0.1225 6” 0.0458 18” 0.1375 8” 0.0610 20” 0.1530 10” 0.0765 24” 0.1830 E. Time for making test: 1. Except for joint material setting, or where concrete reaction backing necessitates a five day delay, pipelines jointed with rubber gaskets, mechanical, or push-on joints, or couplings may be subjected to hydrostatic pressure, inspected, and tested for leakage at any time after partial completion of backfill. 2. Asbestos cement pipe and cement mortar lined pipe may be filled with water as recommended by the manufacturer before being subjected to the pressure test and subsequent leakage test. F. Disinfection: 1. Before acceptance of the potable water system, disinfect each unit of completed water supply, distribution, and service line in accordance with AWWA C601. 2. Perform all such tests and disinfection in a manner approved by governmental agencies having jurisdiction. 3. Furnish two copies of a Certificate of Disinfection to the Architect.

3.12 Painting

A. Paint valves, pipe, and vents in accordance with the provisions of Section 09900.

END OF SECTION

Page 11 of 11

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 02720 STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Work Included – Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to:

A. On-site underground distribution from roof drains at new building. B. New catch basins, drop inlets and area drains. C. Join existing storm drain facilities. D. Maintain integrity of storm drainage facilities to remain in service.

1.02 Related Work Described Elsewhere

A. Section 02200 Earthwork B. Section 02225 Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting C. Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete

1.03 Quality Assurance

A. Manufacturer – as approved by Architect based on standard of quality per Part 2. B. Installer – The storm drain installer shall be currently approved by the manufacturer, and have experience of at least five (5) years installing the selected system. Installations shall be per the manufacturer’s specifications.

1.04 References – In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations:

A. ANSI/ASTM D2729: Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) sewer pipe and fittings. B. ANSI/ASTM D2751: Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) sewer pipe and fittings; D2661 for solid wall pipe C. ASTM/F-405/F-667: Corrugated polyethylene tubing and fittings D. ANSI/ASTM D3033: Type PSP Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) sewer pipe and fittings E. ANSI/ASTM D3034: Type PSM Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) sewer pipe and fittings F. AASHTO M252: Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing, 3- to 10-inch diameter G. AASHTO M294: Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 12- to 36- inch diameter H. ASTM D1056: Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or expanded rubber I. ASTM D1248: Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion materials J. ASTM D3350: Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings materials

Page 1 of 4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

K. ASTM D2321: Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe L. ASTM F405/F667: Standard specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings

1.05 Submittals

A. Product Data 1. Materials list of drain lines, catch basins, cover grates, and accessories 2. Manufacturer’s specifications and other data needed to provide compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work.

1.06 Product Handling – Comply with pertinent provisions of Sections 01500 and 01540.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Manufacturers

A. Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. Corporate Office: 3300 Riverside Drive, Columbus, OH 43221, Phone: (617) 457-3051. B. Hancor, Inc., P.O. Box 1047, Findlay, OH 45839-1047, Phone: (800) 242- 6267. C. Christy Concrete Products, Inc. 44100 Christy Street, Fremont, CA 94538, Phone: 800-486-7070, Fax: 415-490-6804. D. Santa Rosa Cast Products Company, 471 West College Ave., Santa Rosa, CA 95401, Phone: 707-546-5016. E. NDS, 3001 Mission Oaks Boulevard, Camarillo, CA 93012, P.O. Box 6038, Camarillo, CA 93011-6038, Phone: 80-726-1994, Fax: 800-726-1998. F. Approved equal.

2.02 Storm Drain Pipe Materials

A. Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe: ASTM A746, inside nominal diameter as shown on drawings, bell, and spigot, or plain end. B. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Joint Device: ASTM C564, rubber gasket joint devices. C. Plastic Pipe: ANSI/ASTM D2751, SDR 35, Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) material; inside nominal diameter, bell, and spigot style solvent sealed joint end. D. Plastic Pipe: ANSI/ASTM D3034, SDR #5, Type PSM, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material; bell and spigot style end joints; inside nominal diameter per construction drawings. E. Polyethylene Corrugated Pipe: ASTM F-405 polyethylene tubing. F. Polyethylene Corrugated Pipe: AASHTO M252 Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings.

Page 2 of 4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

G. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: ASTM C036`. 2.03 Pipe Accessories

A. PVC Pipe Joints: Rubber ring gasket for positive seal B. Fittings: Same material as pipe molded or formed to suit pipe size and end design, in required tee, bends, elbows, cleanouts, reducers, traps, and other configurations required.

2.04 Drainage Inlets and Structures

A. Catch Basin Grate and Frame: Cast iron or galvanized steel for traffic or parkway, as noted on the drawings, linear grill inlet design; nominal lid and frame size per drawings, to match cast-in-place catch basin, or approved precast equal. B. Catch Basin Shaft Construction: Reinforced cast-in-place concrete sections, lipped male/female joints, concrete of type specified in Section 03300, or approved precast equal. C. Base Pad: Cast-in-place concrete of type specified in Section 03300, level perimeter surface to receive concrete sections, or precast unit. Floor of cast- in-place unit to be sloped at a minimum of 1:3 toward outlet. D. Non-Traffic Catch Basins: High impact styrene, ABS, PVC, or cast-in-place catch basins, or approved prefabricated equal. E. All joined surfaces of prefabricated catch basin components including pipe connections shall be sealed with coal tar asphalt or other approved weatherproof sealer. Grates shall not be sealed to top frame. F. Cleanout: Christy G-12 or approved equal.

2.05 Fill Material

A. Type specified in Section 02225 – Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Examination

A. Verify that trench cut/excavation base is ready to receive work, and excavations, dimension, and elevations are as indicated on drawings. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.

3.02 Preparation

A. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. Correct over excavation with clean subsoil or Type D granular fill material. B. Excavation for bells must be provided so that the pipe is uniformly supported along its entire length. C. Remove large stones or other hard matter which could damage drainage pipe or impede consistent backfilling or compaction.

Page 3 of 4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

3.03 Installation – Pipe

A. Install pipe, fittings, and accessories in accordance with ANSI/ASTM D2321 and manufacturer’s instructions. Joints shall be watertight. B. Place pipe on minimum 4-inch deep bed of clean subsoil or type D granular fill. C. Lay pipe to slope gradients noted on drawings, with maximum variation from true slope of 1/8-inch in 10 feet. D. Install clean subsoil or type D granular fill at sides and over top of pipe. Note special “haunching” installation procedures per ASTM D2321 and per the manufacturer’s recommendations. Provide initial backfill to minimum compacted thickness of 6 inches.

3.04 Installation – Catch Basins and Cleanouts

A. Form bottom of excavation clean and smooth to correct elevation. B. Form and place cast-in-place concrete base pad, or install precast units, with provision for storm sewer pipe and upper sections. Floor of cast-in-place unit to be sloped at a minimum of 12:3 toward outlet. C. Establish elevations and pipe inverts for inlets and outlets as indicated. D. Mount lid and frame level in grout, secured to top section to elevation indicated.

3.05 Field Quality Control

A. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Section 01450. B. Request inspection by engineer prior to placing “select backfill” cover over pipe.

3.06 Protection

A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Sections 01500 and 01540. B. Protect pipe and cover from damage or displacement until backfilling operation is in progress.

END OF SECTION

Page 4 of 4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 02722 SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEM

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Description

A. Work included: Provide sanitary sewerage system as shown on the Drawings, specified herein, and needed for a complete and proper installation. B. Related Work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Section 02225: Trenches.

1.02 Quality Assurance

A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.

1.03 Submittals

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01330.

B. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner’s Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer’s specifications and other date needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work.

1.04 Product Handling

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01600.

Page 1 of 7 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Pipe and Fittings

A. Cast iron soil pipe and fitting (CIP): 1. Comply with ASTM A74, class SV. 2. Use rubber gaskets complying with ASTM C564 for compression joints. B. Clay pipe and fittings (VCP): 1. Use extra strength, bell and spigot, complying with ASTM C200. 2. Use compression joints complying with ASTM C425, type II. B. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings (PVC): 1. Use extra strength, minimum of SDR 35. 2. Comply with ASTM D3034. C. High density polyethylene (HDPE): 1. Comply with ASTM D3034.

2.02 Manholes

A. Precast: 1. Provide reinforced precast concrete manhole sections complying with ASTM C478, except use portland cement as specified below. 2. Provide joints or mortar, with approved mastic or rubber gasket, or an approved combination of those types. 3. Provide precast units of concrete rings and eccentric cone section, with ladder rungs case into the units. 4. Approved manufacturer: a. Ameron Pipe Products Group. B. Portland Cement: 1. For concrete in manholes, comply with ASTM C150, type II. 2. For concrete in cradle and encasement: Type optional with the Contractor. C. Concrete: Provide 2500 psi concrete in accordance with pertinent provisions of Section 03300 of these Specifications. D. Mortar: Comply with ASTM C270, type M.

2.03 Frames and Covers – Use cast iron frames and covers, with the wording “SEWER” cast into the covers in letters 2” high and plainly visible, as manufactured by Alhambra Foundry.

2.04 Cleanouts

A. Provide cleanouts as required and where shown on the Drawings. 1. Provide traffic weight covers and frames where cleanouts are within pavement, with the letters “SSCO” cast into the cover. 2. Acceptable products: Christy Concrete Products, City of Industry, CA, Model G5 up to 6”, Model G12 6” and larger. B. Where cleanout is within a graded are, construct as shown on the drawings.

Page 2 of 7 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

2.05 Other Materials – Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Surface Conditions – Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

3.02 Field Measurement – Make necessary measurements in the field to assure precise fit of items in accordance with the approved design.

3.03 Installation

A. Trench, backfill, and compact for the work of this Section in strict accordance with the pertinent provisions of Section 02221 of these Specifications. B. Location: 1. Where the sewer location is not located clearly by dimensions on the Drawings, locate and sewer. a. Not closer than ten feet from a water supply main or service line. b. Where the bottom of the water pipe will e at least 12” above the tope of the sewer pipe, the horizontal spacing may be a minimum of six feet. c. Where the gravity flow sewers cross above water lines, fully encase the sewer pipe for a distance of ten feet on each side of the crossing; or d. Use acceptable pressure pipe with no joint closer horizontally than three feet from the crossing. e. Where concrete encasement is used, provide not less than 4: thickness including that on pipe joints. C. Pipe Laying: 1. Protect pipe during handling against shocks and free fall. Remove extraneous material from the pipe interior. 2. Lay pipe by proceeding upgrade with the spigot ends of bell-and- spigot pipe pointing in the direction of flow. 3. Lay each pipe accurately to the indicated line and grade, aligning so the sewer has a uniform invert. 4. Continually clear interior of the pipe free from foreign material. 5. Before making pipe joints, clean and dry all surfaces of the pipe to be joined. 6. Use lubricants, primers, and adhesives recommended for the purpose by the pipe manufacturer. 7. Place, fit, join, and adjust the joints to obtain the degree of water tightness required.

Page 3 of 7 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

3.04 Wye Branches

A. Provide wye branches where sewer connections are indicated or required. 1. Where joining an existing line, join by placing a saddle over the line, and make connection in a manner which will not obstruct or interfere with the existing flow. 2. When conditions are such that connection pipe cannot be supported adequately on undisturbed earth or compacted fill, encase the pipe in a concrete backfill, or support on a concrete cradle. B. Provide concrete required because of conditions resulting from faulty construction methods or negligence, at no additional coast to the Owner.

3.05 Manholes

A. General: 1. Shape the invert channels to be smooth and semicircular, conforming to the inside of the adjacent sewer section. 2. Make changes in direction of flow with a smooth curve of as large a radius as the size of the manhole will permit. 3. Make changes in size and grade of channels smoothly and evenly. 4. Form the invert channels directly in the concrete of the manhole base, with mortar, or by laying full section sewer pipe through the manhole and raking out the top half after surrounding concrete has hardened. 5. Smooth the floor of the manhole outside the channels, and slope toward the channels at not less than 1” per foot nor more than 2” per foot. 6. Prevent free drop inside the manholes exceeding 18” measured from the invert of the inlet pipe to the top of the floor of the manhole outside the channels. 7. Construct drop manholes whenever the free drop otherwise would be greater than 18”. B. Manhole Rungs: 1. Provide each manhole with individual wall-mounted rungs fabricated of aluminum, plastic-covered steel, or galvanized steel. 2. Comply with the requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction. C. Jointing and Plastering: 1. Completely fill mortar joints, and leave smooth and free from surplus mortar on the inside of the manhole. D. Frames and Covers: Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, set frames and covers: 1. In paved areas: So that the top of the cover will be flush with the finished pavement; or 2. In unpaved areas: 2” higher than finished grade.

3.06 Building Connections

A. Terminate building connections where shown on the Drawings.

Page 4 of 7 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

B. Provide temporary closures at terminals where the building pipe is not installed. 1. Place marker post at grade end of plugged line. 2. Where building piping has been installed, make connection to the building piping system.

3.07 Testing and Inspecting

A. Do not allow or cause any of the work of this Section to be covered up or enclosed until after it has been inspected and tested, and has been approved by the Architect. B. Cleaning: Prior to the acceptance of any sewer line by the County, the Contractor shall clean all lines with a Wayne-type sewer cleaning ball under hydrostatic pressure. Any stoppage, dirt or foreign matter shall be removed from the lines. All cleaning and testing of sewer lines shall take place after all construction work is completed, up to but not including the final paving. The system will be inspected after final paving is completed and any damage to the system during final paving and cleanup will be corrected before approval. C. Leakage tests: 1. Air Test Procedure: a. Each section of sanitary sewer between two successive manholes shall be tested by plugging all pipe outlets with suitable test plugs. Air shall be slowly added until the internal pressure is raised to 4.0 pounds per square inch gauge (psig). The compressor used to add air to the pipe shall have a blow- off valve set at 5 psig to assure that at no time the internal pressure in the pipe exceeds 5 psig. The internal pressure of 4 psig shall be maintained for at least two minutes to allow the air temperature to stabilize after which the aid supply shall be disconnected and the pressure allowed to decrease to 3.5 psig. The time in minutes that is required for the internal air pressure to drop from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig shall be measured and the results compared with the values tabulated below. Pipe Diameter Test Time in Inches Minutes 8 4 10 5 12 6 15 7 18 9 21 10 24 11 27 13 30 14 33 16 36 18 39 18 42 19

Page 5 of 7 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

b. The above tabulated values shall be used for the respective diameter pipes except where the distance between successive manholes is less than the above tabulated values; or the pipe diameter is less than 8 inches, in which case the following formula will be used to determine the test time: T = .000183 d2 L T = test time in minutes d = inside diameter of pipe in inches L = distance between successive manholes in feet c. If the pressure drop from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig occurs in less time than the above tabulated or calculated values, the pipe shall be repaired and, if necessary, replaced and re-laid at the Contractor’s expense until the joints and pipe shall hold satisfactorily under this test. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, air test equipment, and all other materials for making the required air test at his own expense. After the sewer lines have been properly backfilled to a depth where additional backfilling will not disturb the position of the pipe, all or any sections that the Engineer may select may be tested. In no case shall the required minimum backfill be less than four feet above the top of the pipe before subjecting the line to the test. The Contractor shall supply all equipment, labor, material, and perform all tests as required prior to final approval. 2. Hydrostatic Test Procedure: a. A section of sewer line shall be prepared for testing by plugging the upper side of the downstream manhole and all openings in the upstream manhole except the downstream opening. Where grades are slight, two or more sections between manholes may be tested at once. Where grades are steep, and excessive test heads would result by testing from one manhole to another, test tees the full size of the main shall be installed at intermediate points so the maximum head on any section under test will not exceed 12 feet. b. The section of sewer line prepared as above shall be tested by filling with water to an elevation five feet above the top of pipe at the upstream end of the test section, or five feet above the existing ground water elevation, whichever is greater. The water should be introduced into the test section four hours in advance of the official test period to allow the pipe and joint material to become saturated. The pipe shall then be refilled to the original water level. c. At the beginning of the test, the elevation of the water in the upper manhole shall be carefully measured from a point on the manhole rim. After a period of four hours, or less, with the approval of the Engineer, the water elevation shall be measured from the same point on the manhole rim and the loss of water during the test period calculated. If this calculation is

Page 6 of 7 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

difficult, enough water shall be measured to the level existing at the beginning of the test, and the amount added taken as the total leakage. d. Should an initial test show excess leakage in a section of line, it is permissible to draw the water off and test the manholes that contained water. This test shall be made by plugging all the openings in the manholes and filling with water to the same elevation as existed during the test. The leakage from the manhole may be deducted from the total leakage of the test section in arriving at the test leakage. After the testing is complete, the manhole shall be waterproofed by grouting. Other approved waterproofing methods may be used if satisfactory to the Engineer. e. The allowable leakage in the test section shall not exceed 500 gallons per mile, per 24 hours, per inch diameter of pipe tested at the five-foot test head. f. If it is necessary or desirable to increase the test head above five feet, the allowable leakage will be increased at the rate of 80 gallons for each foot of increase in head. g. test sections showing leakage in excess of that allowed shall e repaired or reconstructed as necessary to reduce the leakage to that specified above, and the line retested, after a minimum period of 24 hours during which no additional water shall be introduced into the line. 3. Force Mains: a. Each section of the pipe to be tested shall be slowly filled with water and all air expelled from the pipe. After the pipe has been filled, it shall be allowed to set for a period of not less than 24 hours. b. The pipe shall then be refilled to the original water level and subjected to a pressure of not less than 100 pounds per square inch or the service pressure plus 50 pounds, whichever is greater, for a period of two hours. All exposed joints, bends, angles, and fittings shall be closely examined during the test. Any part of the line which proves to be defective shall be replaced and the line retested. c. The maximum allowable leakage shall not exceed 100 gallons per 24 hours per mile of pipe per inch of nominal diameter. 4. Provide and use measuring devices approved by the Architect. 5. Provide water, materials, and labor for making required tests. 6. Make tests in the presence of the Architect, giving the Architect at least three days advance notice of being ready for test observation. C. Submit test data to the Architect for review and approval.

END OF SECTION

Page 7 of 7

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Work Included – Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to:

A. Slabs-On-Grade B. Equipment Pads and supports.

1.02 Related Work Described Elsewhere

A. Section 06100 Rough Carpentry

1.03 Quality Assurance

A. Installer: Work to be performed only by workers thoroughly skilled and specially trained in the techniques of concrete placement. B. Refer to the plans, in addition to the specifications below, for special/deputy inspection requirements. C. Comply with Section 01400.

1.04 References – In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations:

A. Applicable or referenced sections of 2012 California Building Code (CBC). B. Applicable or referenced sections of ACI 318, current edition, by the American Concrete Institute. C. Portland Cement Association (PCA): cement and concrete standards D. ACI 301, American Concrete Institute: specifications for structural concrete for buildings

1.05 Submittals

A. Product Data – Submit material specifications, manufacturer's installation, and maintenance instructions under provisions of Section 01300. B. Concrete mix design. C. Manufacturer’s reinforcement certification.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Materials

A. Concrete shall have an ultimate strength of 2500 psi at 28 days, and a maximum slump of 5”, unless noted otherwise. (Special inspection is not required by design, however refer to the plans for elements that may require inspection.) B. Where specifically noted on the plans or herein, any element designed for concrete with an ultimate strength over 2500 psi at 28 days requires special inspection. C. Reinforcing steel shall be to ASTM-A615, deformed, clean and free of rust. #4 bars and smaller shall be 40 grade min., and #5 bars and larger shall be 60 grade min., unless noted otherwise. CONCRETE 03300 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

D. Aggregates shall be per ASTM-C33. Maximum size 1-1/2" for footings and 1" for all other work.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Grade Preparation

A. Design values used Soil classifications are clayey and silty sands. B. The Inspector shall inspect and approve all grading and excavations prior to placement of forms, reinforcing steel or concrete. C. All shall new slab work shall bear on 6” min. class 2 base over existing compacted sub-grade material. Compact base materials to 95% min.

3.02 Installation

A. Do not apply curing compounds or chemical admixtures to interior stained concrete unless approved by concrete stain manufacturer. B. Slabs on grade shall be a minimum of 4" thick with #4 @ 18" o.c. each way at mid-depth, unless noted otherwise. Minimum lengths of lap splices, unless noted otherwise on the plans, shall be: 1. #3 bars 12” min. 2. #4, #5, and #6 bars 62 bar diameters 3. #7 bars and larger 78 bar diameters C. 90-degree hooks shall be 24 bar diameters min., u.n.o., and 180-degree hooks shall have a 5-bar diameter radius and a 4-bar diameter return (but not less than 2-½”), u.n.o. D. Dowels are to be provided for all vertical and horizontal reinforcing bars in walls, columns, etc., and shall be of the same size and spacing as the supporting footing, slab, wall, column, etc., u.n.o. E. Reinforcing clearances for footings (unless noted otherwise) shall be 3” when poured against earth and 2” when poured against formed surfaces. F. Removal of formwork shall comply with CBC Section 1906.2, and: 1. Supporting vertical surfaces: 2 days minimum 2. Supporting beams and girders: 15 days minimum G. Construction joints shall be roughened to a full amplitude of approx 1/4" [ACI 11.7.9]. They shall then be prepared by wire brushing and cleaning and brushing in a paste of neat cement mortar immediately prior to pouring. Location of construction joints shall be approved by the Architect prior to installation. H. Curing of concrete shall comply with CBC Section 1905.11.

END OF SECTION

CONCRETE 03300 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Framing with dimension lumber. 2. Framing with engineered wood products. 3. Wood grounds, nailers, and blocking. 4. Wood furring. 5. Sheathing.

B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 6 Section "Miscellaneous Carpentry."

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other Sections and generally not exposed, unless otherwise specified.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A.General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

B. Product data for the following products:

1. Engineered wood products. 2. Metal framing anchors. 3. Construction adhesives.

C. Material certificates for dimensional lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use as well as design values approved by the Board of Review of American Lumber Standards Committee.

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 1 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

D. Research reports or evaluation reports of the model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction evidencing compliance of the following wood products with specified requirements and building code in effect for Project.

1. Engineered wood products. 2. Metal framing anchors. 3. Power driven fasteners.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Single-Source Responsibility for Engineered Wood Products: Obtain each type of engineered wood products from one source from a single manufacturer.

B. Testing Laboratory Qualifications: To qualify for acceptance, an independent testing laboratory must demonstrate to Architect's satisfaction, based on evaluation of laboratory- submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to conduct satisfactorily the testing indicated without delaying the progress of the Work.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Delivery and Storage: Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber as well as plywood and other panels; provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings including polyethylene and similar materials.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 LUMBER, GENERAL

A. Lumber Standards: Furnish lumber manufactured to comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review.

B. Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies and the abbreviations used to reference them with lumber grades and species include the following:

1. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association.

C. Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory-marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill.

D. Nominal and actual sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS 20, for moisture content specified for each use. Where actual sizes are specified they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber.

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 2 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide seasoned lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing and shipment for sizes of 2 inches nominal (38 mm actual) or less in thickness, unless otherwise indicated.

2.2 DIMENSION LUMBER

A. For structural light framing (2 to 4 inches nominal thickness (38 - 89 mm actual thickness), 2 to 4 inches nominal width (38 - 89 mm actual width)), provide the following grade and species:

1. "No. 2" grade.

B. For structural framing 2 to 4 inches nominal thickness and in widths greater than 5 inches nominal provide the following grade and species:

1."No. 2" grade. 2. Douglas Fir-Larch graded under WCLIB or WWPA rules. a. "Fb" of 1200 psi (8 MPa) for single member use and of 1400 psi (10 MPa) for repetitive member use, and "E" of 1,600,000 psi (11 000 MPa).

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER

A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases, cant strips, bucks, nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping, and similar members.

B. Moisture content: 19 percent maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment.

.

2.4ENGINEERED WOOD PRODUCTS

A. General: Provide engineered wood products for which current model code evaluation/research reports exist that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that evidence compliance for the application indicated with specified requirements and the building code in effect for this Project.

B.Laminated Veneer Lumber: Lumber manufactured by laminating wood veneers in a continuous press using an exterior-type adhesives complying with ASTM D 2559 to produce members with grain of veneers parallel with their lengths and complying with the following requirements:

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 3 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1. Veneer Characteristics: Douglas fir or southern pine veneers of varying thickness by widths and lengths standard with manufacturer, end-jointed with a lap-joint, butt joint, or scarf joint. 2. Allowable Design Stresses: As published by manufacturer, determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis, and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing laboratory.

a. Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending (Fb): 1300 psi (9 MPa) for 12 inch nominal (292 mm actual) depth members. b. Modulus of Elasticity (E): 1,700,000 psi (11,700 MPa). c. Tension parallel to Grain (Ft): 575 psi (4 MPa). d. Compression Parallel to Grain (Fc): 1350 psi (9 MPa). e. Compression Perpendicular to Grain: 625 psi (4 MPa). f. Horizontal Shear (Fv): 180 psi (1 MPa).

3. Sizes: As indicated.

C. Prefabricated Wood I Joists: Units manufactured by bonding stress-graded lumber flanges to APA-Performance-Rated panel webs with exterior-type adhesives complying with ASTM D 2559, to produce I-shaped joists complying with the following requirements:

1. Flange Material: Laminated veneer lumber. 2. Web Material: Plywood complying with PS 1. 3. Web Material: Either material indicated above, as standard with joist manufacturer. 4. Allowable Design Stresses: As published by manufacturer, determined according to ASTM D 5055, and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing laboratory. 5.Sizes: Depths and widths as indicated, with flanges not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) actual width.

D. Composite Joists and Headers: Lumber manufactured by laminating visually graded 1.Sizes: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick by depth indicated.

E. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

1.Laminated Veneer Lumber:

a. "Micro=Lam L.V.L Headers and Beams," Trus Joist Corporation. b. "Gang-Lam Laminated Veneer Lumber," Mitek Wood Products, Inc.

2. Prefabricated Wood I Joists:

a."Alpine Structures I-Beams and Headers," Wood Products Division, Alpine Engineered Wood Products, Inc. b."Wood I-Beam Prefabricated Wooden I Joists and Headers," Georgia Pacific Corp. c."TJI Joists," Trus Joist Corporation.

2.5 CONSTRUCTION PANELS, GENERAL

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

A. Construction Panel Standards: Comply with PS 1 "U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood" for plywood construction panels and, for products not manufactured under PS 1 provisions, with APA PRP-108.

B. Trademark: Furnish construction panels that are each factory- marked with APA trademark evidencing compliance with grade requirements.

C. Roof Sheathing: APA RATED PLYWOOD SHEATHING.

1.Exposure Durability Classification: EXPOSURE 1.

2.6 CONSTRUCTION PANELS FOR BACKING

A. Plywood Backing Panels: For mounting electrical or telephone equipment, provide fire- retardant-treated plywood panels with grade designation, APA C-D PLUGGED EXPOSURE 1, in thickness indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated, not less than 15/32 inch (12 mm).

2.7 FASTENERS

A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture.

1.Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with a hot-dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or of AISI Type 304 stainless steel.

B. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF-N-105.

C. Power Driven Fasteners: National Evaluation Report NER-272.

D. Wood Screws: ANSI B18.6.1.

E. Lag Bolts: ANSI B18.2.1. (ANSI B18.2.3.8M)

F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and where indicated, flat washers.

2.8 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS

A. General: Provide metal framing anchors of type, size, metal, and finish indicated that comply with requirements specified including the following:

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1. Current Evaluation/Research Reports: Provide products for which model code evaluation/research reports exist that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that evidence compliance of metal framing anchors for application indicated with the building code in effect for this Project.

B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Steel sheet zinc-coated by hot-dip process on continuous lines prior to fabrication to comply with ASTM A 525, G60 (ASTM A 525M, Z180) Coating Designation and with ASTM A 446 (ASTM A 446M), Grade A (structural quality); ASTM A 526 (ASTM A 526M) (commercial quality); or ASTM A 527 (ASTM A 527M) (lock-forming quality); as standard with manufacturer for type of anchor indicated.

1. Use galvanized steel framing anchors for rough carpentry exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, and where indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry construction and that are too small to use in fabricating rough carpentry with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement.

B. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true to line and cut and fitted.

C. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction.

D. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated.

E. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood; predrill as required.

3.2 WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS, BLOCKING, AND SLEEPERS

A. Install wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and sleepers where shown and where required for screeding or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved.

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 6 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

3.3 WOOD FRAMING, GENERAL

A. Framing Standard: Comply with N.F.P.A. "Manual for Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated.

B. Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install framing composed of engineered wood products to comply with manufacturer's directions.

C.Install framing members of size and spacing indicated.

D.Anchor and nail as shown, and to comply with the following:

1.National Evaluation Report No. NER-272 for pneumatic or mechanical driven staples, P-Nails, and allied fasteners. 2.Published requirements of manufacturer of metal framing anchors. 3."Recommended Nailing Schedule" of referenced framing standard and with N.F.P.A. "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction." .

E. Do not splice structural members between supports.

F. Firestop concealed spaces of wood framed walls and partitions at each floor level and at the ceiling line of the top story. Where firestops are not automatically provided by the framing system used, use closely fitted wood blocks of 2 inch nominal (38 mm actual) thickness lumber of the same width as framing members.

END OF SECTION 06100

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 7

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 06175

SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES: Trussed Rafters

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Products Supplied But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. Wood roof trusses. 2. Trussed blocking for roof trusses.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 0000: ‘General Requirements’: a. Section 01 4000: ‘Quality Requirements’ for administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. b. Section 01 4301: ‘Quality Assurance – Qualifications’ establishes minimum qualification levels required. c. Section 01 4523: ‘Testing and Inspecting Services’ for testing and inspection, and testing laboratory services for materials, products, and construction methods. 2. Section 06 1100: ‘Wood Framing’: a. Storage and handling of trusses on Project site. b. Installing, securing, bracing, etc. c. Required blocking other than trussed blocking.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. Reference Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute / Truss Plate Institute: a. ANSI / TPI 1-2007, ‘National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. 2. International Code Council (ICC): a. ICC / ESR-1082 (Reissued February 1, 2010), ‘Eagle Metal Products Eagle 20, Eagle 18, Eagle 20HS and Eagle 18HS Metal Truss Connector Plates.’ b. ICC / ESR-1118 (Reissued January 1, 2009), ‘Alpine Wave, H, S, K, Trulox, and Hinge Plate Metal Connector Plates for Wood Trusses.’ c. ICC / ESR-1988 (Reissued June 1, 2008), ‘MiTek Truss Connector Plates: TL18, MT18, MT18HS, TL20 AND MT20.’ 3. International Standards Organization (ISO) 17020, ‘General criteria for the operation of various types of bodies performing inspection.’ 4. Truss Plate Institute / Structural Building Components Association (SBCA): a. TPI / SBCA Structural Building Components Association Components Safety Information BCSI 2008, ‘Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing, Restraining & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses.' 5. Wood Truss Council of America (WTCA).

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Truss design drawings:

Shop-Fabricated Wood Trusses - 1 - 06175 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1) Base truss design drawings on truss configurations and truss loads and requirements of Contract Documents. Joint configurations may be modified to allow double cut webs. Determine member forces from exact analysis method as defined by TPI. 2) Include following information:: a) Allowable loads in lbs per effective nail or lbs per sq inch for lumber and plates used as allowed by ICBO and current ICBO report number. b) Stress reduction factors used for plates and lumber. c) Top and bottom chord design loads in psf. d) Size, thickness, and exact location by dimension of plates. e) Lumber species and grades used. f) Combine stress index for each member. g) Stamp and signature of Engineer responsible for preparation of drawings. h) Name and trademark of Plate Manufacturer if metal plates are used. i) Name and address of Truss Fabricator and Project name and address.

B. Informational Submittals: 1. Certificates: a. Complete and provide copy of certification “Truss Plant Certification Requirements Form” to Architect before bid. b. Provide copy of truss plant certification with completed “Truss Plant Certification Requirements Form” to Architect and Testing Agency before commencing fabrication of Wood Trusses. 2. Test And Evaluation Reports: a. Copies of previous four quarterly inspection reports verifying compliance with TPI regulations unless the Truss Fabricator provides proof that they are certified and in good standing with the In-Plant WTCA QC program certification.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals. Requirements of Section 01 4301 applies, but is not limited to the following: 1. Truss Fabricator shall have in place a program requiring fabrication plant to be inspected four times each year by an independent testing laboratory in accordance with TPI regulations. 2. Truss Fabricator must have a letter providing evidence that they are certified and in good standing with their third party accredited Quality Assurance business.

1.5 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE

A. Delivery And Acceptance Requirements: 1. Notify Architect two days minimum before arrival of trusses to allow for scheduling of truss inspection on site before unloading and for monitoring of unloading procedure. 2. Unload trusses by one of following methods. a. As outlined in TPI / SBCA Booklet BCSI. b. Trusses may be unloaded by dumping if trusses are shipped horizontally, are rolled off low profile roller bed trailer, and if no part of any truss is required to drop more than 18 inches (450 mm). 3. After delivery of trusses: a. Inspect for damage before installing trusses. b. Inspect for “gaps” between framing members.

Shop-Fabricated Wood Trusses - 2 - 06175 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS

A. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. Top And Bottom Chords And Web Members: 1) 2 inch (50 mm) by 4 inch (100 mm) nominal minimum size. 2) Sizes, species, and grades of members shall be as required to provide combined stress indexes of less than one. 3) Designed in accordance with ANSI / TPI-1 for given design loads. 4) Of quality to meet or exceed stress grade requirements given in table below for each lumber classification and to meet requirements for dimension lumber in Section 06 1100. b. Metal Gusset Plates: 1) Plate design and manufacture shall be as approved by 'The Research Committee for the ICC'. 2) Truss plates for symmetrical trusses shall be same size on both sides of truss. Determine size to be used by highest loading value on either side of truss.

B. Materials: 1. Top And Bottom Chords And Web Members: Douglas Fir or Southern Pine No. 2 or better. 2. Metal Gusset Plates: a. Plates shall be galvanized or otherwise protected from corrosion. b. Manufacturer's name or trademark shall be visible on plates. c. Approved Manufacturers. 1) Eagle Metal Products, Dallas, TX www.eaglemetal.com. 2) ITW Building Components Group, Glenview, IL www.itwbcg.com. 3) MiTek Industries, Chesterfield, MO www.mii.com. Or MiTek Canada, Bradford ON www.mii.com/canada.

C. Fabrication: 1. General: a. Fabrication of trusses shall be as approved by ICC except that this Specification shall govern when it exceeds ICC requirements. b. Fabricate trusses from approved shop drawings. c. Fabricate trusses in jigs with members accurately cut to provide good bearing at joints. Joints shall be acceptable if the average opening between ends of members immediately after fabrication is less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). d. Each chord section shall be involved in two panel points before being spliced. 2. Metal Gusset Plates: a. No panel point shall have more than one plate per truss side b. Plates shall have minimum bite of 2-1/2 inches (63 mm) on members. Measure bite along center line of webs and perpendicular to chord axes. Orient plate axis parallel with truss chord axis except where chords change pitch or terminate. Plates may be placed parallel with webs at single web joints. c. Plate Sizes: 1) Minimum width of plates shall be 3 inches (75 mm). 2) Size plates, nail and steel section for 110% of member forces. 3) No increase in plate values will be allowed for duration of loading or other factors. d. Press plates into members to obtain full penetration without crushing outer surface of wood. Plate embedment is acceptable if opening between plate and wood surface is less than 1/32 inch (1 mm). e. Lumber defects and plate misplacement, in combination, shall not reduce plate area or number of effective teeth, prongs, or nails by more than ten percent. f. Do not apply metal gusset plates after shop fabrication.

Shop-Fabricated Wood Trusses - 3 - 06175 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field Tests And Inspections: 1. Prefabricated Metal Plate Wood Trusses: a. Testing Agency will obtain “Truss Plant Certification Requirements Form” copy from Architect as per requirements of Section 06 1753 Shop-Fabricated Wood Trusses: Trusses Rafters.

END OF SECTION

Shop-Fabricated Wood Trusses - 4 - 06175 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Work Included – Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to:

A. Base cabinet, drawers, doors, adjustable shelving, laminated countertop with backsplash (where occurs) B. Laminated countertop, backsplash (where occurs) and support brackets C. Upper cabinets, doors and adjustable shelving D. Locking devices at doors and drawers (where occurs) E. All associated accessories and hardware to provide a complete installation

1.02 Related Work Described Elsewhere A. Section 05500 Miscellaneous Metals and Fabrications B. Section 06100 Rough Carpentry C. Section 06200 Finish Carpentry

1.03 Quality Assurance

A. Installer: Work to be performed only by workers thoroughly skilled and specially trained in the techniques of cabinets and custom counters, and who are completely familiar with the published recommendations of the manufacturer of the materials being used. B. All work shall conform to W.I.C. Custom Grade before delivery to the job site. The millwork supplier shall issue a W.I.C. Certificate Compliance Certificate indicating the grade of millwork products to be furnished for this job and certifying that they will fully meet all the requirements of the grade specified. The shop drawings shall bear W.I.C. Certified Compliance label. Each unit of casework shall bear the W.I.C. Certificate Compliance label. Each plastic laminate countertop shall bear the W.I.C. Certified Compliance label. Upon the completion of the installation, a W.I.C. Certified Compliance shall be issued for the installation. The type of construction used must meet the seismic force requirements of Title 24. 1.04 References – In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations:

A. LD3 – High pressure decorative laminates B. WIC Quality Standards C. NEMA

1.05 Submittals

A. Product Data – Submit material, manufacturer's installation, and maintenance instructions under provisions of Section 01300. Data to include hardware schedule. B. Shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. Drawings to include: 1. Component profiles, fastening methods, joint details, and schedule of finishes. C. Samples under provisions of Section 01300 to include:

Architectural Woodwork Page 1 of 4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1. Plastic laminate color samples (two samples of each color specified) 2. Pull sample (two samples)

1.06 Product Handling

A. Protection 1. All cabinetry to be stored at the job site in a safe, dry place with all labels intact and legible at time of installation. 2. Use all means to protect finished cabinets and counters before, during, and after installation. Do not allow products to become wet or damp. B. Replacements – In the event of damage, including water intrusion, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost.

1.07 Operation and Maintenance Manuals – Under provisions of Section 01730.

1.08 Warranty – Under provisions of Section 01730.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Sheet Materials

A. Wood Particle Board: Per WIC standard, composed of wood chips, made with water resistant adhesive; CS236-66, Table 1, Type 1, Density B, Class 2, with the following requirements: 1. Minimum density 40 lbs. per cubic foot minimum; internal bond, 80 psi, screw holding, face 250 lbs., edge 225 lbs. B. Plywood: Medium density overlay – exterior use. C. Exposed Open Shelving: 3/4" particleboard -- Plastic laminate top, bottom, and face. D. Cabinet and Face Shelving: 5/8" particleboard -- Melamine finish

2.02 Acceptable Laminate Manufacturers

A. Formica brand B. Wilsonart brand C. Nevamar Corporation D. Or approved equal.

2.03 Hardware

A. Hinges: Blum 125°, self-closing steel arm B. Drawer Guides: Hettich #34, ¾” extension 100 lb. rated C. Pulls: Loop finish to be selected from standard line D. Locks: Lamp 6810 mullion lock D. Shelf Pins: Hettich #50.021.786, 50.016.721 off white

2.05 Accessories

Architectural Woodwork Page 2 of 4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

A. Adhesive: Type recommended by laminate manufacture to suit application. B. Fasteners: Size and type to suit application; no exposed fasteners.

2.06 Shop Fabrication of Cabinets

A. Cabinets to be WIC Standard Type 1, Style A, Custom Grade. B. Shop assemble casework for delivery to site in its easily handled and to permit passage through building openings. C. Door and Drawer Fronts: ¾-inch thick. D. Drawer Boxes: ½-inch white melamine sides, ¼-inch vinyl bottoms. E. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. F. Cap exposed plastic laminate edges with material or same finish and pattern at countertops. G. Countertops shall have a no-drip bullnose edge at sink locations. All others to be self-edged. H. All back-splashes are to be integral with countertops, except where noted otherwise. I. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures, inserts, appliances, outlet boxes, and other fixtures and fittings. Verify locations of cutouts from on-site dimensions. Contact surfaces of cut edges. J. Exposed shelving is to be finished laminate to match cabinet face.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Examination – Verify adequacy of backing and support framing.

3.02 Installation

A. The installation is to conform to the standards of WIC “Manual of Millwork” Section 26, custom grade. B. Set and secure casework in place; rigid, plumb, and level. C. Use fixture attachments in concealed locations for wall-mounted components. D. Use concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units and counter tops. E. Carefully scribe casework abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch. Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose. F. Secure upper cabinets, counter bases, full height cabinets, and counter partitions to floor and wall using appropriate angles and anchorages to obtain seismic restraint per Title 24 Section 2336. G. Countersink anchorage devices at exposed locations. Conceal with solid wood or plastic plugs to match the adjacent material; finish flush with surrounding surfaces.

3.03 Adjusting – Adjust work under provisions of Section 01770.

3.04 Cleaning – Clean work under provisions of Section 01770.

Architectural Woodwork Page 3 of 4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

END OF SECTION

Architectural Woodwork Page 4 of 4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 07410 - METAL ROOF AND WALL PANELS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes manufactured roof and wall panels of the following type:

1. Furnish all labor, material, tools, equipment, and services for all preformed standing seam roofing and pre-finished wall panels as indicated, in accord with the provisions of the Contract Documents. The Metal Roofing Manufacturer will provide all components required for a complete system including underlayment, ice and water shield, panels, panel clips, trim/flashing, fascias, ridge, closures, sealants, fillers and any other required items

B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" for roof and/or wall flashing and other sheet metal work. 2. Division 6 Section “Rough Framing” for carpentry and framing elements associated with the roofing and wall panels.

1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide certified test results by a recognized testing laboratory or agency in accordance with specified test methods for each system. 1. Metal roof panel shall be tested in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) test method for fire resistance. Materials shall meet or exceed Class A. 2. Metal roofing panel shall be tested in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Test Method 580 “Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies,” Class 90 rating. 3. Metal roof panel shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E1592-95 for negative loading. Capacity for gauge, span, or loading other than those tested may be determined by interpolating between test values only. 4. Metal roof panel shall be tested in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) test method for impact resistance. Materials shall meet or exceed Class 4.

B. Air Infiltration: Provide panel system with no air leakage when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at pressure differentials up to 1.57 psf (75 Pa).

C. Water Penetration: Provide panel systems with no water penetration as defined in the test method when tested in accordance with ASTM E 331 at an inward static air pressure differential of not less than 6.24 psf (300 Pa) and not more than 12.0 psf (575 Pa).

MFG. ROOF & WALL PANELS 07410 - 1 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

B. Product data including manufacturer's product specifications, standard details, certified product test results, installation instructions, and general recommendations, as applicable to materials and finishes for each component and for total panel system.

C. Samples for verification purposes of roof and wall panels. Provide sample panels 12 inches (300 mm) long by actual panel width, in the profile, style, color, and texture indicated. Include clips, battens, fasteners, closures, and other panel accessories.

D. Shop Drawings showing layouts of panels on walls and roofs, details of edge conditions, joints, corners, panel profiles, supports, anchorages, trim, flashings, closures, and special details. Distinguish between factory and field assembly work.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Applicable standards:

1. ASTM A 653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 2. ASTM A 755 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated by the Hot-Dip Process and Prepainted by the Coil-Coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building Products. 3. ASTM A 792/A 792M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55 % Aluminum-Zinc Alloy- Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. 4. ASTM A 980 - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Ultra High Strength Cold Rolled. 5. ASTM C 645 - Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members. 6. ASTM C 920 - Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 7. ASTM D 226 - Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing. 8. ASTM D 2244 - Test Method for Calculation of Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates. 9. ASTM D 4214 - Test Methods for Evaluating Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paint Films. 10. ASTM E 1592 - Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. C. The Installer shall meet the following minimum criteria: 1. The Project foreman shall be certified by the manufacturer in the proper installation of the specified system and will be present to supervise whenever material is being installed. 2. Manufacturer shall have a minimum of three years experience in manufacturing metal roofing systems. Panels specified in this section shall be produced in a permanent factory environment with fixed-base roll-forming equipment. A letter certifying the manufacturer’s qualifications shall accompany the product material submittals.

MFG. ROOF & WALL PANELS 07410 - 2 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver panels and other components so they will not be damaged or deformed. Package wall and roof panels for protection against transportation damage.

B. Handling: Exercise care in unloading, storing, and erecting wall and roof covering panels to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage.

C. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with tarpaulins or other suitable weathertight ventilated covering. Store metal wall and roof panels so that they will not accumulate water. Do not store panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Finish Warranty: Furnish panel manufacturer's written warranty covering failure of the factory-applied exterior finish on metal wall and roof panels within the warranty period. This warranty shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other rights the Owner may have against the Contractor under the Contract Documents.

1. Warranty period for factory-applied exterior finishes on wall and roof panels is 20 years after the date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide roof panels by one of the following: 1. Aluminum Roof and Wall Panels: Firestone / UNA Clad - UC-9 Snap-Lock Standing Seam roofing system, roll formed aluminum roofing panels used as the basis of specification. Other manufacturers include: a. MBCI. b. ASC Pacific, Inc. c. Other manufacturers may be approved per section 01600 prior to bidding.

2.2 SHEET MATERIALS

1) A. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, structural quality, Grade 50, Coating Class AZ50 (Grade 340, Coating Class AZM150), prepainted by the coil- coating process per ASTM A 755/A 755M; painted finish (Kynar 500) 1. Roof Panel Thickness: 24 Gauge Min. 2. Wall Panel Thickness: 22 Gauge Min.

2.3 METAL FINISHES A. General: Apply coatings either before or after forming and fabricating panels, as required by coating process and as required for maximum coating performance capability. Protect coating either by application of strippable film or by packing plastic film or other suitable material between panels in a manner to properly protect the finish. Furnish air-drying spray finish in matching color for touch-up.

MFG. ROOF & WALL PANELS 07410 - 3 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1. Color: As selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's premium colors.

B. Fluoropolymer Coating: Manufacturer's standard two-coat, thermo-cured, full-strength 70 percent "Kynar 500" coating consisting of a primer and a minimum 0.75 mil (0.019 mm) dry film thickness with a total minimum dry film thickness of 0.9 mil (0.023 mm) and 30 percent reflective gloss when tested in accordance with ASTM D 523.

1. Durability: Provide coating that has been field tested under normal range of weathering conditions for minimum of 20 years without significant peel, blister, flake, chip, crack, or check in finish;without chalking in excess of No. 8 in accordance with ASTM D 659; and without fading in excess of 5 NBS units.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Underlayments: 1. All Walls: 30 lb. Felt; Non-asphaltic fiberglass-based underlayment meeting ASTM D146, D1922 and D4869. 2. All Roofs and Awnings: Ice and Water Shield: Minimum 40-mil thick, self-adhering, polymer modified, bituminous sheet membrane, complying with ASTM D 1970. Provide slip-sheet or covering recommended by roofing manufacturer.

B. Accessories: Except as indicated as work of another specification section, provide components required for a complete roof or wall panel system, including trim, copings, fascias, gravel stops, mullions, sills, corner units, ridge closures, clips, seam covers, battens, flashings, gutters, louvers, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match materials and finishes of panels.

2.5 ROOFING PANEL FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate and finish panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as required to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and dimensional requirements and with structural requirements.

B. Aluminum Panels: ASTM B209, Aluminum Association specification sheet 3003- H14/3105-H14 for painted finish 1. Thickness: 0.032 inch. C. Form roofing panels in longest practical lengths, true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distribution or manufacturing defects. 1. Seam Height: 1-1/2 inches. 2. Seam Spacing: 20 inches. D. Seams shall have a factory applied integral seam sealant in leg of panel.

E. Accessories: 1. Installation Clips: Manufacturer’s standard clips for concealed attachment of panels to provide I-90 certification. 2. Clip Fasteners: Non-corrosive, 1 inch, self-tapping screws for plywood or substrate

2.6 WALL PANEL FABRICATION

a. Corrugated-Profile, Exposed Fastener Metal Panels: Structural metal panel consisting of formed metal sheet with alternating curved ribs, installed by lapping edges of adjacent panels. 1) Coverage Width: 32 inches (813 mm). 2) Continuous Rib Spacing: 2.67 inches (67.8 mm) on center.

MFG. ROOF & WALL PANELS 07410 - 4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

3) Rib Height: 7/8 inch (22.2 mm). 4) Nominal Coated Thickness: 24 gage. 5) Panel Surface: Smooth 6) Exterior Finish: KYNAR 500 Fluoropolymer two-coat system. 7) Colors: Provide 2 colors selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors, Wainscot color to be “Colonial Red”, Field Color to be “Sandstone”

2.7 METAL PANEL ACCESSORIES

a. General: Provide complete metal panel assembly incorporating base, corner, and opening trims and miscellaneous flashings, in profiles as indicated and as required to provide a weathertight, leak- proof system. Provide required fasteners, closure strips, support plates, and sealants as indicated in manufacturer's written instructions.

b. Flashing and Trim: Match material, thickness, and finish of metal panel face sheet.

c. Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping screws and other acceptable fasteners recommended by metal panel manufacturer.

1) Exposed Fasteners: Long life fasteners with EPDM or neoprene gaskets, with heads matching color of metal panels by means of factory-applied coating.

d. Joint Sealers: Manufacturer's standard or recommended liquid and preformed sealers and tapes, and as follows:

1) Tape Sealers: Manufacturer's standard non-curing butyl tape, AAMA 809.2.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL

A. General: Comply with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations for installation, as applicable to project conditions and supporting substrates. Anchor panels and other components of the work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement.

B. Accessories: Install components required for a complete roof or wall panel system, including trim, copings, fascias, gravel stops, mullions, sills, corner units, ridge closures, clips, seam covers, battens, flashings, gutters, louvers, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items.

C. Joint Sealers: Install gaskets, joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of panel systems. Provide types of gaskets, sealants, and fillers indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, types recommended by panel manufacturer.

D. Standing Seam Panel System: Fasten panels to supports with concealed clip in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to comply with the loading and wind resistance criteria specified (I-90). 1. Install clips at each support with self-drilling/self-tapping fasteners, at length required to penetrate insulation and secure to decking. 2. At end laps of panels, install tape caulk between panels. 3. Install factory-calked cleats at standing-seam joints 4. Provide non-structural vinyl weather seal in each seam.

E. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20

MFG. ROOF & WALL PANELS 07410 - 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

ft (6 mm in 6 m) on level/plumb/slope and location/line as indicated, and within 1/8 inch (3 mm) offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.

3.2 PANEL INSTALLATION A. Install the panel in accordance with Manufacturer’s instructions and approved installation drawings. B. Install the panel so that it is weather-tight and allows for thermal movements. C. Locate and space all exposed fasteners in accordance with the panel Manufacturer’s recommendations. Use proper torque settings to obtain controlled uniform compression for a positive seal without rupturing the neoprene washer. D. Avoid placing pipe penetrations through the panel seams. E. Do not allow panels or trim to come into contact with dissimilar materials (i.e. copper, lead, graphite, treated lumber, mortar, etc). Water run-off from these materials is also prohibited. F. Comply with the panel Manufacturer’s approved installation drawings and instructions. G. Field cutting of panels, trim, and/or flashing shall be accomplished by hand or electric shears. At no time shall a hot saw be used. H. Color matched fasteners shall be used on all wall panels – fastening pattern shall be per mfrs written directions and as noted on the construction documents.

3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Damaged Units: Replace panels and other components of the work that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by means of finish touch-up or similar minor repair procedures.

B. Cleaning: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films (if any) as soon as each panel is installed. Upon completion of panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by panel manufacturer, and maintain in a clean condition during construction.

END OF SECTION 07410

MFG. ROOF & WALL PANELS 07410 - 6 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 07600 - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Pre-finished metal counter flashing and base flashing. 2. Exposed metal trim. 3. Raingutters and downspouts. 4. Joint sealants specific to flashings and sheet metal.

B. Roof accessory units of pre-manufactured, set-on type are specified in Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories."

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

B. Product data, Flashing, Sheet Metal, and Accessories: Manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions and general recommendations for each specified sheet material and fabricated product.

C. Samples of the following flashing, sheet metal, and accessory items:

1. 12-inch (300-mm) long samples of factory-fabricated products exposed as finished work. Provide complete with specified factory finish. D. Shop drawings showing layout, profiles, methods of joining, and anchorages details, including major counterflashings, trim/fascia units, skylights and expansion joint systems. Provide layouts at 1/4 inch equals 1 foot (1:50) scale and details at 3 inch equals 1 foot (1:4) scale.

1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance and durability of work and protection of materials and finishes.

FLASHING & SHEET METAL 07600 - 1 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM MATERIALS

A. Zinc-Coated Steel: Commercial quality with 0.20 percent copper, ASTM A 526 except ASTM A 527 for lock-forming, G90 hot-dip galvanized, mill phosphatized where indicated for painting; 0.0359-inch thick (16 gage) with 0.0598-inch thick hold down strip.

B. Finish:

1. Metal Flashing/Fascia & Exposed Flashings: Manufacturers standard two-coat, thermo-cured, full strength, Kynar 500 Fluorocarbon Coating with 30 percent reflecting gloss in accordance with ASTM D 523. Color as selected by Architect, from manufacturers premium color line.

2. All other non-exposed metal work: Aluminum, ASTM B 209, alloy 3003, temper H14, AA-C22A41 clear anodized finish; 0.040 inch thick, except as otherwise indicated.

C. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B 209, alloy 3003, temper H14, AA-C22A41 clear anodized finish; 0.050-inch thick (18 gage) except as otherwise indicated.

D. Miscellaneous Materials and Accessories:

E. Solder: For use with steel or copper, provide 50 - 50 tin/lead solder (ASTM B 32), with rosin flux.

F. Fasteners: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal or other non- corrosive metal as recommended by sheet manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened.

G. Bituminous Coating: SSPC - Paint 12, solvent-type bituminous mastic, nominally free of sulfur, compounded for 15-mil (0.4 mm) dry film thickness per coat. H. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, non- drying, nonmigrating sealant.

I. Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by manufacturer of metal and fabricator of components being sealed and complying with requirements for joint sealants as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers."

J. Epoxy Seam Sealer: 2-part noncorrosive metal seam cementing compound, recommended by metal manufacturer for exterior/interior nonmoving joints including riveted joints.

K. Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet manufacturer for waterproof/weather- resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet.

L. Reglets: Metal or plastic units of type and profile indicated, compatible with flashing indicated, noncorrosive.

M. Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices, and similar

FLASHING & SHEET METAL 07600 - 2 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation accessory units as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being installed, non-corrosive, size and gage required for performance.

N. Elastic Flashing Filler: Closed-cell polyethylene or other soft closed-cell material recommended by elastic flashing manufacturer as filler under flashing loops to ensure movement with minimum stress on flashing sheet.

2.2 FABRICATED UNITS

A. General Metal Fabrication: Shop-fabricate work to greatest extent possible. Comply with details shown and with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and other recognized industry practices. Fabricate for waterproof and weather-resistant performance, with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage, or deterioration of the work. Form work to fit substrates. Comply with material manufacturer instructions and recommendations for forming material. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil-canning, buckling, and tool marks, true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.

B. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. For metal other than aluminum, tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. Form aluminum seams with epoxy seam sealer; rivet joints for additional strength where required.

C. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently water/weatherproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints).

D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, non-expansion type joints are indicated or required for proper performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in compliance with SMACNA standards.

E. Separations: Provide for separation of metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact, with bituminous coating or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer/fabricator.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations and with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Anchor units of work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof.

B. Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required for waterproof performance.

FLASHING & SHEET METAL 07600 - 3 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

C. Install reglets to receive counterflashing in manner and by methods indicated. Where shown in concrete, furnish reglets to trades of concrete work for installation as work of Division 3 sections. Where shown in masonry, furnish reglets to trades of masonry work, for installation as work of Division 4 sections.

D. Install counterflashing in reglets, either by snap-in seal arrangement or by welding in place for anchorage and filling reglet with mastic or elastomeric sealant, as indicated and depending on degree of sealant exposure.

E. Nail flanges of expansion joint units to curb nailers, at maximum spacing of 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. Fabricate seams at joints between units with minimum 3-inch (75-mm) overlap, to form a continuous, waterproof system.

3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances that might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes.

B. Protection: Advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and protection of flashings and sheet metal work during construction to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration other than natural weathering at time of Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION 07600

FLASHING & SHEET METAL 07600 - 4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALERS AND CAULKING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Work Included – Work includes, but is not limited to:

A. Installation of various sealant and caulking materials to provide a positive barrier against penetration of air and moisture between materials where caulking is essential to continued integrity of the barrier.

1.02 Related Work Described Elsewhere

A. Section 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim B. Section 09900 Paints and Coatings

1.03 Quality Assurance – Installer: Work to be performed only by workers thoroughly skilled and specially trained in the techniques of caulking, and who are completely familiar with the published recommendations of the manufacturer of the caulking and sealant materials being used.

1.04 References – In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations:

A. TT-S-0023OTC (single component polysulfide and silicone) B. TT-S-00227 (polysulfides) C. TT-C-598 (oil and resin)

1.05 Product Handling

A. Protection 1. Caulking materials to be stored at the job site in a safe, dry place with all labels intact and legible at time of installation. 2. Use all means to protect caulking before, during, and after installation. Do not allow products to become wet or damp. B. Replacements – In the event of damage, including water intrusion, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the University.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Caulking Materials – All caulking materials, unless otherwise specifically approved by the Architect, shall be a single or double component, primerless, non-sagging type in neutral color or other color approved by the Architect where exposed to view, and shall be one of the following or an equal approved in advance by the Architect:

A. "Thiokol": A liquid polysulphide polymer product tested and approved by the Thiokol Chemical Corporation, and bearing that insignia (conforming to Federal Spec SS-S-200). B. "Silicone": A silicone sealant such as "SILPRUF" manufactured by the General Electrical Company (conforming to Federal Spec TT-S-001543a and TT-S-

JOINT SEALERS AND CAULKING Page 1 of 3 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 00230c. C. "Elastomeric": An elastomeric butyl product such as "BUTAKAUK" manufactured by Sonneborn.

2.02 Backing Materials – Product compatible with selected sealant and suitable for joint configuration and movement.

2.03 Caulking Equipment – All caulking equipment shall be that equipment as is specifically recommended by the manufacturer of the caulking material being installed.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Surface Conditions

A. Inspection 1. Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that caulking may be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with inspection in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.

3.02 Choice of Caulking Material – Use only that caulking material which is best suited to the installation and is so recommended by the caulking material manufacturer. Color of caulking adjacent to storefront sections to match storefront color. All other exposed caulking shall be clear unless noted otherwise.

3.03 Back-up Materials

A. General 1. Verify the compatibility of filler material with caulking before installation. 2. Back-up materials shall be approximately 150% the width of the joint to ensure substantial resistance to displacement. B. Acceptable Materials – All filler materials shall be non-oily, non-staining back-up filler such as polyethylene foam rod, expanded polyurethane, neoprene, or other filler completely compatible with the caulking material.

3.04 Application of Caulking – Install caulking in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, taking care to produce beads of proper width and depth, to tool as recommended by the manufacturer, and to immediately remove all surplus caulking.

3.05 Scope of Caulking – Carefully study the work. Furnish and install the proper caulking at each point where called for on the drawings as well as all other points where caulking is essential in maintaining the continued integrity of the watertight barrier.

3.06 Cleanup

JOINT SEALERS AND CAULKING Page 2 of 3 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation A. Periodically remove all waste, trash and debris from the work. Maintain site in a neat and clean manner. B. Carefully remove all sealants from surfaces not intended for application. Remove all excess sealant from joints and adjacent surfaces.

END OF SECTION

JOINT SEALERS AND CAULKING Page 3 of 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Flush Steel Doors.

B. Steel frames.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 08215 - HDPL Doors.

B. Section 08710 - Door Hardware.

C. Section 08800 - Glazing.

D. Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. ANSI - American National Standards Institute

B. ANSI/NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Windows.

C. ANSI/DHI A 115.IG - Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware.

D. ANSI/BHMA A 156 - Specifications for Hardware Preparations in Standard Steel Doors and Frames.

E. ANSI/BHMA A156.7 - Hinge Template Dimensions.

F. ANSI A 250.4 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors and Hardware Reinforcing.

G. ANSI/SDI A 250.8 - SDI-100 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames.

H. ANSI A 250.10 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames.

I. ANSI A 250.11 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. 1. ANSI/UL 10C - Standard for Safety for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 2. ANSI / ICC 500 Standard for the Design and Construction of Storm Shelters.

J. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials

K. ASTM A 366/A 366M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled, Commercial Quality.

L. ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.

08110-1 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation M. ASTM A 924 - Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated by the Hot Dip Process.

N. ASTM A 1008/1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable.

O. ASTM E 90 - Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions.

P. ASTM E 152 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.

Q. ASTM E 413 - Classification for Rating Sound Insulation.

R. SDI - Steel Door Institute

S. SDI-111 - Recommended Standard Details for Steel Doors & Frames.

T. NAAMM/HHMA-820 TN01 - Grouting Hollow Metal Frames

U. NAAMM/HMMA - Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association

V. NAAMM/HHMA-820 TN03 - Guidelines for Glazing of Hollow Metal Transom, Sidelight and Windows

W. NAAMM/HMMA-840 - Guide Specification for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames.

X. Building Code References

Y. NFPA 252 - Standard Method of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.

Z. Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) 361 Guidelines.

AA. UL - Building Materials Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

BB. WH - Certification Listings; Warnock Hersey International Inc.

CC. Miami - Dade County test protocols PA 201, PA 202 and PA 203.

DD. Florida Building Code test protocols TAS 201, TAS 202 and TAS 203.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.

B. Product Data: Manufacturer's standard details and catalog data indicating compliance with referenced standards, and manufacturer's installation instructions.

C. Certificates: 1. Manufacturer's certification that products comply with referenced standards. 2. Evidence of manufacturer's membership in the Steel Door Institute.

D. Shop Drawings: Door, frame, and hardware schedule in accordance with SDI 111D. Show types, quantities, dimensions, specified performance, and design criteria, materials and similar data for each opening required. 1. Indicate frame configuration, anchor types and spacing, location of cutouts for hardware, reinforcement, to ensure doors and frames are properly prepared and coordinated to receive hardware.

08110-2 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 2. Indicate door elevations, internal reinforcement, closure method, and cutouts for glass lights and louvers.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Supplier: A direct account of the manufacturer who has on permanent staff, an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC), a Certified Door Consultant (CDC) or an Architectural Openings Consultant (AOC), who will be available to consult with the Architect and Contractor regarding matters affecting the door and frame openings.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Member of the Steel Door Institute.

C. Installer: Minimum five years documented experience installing products specified this Section.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Handle, store and protect products in accordance with the manufacturers printed instructions and ANSI/SDI A250.10 and NAAMM/HMMA 840.

B. Store doors vertically in a dry area, under a proper vented cover. Place on 4 inch (102 mm) high wood sills to prevent rust or damage. Provide 1/4-inch (6 mm) space between doors to promote air circulation.

C. Store frames in an upright position with heads uppermost under cover. Place on 4 inch (102 mm) high wood sills to prevent rust and damage. Store assembled frames five units maximum in a stack with 2 inch (51 mm) space between frames to promote air circulation.

D. Do not use non-vented plastic or canvas shelters to prevent rust or damage.

E. Should wrappers become wet, remove immediately.

1.7 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate Work with other directly affected sections involving manufacture or fabrication of internal cutouts and reinforcement for door hardware, electric devices and recessed items.

B. Coordinate Work with frame opening construction, door and hardware installation.

C. Sequence installation to accommodate required door hardware.

D. Verify field dimensions for factory assembled frames prior to fabrication.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Steelcraft, 2. Ceco 3. Republic 4. Any certified member of SDI

B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01600.

C. Provide all steel doors and frames from a single manufacturer.

2.2 DOORS

08110-3 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation A. General: Construct exterior/interior doors to the following designs and gages: 1. Exterior Doors: Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated galvannealed steel, ASTM A 653, Class A60: a. Thickness: 1) 16 gage (1.3 mm). b. Include galvannealed components and internal reinforcements with galvannealed doors. c. Close tops of exterior swing-out doors to eliminate moisture penetration. Galvannealed steel top caps are permitted. 2. Include galvannealed components and internal reinforcements. 3. Prime Finish Doors: Clean, phosphatize and factory prime painted doors indicated on Door Schedule as HM. 4. Glass moldings and stops: a. Fabricate from 24 gage (0.5 mm) steel conforming to: 1) Interior openings ASTM designation A 366 cold rolled steel. 2) Exterior openings ASTM designation A 924 Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated galvannealed steel with a zinc coating of 0.06 ounces per square foot (A60) for exterior openings. b. Install trim into the door as a four sided welded assembly with mitered, reinforced and welded corners. c. Trim: identical on both sides of the door. d. Exposed fasteners are not permitted. e. Labeled and non-labeled doors: use the same trim. f. Acceptable mounting methods: 1) Fit into a formed area of the door face, not extending beyond the door face, and interlocking into the recessed area 2) Cap the cutout not extend more than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) from the door face. 5. Hardware Reinforcements: a. Hinge reinforcements for full mortise hinges: minimum 7 gage (4.7 mm). b. Lock reinforcements: minimum 16 gage (1.3 mm). c. Closer reinforcements: minimum 14 gage (1.7 mm) steel, 20-inch (508 mm) long. d. Galvannealed doors: include galvannealed hardware reinforcements. e. Projection welded hinge and lock reinforcements to the edge of the door. f. Provided adequate reinforcements for other hardware as required.

B. Full Flush Doors: 1. Product: Steelcraft L Series or equal. a. Performance: 1) Physical performance: 5 million cycles per ANSI A250.4. 2) Sound attenuation (gasketed): a) Honeycomb core, 35 STC. b) Polystyrene core, 25 STC. 3) Thermal performance (gasketed), ASTM C1363. a) Honeycomb core, 0.653 U-factor. b) Polystyrene core, 0.48 U-factor. c) Polyurethane core, 0.498 U-factor. 4) Thermal performance (gasketed), ASTM C236. a) Honeycomb core, 0.363 U-factor. b) Polystyrene core, 0.263 U-factor. c) Polyurethane core, 0.09 U-factor. 2. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inches (45 mm). 3. Door faces reinforced and sound deadened as follows: a. Polystyrene Core: Full 1-3/4 inches (45 mm) thick rigid polystyrene, adhered to inside of door faces and polystyrene core with waterproof adhesive for bond strength and rust prevention.

08110-4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 4. Vertical edge seams: Provide doors with continuous vertical mechanical inter-locking joints at lock and hinge edges. Finish edges as follows: a. Filled Vertical Edges (F): Continuous vertical mechanical interlocking joints with internal epoxy seal; edge seams epoxy filled and ground smooth. 5. Bevel hinge and lock door edges 1/8 inch (3 mm) in 2 inches (50 mm). Square edges on hinge and/or lock stiles are not acceptable. 6. Reinforce top and bottom of doors with galvannealed 14 gage (1.7 mm), welded to both panels. 7. Glazing Bead: Formed steel sheet or snap-in Dezigner trim.

2.3 DOOR FRAMES

A. General: Construct exterior/interior metal door frames to the following designs and gages; 1. Interior Frames in stud wall construction: cold rolled steel, ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. a. Thickness: 1) 16 gage (1.3 mm).

B. Flush Steel Frames: 1. Acceptable Product: Steelcraft MU-Series, or equal. a. Performance: 1) Physical performance: 5 million cycles per ANSI A250.4 2. Construction: Factory-welded three sided frames. a. Full profile welded: 1) Weld miter joints between head and jamb faces completely along their length either internally or externally. 2) Internally weld perimeter profile joints full length of soffit and rabbets with hairline seams on external meeting surfaces. Grind and finish face joints smooth. 3. Profile: a. 2 inches (51 mm) face dimension with 5/8 inch (16 mm) high stop, and types and throat dimensions indicated on the Door Schedule. 4. Provide following reinforcement and accessories: a. Hinge Preparation for 4-1/2 inches (114 mm) high, standard weight, or heavy weight, full mortise hinges; with plaster guard. b. Strike preparation (single doors) for 4-7/8 inch (123 mm) universal strike; with plaster guard. c. Silencers. Prepare frames to receive inserted type door silencers, 3 per strike jamb on single doors, and 2 per head for pair of doors. Stick-on silencers are not permitted. 5. Finish: Factory prime finish in accordance with ANSI A 250.10.

2.4 ACCESSORlES

A. Anchors: Manufacturer's standard framing anchors, specified in manufacturer's printed installation instructions for project conditions.

B. Astragals for pairs of doors: Manufacturer's standard for labeled and non-labeled openings.

C. Door Bottom: 1. Acceptable Product: Steelcraft Fas-Seal Door Bottom, or equal 2. Characteristics: Electrometric, continuous strip, screw-attached to recessed bottom door channel for concealed installation; double-sealing; acceptable for fire-rated doors up to 3 hour rating.

D. Plaster Guards: Same material as door frame, minimum 24 gage (0.5 mm) minimum; provide for all strike boxes.

08110-5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation E. Silencers: Resilient rubber, Inserted type, three per strike jamb for single openings and two per head for paired openings. Stick-on silencers shall not be permitted except on hollow metal framing systems.

F. Glazing: Specified in Section 08800.

2.5 FABRlCATlON

A. Steel Frames: 1. Factory-welded frames: Head and jamb intersecting corners mitered at 45 degrees, with back welded joints ground smooth. a. Continuous face weld the joint between the head and jamb faces along their length either internally or externally. Grind, prime paint, and finish smooth face joints with no visible face seams. b. Externally weld, grind, prime paint, and finish smooth face joints at meeting mullions or between mullions and other frame members per a current copy of ANSI/SDI A250.8. c. Provide temporary steel spreaders (welded to the jambs at each rabbet of door openings) on welded frames during shipment. Remove temporary steel spreaders prior to installation of the frame.

2.6 FINISHES

A. Chemical Treatment: Treat steel surfaces to promote paint adhesion.

B. Factory Prime Finish: Meet requirements of ANSI A 250.10.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that project conditions are acceptable before beginning installation of frames. 1. Verify that completed openings to receive knock-down wrap-around frames are of correct size and thickness. 2. Verify that completed concrete or masonry openings to receive butt type frames are of correct size.

B. Do not begin installation until conditions have been properly prepared.

C. Correct unacceptable conditions before proceeding with installation.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install doors and frames in accordance with manufacturer's printed installation instructions and with Steel Door Institute's recommended erection instructions for steel frames ANSI A250.11 and NAAMM/HMMA 840.

B. Remove temporary steel spreaders prior to installation of frames.

C. Set frames accurately in position; plumb, align and brace until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary wood spreaders. 1. Field splice only at approved locations indicated on the shop drawings. 2. Weld, grind, and finish as required to conceal evidence of splicing on exposed faces.

D. Provide full height 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) to 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) thick strip of polystyrene foam blocking at frames requiring grouting where continuous hinges are specified. Apply the strip to the back of the frame, where the hinge is to be installed, to facilitate field drilling or tapping.

08110-6 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation E. Glaze and seal exterior transom, sidelight and window frames in accordance with HMMA- 820 TN03.

F. Apply hardware in accordance with hardware manufacturers' instructions and Section 08710 of these Specifications. Install hardware with only factory-provided fasteners. Install silencers. Adjust door installation to provide uniform clearance at head and jambs, to achieve maximum operational effectiveness and appearance.

3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN

A. Adjust doors for proper operation, free from binding or other defects.

B. Clean and restore soiled surfaces. Remove scraps and debris and leave site in a clean condition.

C. Prime Coat Touch-Up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat, and apply touch-up of compatible air-drying primer.

3.4 PROTECTION

A. Protect installed products and finished surfaces from damage during construction.

END OF SECTION

08110-7

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 08215

HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE FACED DOORS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Interior High-Pressure Decorative Laminate Faced Doors:

1. Flush solid-core high-pressure decorative laminate doors.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

B. Section 08100 (08 12 00) – Metal Frames.

C. Section 08700 (08 71 00) – Door Hardware.

D. Section 08800 (08 80 00) – Glazing.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. ANSI A208.1 – Particleboard.

B. ASTM E 90 – Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements.

C. ASTM E 413 – Classification for Rating Sound Insulation.

D. AWI/AWMAC/WI Architectural Woodwork Standards, Edition 1, Section 9 – Doors.

E. NEMA LD3 – High Pressure Decorative Laminates.

F. NFPA 80 – Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives.

G. UL 10C – Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.

H. WDMA I.S.1-A-11 – Architectural Wood Flush Doors.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with Section 01330 (01 33 00) – Submittal Procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product data, including door construction description and WDMA I.S.1-A and AWS classifications.

C. Schedules: Submit manufacturer’s schedules, including door dimensions, cutouts, high-pressure decorative laminate selection, and hardware. Reference individual door numbers as indicated on the Drawings.

HPDL Faced Doors Page 1 of 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

D. Samples: 1. Submit manufacturer’s door construction samples for door model specified. 2. Submit manufacturer’s sample chip with color and finish number.

E. Test Reports: Submit manufacturer’s test results of STC ratings from testing performed by independent testing agency for sound-retardant doors.

F. Manufacturer’s Certification: Submit manufacturer’s certification that doors comply with specified requirements and are suitable for intended application.

G. Cleaning Instructions: Submit manufacturer’s cleaning instructions for doors.

H. Warranty: Submit manufacturer’s standard warranty.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Tolerances for Warp, Telegraphing, Squareness, and Prefitting Dimensions: WDMA I.S.1-A and AWS.

B. Identifying Label: Each door shall bear identifying label indicating: 1. Door manufacturer. 2. Order number. 3. Door number. 4. Fire rating, if applicable.

1. Core: a. b. Particleboard Core: 1) Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) certified. 2) Pre-consumer recycled material. 3) No added urea formaldehyde. 2. Composite Crossband: a. High-Density Fiberboard (HDF): 1) Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) certified. 2) Pre-consumer recycled material. 3) No added urea formaldehyde. 3. Stiles and Rails: a. Structural Composite Lumber (SCL) Core: 1) Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) certified. 2) No added urea formaldehyde. 4. HPDL Face: a. Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) certified, as available. b. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Delivery: 1. Deliver doors to site in manufacturer’s original, unopened containers and packaging, with labels clearly identifying product name and manufacturer.

B. Storage: 1. Store doors in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Store doors in clean, dry area indoors, protected from damage and direct sunlight. 3. Store doors flat on level surface. 4. Do not store doors directly on concrete.

HPDL Faced Doors Page 2 of 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 5. Keep doors completely covered. Use covering which allows air circulation and does not permit light to penetrate. 6. Store doors between 50 and 90 degrees F (10 and 32 degrees C) and 25 to 55 percent relative humidity.

C. Handling: 1. Handle doors in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Protect doors and finish during handling and installation to prevent damage. 3. Handle doors with clean hands or clean gloves. 4. Lift and carry doors. Do not drag doors across other doors or surfaces.

1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Do not subject doors to extreme conditions or changes in temperature or relative humidity in accordance with WDMA I.S.1-A.

1.8 WARRANTY

A. Warrant solid core, interior doors for life of installation against warpage, delamination, and defects in materials and workmanship.

B. Defects noted during warranty period shall be corrected at no cost to Owner. Corrective work shall include labor and material for repair, replacement, refinishing, and rehanging as required.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. VT Industries, Inc B. Eggers C. Weyerhaeuser D. Algoma E. Other door manufactures that have WMDA certification for the types of doors specified for this project.

2.2 GENERAL

A. High-Pressure Decorative Laminates: NEMA LD3. 1. Face laminate doors with high-pressure decorative laminates. 2. Nominal Minimum Thickness for Faces and Vertical Edges: 0.048 inch. 3. Laminate Selection: Standard products of Formica, Nevamar, Pionite, Wilsonart, or equal. 4. Finish: Manufacturer’s standard. 5. Grade: General purpose, horizontal grade.

2.3 FLUSH SOLID-CORE HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE DOORS

A. Flush Solid-Core High-Pressure Decorative Laminate Doors: 2. Compliance: WDMA I.S.1-A. a. Aesthetic Grade: Premium. b. Duty Level: Extra heavy duty. c. Type: PC-HPDL-5 3. Seven-Ply and Non-Bonded Core Construction: Not acceptable. 4. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. 5. STC Rating:

HPDL Faced Doors Page 3 of 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation a. STC 30, 6. Stiles: a. 1-3/8 inches wide, before prefitting. b. Structural composite lumber (SCL). c. Edged with high-pressure decorative laminate before face laminates. 7. Rails: a. Structural composite lumber (SCL). b. Minimum Width Before Prefitting: 1-3/8 inches. 8. Core: a. Material: Particleboard, and Structural composite lumber (SCL) b. Particleboard Compliance: ANSI A208.1, Grade 1-LD-2. c. Stave Lumber Core Compliance: Blocks and strips not more than 2-1/2 inches wide, one species of wood. 9. Door Assembly: a. Stiles and rails bonded to core. b. Monolithically sand core assembly to ensure minimum telegraphing of core components. 10. Laminates: a. Apply to core in hot press using Type I, exterior, water-resistant adhesive. b. 5-ply construction. 11. Positive Pressure: a. UL 10C standards for positive pressure apply, doors shall be constructed in accordance with Category A guidelines as published by Intertek/Warnock Hersey. b. Smoke Gasketing: Apply smoke gasketing around frame perimeter and between door and pairs to meet Smoke (S) rating. c. Intertek/Warnock Hersey Category A Guidelines: Edge sealing systems not allowed on frames.

2.7 FABRICATION

A. Stile Edges: Apply laminate edges before application of face laminates.

B. Prefit Doors: 1. Prefit and bevel doors at factory to fit openings. 2. Prefit Tolerances: WDMA I.S.1-A.

C. Factory-machine doors for mortised hardware, including pilot holes for hinge screws and lock fronts required.

D. Top and Bottom Rails: Factory sealed.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine locations to receive doors. Notify Architect of conditions that would adversely affect installation or subsequent use. Do not begin installation until unacceptable conditions are corrected.

B. Ensure frames are solidly anchored, allowing no deflection when doors are installed.

C. Ensure frames are plumb, level, square, and within tolerance.

3.2 PREPARATION

HPDL Faced Doors Page 4 of 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation A. Allow doors to become acclimated to building temperature and relative humidity for a minimum of 24 hours before installation.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

B. Install doors at locations indicated on the Door Schedule and Drawings.

C. Install doors plumb, level, and square.

D. Install door hardware as specified in Section 08700.

3.4 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust doors to swing freely, without binding in frame.

B. Adjust hardware to operate properly.

C. Repair minor damages to finish in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and as approved by Architect.

D. Remove and replace damaged doors that cannot be successfully repaired, as determined by Architect.

3.5 CLEANING

A. Clean doors promptly after installation in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

B. Do not use harsh cleaning materials or methods that could damage finish.

3.6 PROTECTION

A. Protect installed doors from damage during construction.

END OF SECTION

HPDL Faced Doors Page 5 of 5

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 08531

VINYL WINDOWS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Products Installed and Furnished Under This Section: 1. Window units.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. Association Publications: 1. American Architectural Manufacturers Association / Window & Door Manufacturers Association / Canadian Standards Association: a. AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-08 (May 2009) ‘North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights.’

B. Reference Standards: 1. American Architectural Manufacturers Association: a. AAMA 1503-98, ‘Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections.'

1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Pre-Installation Conference: 1. Review following: a. Review Installation scheduling, coordination, and placement of windows. b. Review Manufacturer’s installation requirements to assure issuance of Manufacturer’s warranty. c. Before installing windows, review Manufacturer's submitted installation requirements and install first window, including flashing and sealant, to demonstrate standard for installation of remaining windows.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's literature or cut sheet. b. Literature on glazing. c. Color selection.

B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer Instructions: a. Manufacturer's published installation instructions for windows, flashing, and sealants.

C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual: a. Warranty Documentation: 1) Include copy of final, executed warranty.

Vinyl Windows - 1 - 08531 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1.5 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: 1. Provide written non-prorated manufacturer's warranty including: a. 10 years for glass, parts and labor.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS

A. Manufacturers. Basis of Specification: 1. Montecito Window by Milgard Manufacturing Inc, Tacoma, WA www.milgard.com. a. Other Approved Manufacturers shall meet the basis of specification: 1) Viking. 2) Pella 3) California Deluxe Windows, Chatsworth, CA 4) Approved equal prior to bid opening.

B. Manufactured Window Units: 1. Single Hung Window: a. Montecito Single Hung: 1) Model: 8220M.

C. Design Criteria: 1. Performance: a. Comply with minimum test requirements of AAMA / WDMA / CSA 101 for classification of specified window in following: 1) Air infiltration. 2) Water Resistance. 3) Wind Load Resistance. 4) Condensation Resistance. 5) Uniform structural load. b. AAMA / WDMA / CSA 101 classification C30 minimum for windows, tested at 4 feet wide by 7 feet high minimum. c. Meet following thermal performance: 1) Condensation Resistance Factor (CRF) of 48 minimum when tested in accordance with AAMA 1503. 2) Thermal Transmittance of 0.65 maximum when tested in accordance with AAMA 1503.

D. Manufactured Units: 1. Windows: a. Factory glazed. b. Weatherstripped. c. Flanged for installation in framed buildings; Non-flanged for installation in masonry buildings. Installation method shall not require drilling into frame. d. Balance mechanism serviceable in field. e. Color: Tan. f. Glazing Characteristics:. 1) Clear interior pane and Clear interior pane with Low E SunCoatMax 366 treatment on surface 2. g. Glazing Beads: Manufacturer's standard. 2. Screens: Extruded aluminum frames with mitered corners and 18 x 14 mesh with 0.013 inch diameter aluminum wire or fiberglass. 3.

Vinyl Windows - 2 - 08531 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

E. Fabrication: 1. Corners shall be thermally fused.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Anchoring Devices: 1. Aluminum or stainless steel. 2. Other corrosion-resistant or insulated anchors as specifically approved by Architect in writing before use.

B. Flashing: 1. Self-adhesive rubberized asphalt with protective sheet. 2. Acceptable Products: a. Flexwrap by duPont Tyvek, Wilmington, DE www.tyvek.com. b. Eternabond, Mundelein, IL www.eternabond.com. c. FortiFlash 20 mil by Fortifiber, Reno, NV www.fortifiber.com. d. Vycor Self-Adhered Flashing by Grace Construction Products, Cambridge, MA www.na.graceconstruction.com. e. Optiflash B-20 by Covalence Coated Products, Homer, LA www.covalencecoatedproducts.com. f. BT25XL Window Sealing Tape by Protecto Wrap, Denver, CO www.protectowrap.com. g. Rufco-Shield Window & Door Flashing by Raven Industries, Sioux Falls, SD www.ravenind.com. h. Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200.

2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Identification: 1. When delivered to Project site, windows shall bear permanent label stating model of window and Manufacturer's name, or AAMA label.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Evaluation And Assessment: 1. Prior to installing windows, verify the following meet ALL mfr installation criteria: a. Openings: 1) Examine openings for adequacy in allowing successful installation and operation. 2) Verify openings are prepared to specified dimensions and are plumb and level. b. Notify Architect in writing of inadequate conditions. 1) Do not install windows until conditions have been corrected. c. Commencement of Work by installer is considered acceptance of substrate.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Set window frame plumb, level, and in alignment. Secure window properly in opening.

B. Apply specified sealant between window frame and building wall

C. Apply flashing.

Vinyl Windows - 3 - 08531 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field Inspections: 1. After installation of windows and before installation of exterior wall finish, inspect windows and compare to installation standard accepted at Pre-Installation Conference.

B. Non-Conforming Work: Non-conforming work as covered in the General Conditions applies, but is not limited to the following: 1. Correct any work found defective or not complying with contract document requirements at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.4 ADJUSTING

A. Single Hung Windows: 1. After windows are in place, installer shall adjust hardware and ventilators to operate smoothly and be weather tight when closed.

3.5 CLEANING

A. After installation, clean interior and exterior surfaces of windows and accessories of mortar, plaster, paint, and other contaminants. Maintain protection and provide final cleaning.

END OF SECTION

Vinyl Windows - 4 - 08531 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation SECTION 08710

DOOR HARDWARE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Door Hardware, 2. Storefront and entrance door hardware.by door mfg as noted’

1.2 REFERENCES:

Use current standards in effect as of Bid date. A. American National Standards Institute – ANSI 156.18 – Materials and Finishes. B. BHMA – Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association C. DHI – Door and Hardware Institute D. NFPA – National Fire Protection Association 1. NFPA 80 – Fire Doors and Windows 2. NFPA 105 – Smoke and Draft Control Door Assemblies 3. NFPA 252 – Fire Tests of Door Assemblies E. UL – Underwriters Laboratories 1. UL10C – Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 2. UL 305 – Panic Hardware F. WHI – Warnock Hersey Incorporated G. 2007 State of California Building Code H. Local applicable codes I. SDI – Steel Door Institute J. WI – Woodwork Institute K. AWI – Architectural Woodwork Institute L. NAAMM – National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers

08710 Door Hardware Page 1 of 12

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 1.3 SUBMITTALS & SUBSTITUTIONS

A. SUBMITTALS: Submit six copies of schedule per Section 01330. Only submittals printed one sided will be accepted and reviewed. Organize vertically formatted schedule into “Hardware Sets” with index of doors and headings, indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include following information: 1. Type, style, function, size, quantity and finish of hardware items. 2. Use BHMA Finish codes per ANSI A156.18. 3. Name, part number and manufacturer of each item. 4. Fastenings and other pertinent information. 5. Description of door location using space names and numbers as published in the drawings. 6. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. 7. Mounting locations for hardware. 8. Door and frame sizes, handing, materials, fire-rating and degrees of swing. 9. List of manufacturers used and their nearest representative with address and phone number. 10. Catalog cuts. 11. Wiring Diagrams. 12. Manufacturer’s technical data and installation instructions for electronic hardware. B. Bid and submit manufacturer’s updated/improved item if scheduled item is discontinued. C. Deviations: Highlight, encircle or otherwise identify deviations from “Schedule of Finish Hardware” on submittal with notations clearly designating those portions as deviating from this section. D. If discrepancy between drawings and scheduled material in this section, bid the more expensive of the two choices, note the discrepancy in the submittal and request direction from Architect for resolution. E. Substitutions per Division 1. Include product data and indicate benefit to the Project. Furnish operating samples on request. F. Furnish as-built/as-installed schedule with closeout documents, including keying schedule, wiring diagrams, manufacturers’ installation, adjustment and maintenance information, and supplier’s final inspection report.

08710 Door Hardware Page 2 of 12

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Qualifications: 1. Hardware supplier: direct factory contract supplier who employs a certified architectural hardware consultant (AHC), available at reasonable times during course of work for project hardware consultation to Owner, Architect and Contractor. a) Responsible for detailing, scheduling and ordering of finish hardware. Detailing implies that the submitted schedule of hardware is correct and complete for the intended function and performance of the openings. B. Hardware: Free of defects, blemishes and excessive play. Obtain each kind of hardware (latch and locksets, exit devices, hinges and closers) from one manufacturer. C. Exit Doors: Operable from inside with single motion without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. D. Fire-Rated Openings: NFPA 80 compliant. Hardware UL10C / California State Fire Marshal Standard 12-7-4 (positive pressure) compliant for given type/size opening and degree of label. Provide proper latching hardware, non-flaming door closers, approved-bearing hinges, and resilient seals. Coordinate with wood door section for required intumescent seals. Furnish openings complete. 1. Note: scheduled resilient seals may exceed selected door manufacturer’s requirements. E. Furnish hardware items required to complete the work in accordance with specified performance level and design intent, complying with manufacturers’ instructions.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:

A. Delivery: coordinate delivery to appropriate locations (shop or field). 1. Permanent keys and cores: secured delivery direct to Owner’s representative. B. Acceptance at Site: Items individually packaged in manufacturers’ original containers, complete with proper fasteners and related pieces. Clearly mark packages to indicate contents, locations in hardware schedule and door numbers. C. Storage: Provide securely locked storage area for hardware, protect from moisture, sunlight, paint, chemicals, dust, excessive heat and cold, etc.

08710 Door Hardware Page 3 of 12

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS AND COORDINATION:

A. Where exact types of hardware specified are not adaptable to finished shape or size of members requiring hardware, provide suitable types having as nearly as practical the same operation and quality as type specified, subject to Architect’s approval. B. Coordination: Coordinate hardware with other work. Furnish hardware items of proper design for use on doors and frames of the thickness, profile, swing, security and similar requirements indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function, regardless of omissions or conflicts in the information on the Contract Documents. Furnish related trades with the following information: 1. Location of embedded and attached items to concrete. 2. Location of wall-mounted hardware, including wall stops. 3. Location of finish floor materials and floor-mounted hardware. 4. Locations for conduit and raceways as needed for electrical, electronic and electro-pneumatic hardware items. Fire/life-safety system interfacing. Point-to-point wiring diagrams plus riser diagrams to related trades. 5. Manufacturer templates to door and frame fabricators. C. Check Shop Drawings for doors and entrances to confirm that adequate provisions will be made for proper hardware installation. Do not order hardware until the submittal has been reviewed by the frame and door suppliers for compatibility with their products. 1.7 WARRANTY: A. Part of respective manufacturers’ regular terms of sale. Provide manufacturers’ written warranties:

1. Extra Heavy Duty Cylindrical Lock: Seven Years 2. Exit Devices: Three years mechanical

3. Closers: Ten years mechanical

4. Hinges: One year 5. Other Hardware Two years

08710 Door Hardware Page 4 of 12

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 1.8 COMMISSIONING:

A. Conduct these tests prior to request for certificate of substantial completion: 1. With installer present, test door hardware operation with climate control system and stairwell pressurization system both at rest and while in full operation. 2. With installer, access control contractor and electrical contractor present, test electrical, electronic and electro-pneumatic hardware systems for satisfactory operation. 3. With installer and electrical contractor present, test hardware interfaced with fire/life-safety system for proper operation and release.

1.9 Adjust doors to open with not more than 5.0 lbs pressure to open at exterior doors and 5.0 lbs at interior doors. As allowed per California Building Code, Section 1133B.2.5, local authority may increase the allowable pressure for fire doors to achieve positive latching, but not to exceed 15 lbs.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.3 LOCKSETS, LATCHSETS, DEADBOLTS:

A. Extra Heavy Duty Cylindrical Locks and Latches: as scheduled. 1. Chassis: cylindrical design, corrosion-resistant plated cold-rolled steel, through-bolted. 2. Locking Spindle: stainless steel, integrated spring and spindle design. 3. Latch Retractors: forged steel. Balance of inner parts: corrosion- resistant pated steel, or stainless steel. 4. Latchbolt: solid steel. 5. Backset: 2-3/4" typically, more or less as needed to accommodate frame, door or other hardware. 6. Lever Trim: accessible design, independent operation, spring-cage supported, minimum 2” clearance from lever mid-point to door face. 7. Strikes: 16 gage curved steel, bronze or brass with 1” deep box construction, lips of sufficient length to clear trim and protect clothing. 8. Lock Series and Design: Schlage ND series, “Rhodes” design.

08710 Door Hardware Page 5 of 12

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 9. Certifications: a) ANSI A156.2, 1994, Series 4000, Grade 1. b) UL listed for A label and lesser class single doors up to 4ft x 8ft.

2.4 EXIT DEVICES / PANIC HARDWARE

A. General features: 1. Independent lab-tested 1,000,000 cycles. 2. Push-through push-pad design. No exposed push-pad fasteners, no exposed cavities when operated. Return stroke fluid dampeners and rubber bottoming dampeners, plus anti-rattle devices. 3. 0.75-inch throw deadlocking latch bolts. 4. End caps: impact-resistant, flush-mounted. No raised edges or lips to catch carts or other equipment. 5. No exposed screws to show through glass doors. 6. Non-handed basic device design with center case interchangeable with all functions, no extra parts required to effect change of function. 7. Releasable in normal operation with 15-lb. maximum operating force per California State Fire Marshal Standard 12-10-3, and with 32 lb. maximum pressure under 250-lb. load to the door. 8. Exterior doors scheduled with XP-series devices: Static load force resistance of at least 2000 pounds. 9. Where devices span over door lite frame and the face of the selected lite manufacturer’s frame is raised from the face of the door, furnish panic hardware manufacturer’s fitted shims or glass-bead kits at no additional cost to the project. 10. Comply with CBC Section 1003.3.1.9. B. Specific features: 1. Lever Trim: breakaway type, forged brass or bronze escutcheon min .130” thickness, compression spring drive, match lockset lever design. 2. Rod and latch guards with sloped full-width kickplates for doors fitted with surface vertical rod devices with bottom latches. 3. Fire-Labeled Devices: UL label indicating “Fire Exit Hardware”. Vertical rod devices less bottom rod (LBR) unless otherwise scheduled.

08710 Door Hardware Page 6 of 12

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 4. Removable Mullions: Removable with single turn of building key. Securely reinstalled without need for key. Furnish storage brackets for securely stowing the mullion away from the door when removed.

2.5 CLOSERS

A. Surface Closers: 1. Full rack-and-pinion type cylinder with removable non-ferrous cover and cast iron body. Double heat-treated pinion shaft, single piece forged piston, chrome-silicon steel spring. 2. ISO 2000 certified. Units stamped with date-of-manufacture code. 3. Independent lab-tested 10,000,000 cycles. 4. Non-sized, non-handed, and adjustable. Place closer inside building, stairs, and rooms. 5. Plates, brackets and special templating when needed for interface with particular header, door and wall conditions and neighboring hardware. 6. Adjustable to open with not more than 5.0lbs pressure to open at exterior doors and 5.0lbs at interior doors. As allowed per California Building Code, Section 1133B.2.5, local authority may increase the allowable pressure for fire doors to achieve positive latching, but not to exceed 15lbs. 7. Separate adjusting valves for closing speed, latching speed and backcheck, fourth valve for delayed action where scheduled. 8. Extra-duty arms (EDA) at exterior doors scheduled with parallel arm units. 9. Exterior door closers: tested to 100 hours of ASTM B117 salt spray test, furnish data on request. 10. Exterior doors: seasonal adjustments not required for temperatures from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F, furnish checking fluid data on request. 11. Non-flaming fluid, will not fuel door or floor covering fires. 2.6 Thresholds: As scheduled and per details. Comply with CBC Section 1133B.2.4.1. Substitute products: certify that the products equal or exceed specified material’s thickness. Proposed substitutions: submit for approval. 1. Fire-rated openings, 3hour duration: Thresholds, where scheduled, to extend full jamb depth.

08710 Door Hardware Page 7 of 12

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 2. Acoustic openings: Set units in full bed of Division-7-compliant, leave no air space between threshold and substrate. 3. Plastic plugs with wood or sheet metal screws are not an acceptable substitute for specified fastening methods. 4. Fasteners: Generally, exposed screws to be Phillips or Robertson drive. Pinned TORX drive at high security areas. Flat head sleeve anchors (FHSL) may be slotted drive. Sheet metal and wood screws: full-thread. Sleeve nuts: full length to prevent door compression. B. Silencers: Interior hollow metal frames, 3 for single doors, 4 for pairs of doors. Omit where adhesive mounted seal occurs. Leave no unfilled/uncovered pre- punched silencer holes. C. Key Control Software: Same manufacturer as key cylinders, supply to Owner.

2.7 FINISH:

A. Generally BHMA 626 Satin Chrome OR 613 Oxidized and Oil Rubbed Bronze. 1. Areas using BHMA 626 to have push-plates, pulls and protection plates of BHMA 630, Satin Stainless Steel, unless otherwise noted. B. Door closers: factory powder coated to match other hardware, unless otherwise noted. 2.8 KEYING REQUIREMENTS: A. Key System: Schlage Everest Primus high-security utility-patented keyway, interchangeable core .Utility patent protection to extend at least until 2014. Key blanks available only from factory-direct sources, not available from after-market keyblank manufacturers. For estimate use factory GMK charge. Initiate and conduct meetings(s) with Owner to determine system keyway(s), keybow styles, structure, degrees of physical security and degree of geographic exclusivity. Furnish Owner’s B. factory registered 1. master key system. 2. I. C. Construction keying: furnish temporary keyed-alike cylinders and cores. Remove at substantial completion and install permanent cylinders and cores in Owner’s presence. Demonstrate that construction key no longer operates. 3. Temporary cylinders/cores remain Supplier’s property. 4. Furnish 10 construction keys. 5. Furnish 2 construction control keys.

08710 Door Hardware Page 8 of 12

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation C. Key Cylinders: furnish 6-pin solid brass construction. D. Cylinders/cores: keyed at factory of lock manufacturer where permanent records are maintained. Locksets and cylinders same manufacturer. E. Permanent keys: use secured shipment direct from point of origination to Owner. 1. For estimate: 3 keys per change combination, 5 master keys per group, 5 grand-master keys, 3 control keys. 2. For estimate: VKC stamping plus “Do Not Duplicate”. F. Bitting List: use secured shipment direct from point of origination to Owner at completion. G. Permanent keys and cores: use secured shipment direct from point of origination to Owner. 1. For estimate: VKC stamping plus “Do Not Duplicate”. H. Cylinder cores: furnish keyed at factory of lock manufacturer where permanent records are maintained. Locks and cylinders same manufacturer. I. Permanent keys: use secured shipment direct from point of origination to Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION:

A. Ensure that walls and frames are square and plumb before hardware B. Notify Architect of code conflicts before ordering installation. Make corrections before commencing hardware installation. 1. Locate hardware per SDI-100 and applicable building, fire, life- safety material. 2. Locate levers, key cylinders, t-turn pieces, touchbars and other operable portions of latching hardware between 30 inches to 44 inches above the finished floor, per CBC Section 1133B.2.5.1. C. Overhead stops: before installing, determine proposed locations of furniture items, fixtures, and other items to be protected by the overhead stop's action.

3.3 INSTALLATION

08710 Door Hardware Page 9 of 12

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation A. Install hardware per manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrate. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate for proper installation and operation. Remove and reinstall or replace work deemed defective by Architect. 1. Gaskets: install jamb-applied gaskets before closers, overhead stops, rim strikes, etc; fasten hardware over and through these seals. Install sweeps across bottoms of doors before astragals, cope sweeps around bottom pivots, trim astragals to tops of sweeps. 2. Use manufacturers' fasteners furnished with hardware items, or submit Request for Substitution with Architect. 3. Replace fasteners damaged by power-driven tools. B. Locate floor stops no more that 4 inches from walls and not within paths of travel. See paragraph 2.2 regarding hinge widths, door should be well clear of point of wall reveal. Point of door contact no closer to the hinge edge than half the door width. Where situation is questionable or difficult, contact Architect for direction. C. Core concrete for exterior door stop anchors. Set anchors in approved non-shrink grout. D. Locate overhead stops for minimum 90 degrees and maximum allowable degree of swing. E. Drill pilot holes for fasteners in wood doors and/or frames. Centerpunch hole locations before using self-drilling type screws to prevent skating. Replace screws that are not centered in their holes.

3.4. ADJUSTING

A. Adjust and check for proper operation and function. Replace units, which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly. 1. Hardware damaged by improper installation or adjustment methods: repair or replace to Owner’s satisfaction. 2. Adjust doors to fully latch with no more than 1 pound of pressure. 3. Adjust door closers per 1.9 this section. B. Inspection: Use hardware supplier’s consultant or consultant’s agent. Include supplier's report with closeout documents. C. Final inspection: Installer to provide letter to Owner that upon completion installer has visited the Project and has accomplished the following: 1. Re-adjust hardware.

08710 Door Hardware Page 10 of 12

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 2. Evaluate maintenance procedures and recommend changes or additions, and instruct Owner’s personnel. 3. Identify items that have deteriorated or failed. 4. Submit written report identifying problems

3.5 DEMONSTRATION:

A. Demonstrate mechanical hardware and electrical, electronic and pneumatic hardware systems, including adjustment and maintenance procedures.

3.6 PROTECTION/CLEANING:

A. Cover installed hardware, protect from paint, cleaning agents, weathering, carts/barrows, etc. Remove covering materials and clean hardware just prior to substantial completion. B. Clean adjacent wall, frame and door surfaces soiled from installation/reinstallation process.

3.7 SCHEDULE OF FINISH HARDWARE

A. See door schedule in drawings for hardware set assignments. B. Miscellaneous Material:

HARDWARE GROUP 01

3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 613 1 EA ENTRY LOCK ND82PD SPA-FSIC 613 1 EA CORE 20-740 613 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4041 689 2 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW 630 1 EA DOME STOP FS436 613 1 SET SEALS 170SA CL 1 EA THRESHOLD PER DETAIL AL

HARDWARE GROUP 02

3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 613 1 EA OFFICE LOCK ND51PD SPA-FSIC 613 1 EA CORE 20-740 613 1 SET SEALS 170SA CL 1 EA DOME STOP FS436 613

08710 Door Hardware Page 11 of 12

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation HARDWARE GROUP 03

3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 613 1 EA PRIVACY LOCKSET ND40PD SPA-FSIC 613 1 SET SEALS 170SA CL 1 EA DOME STOP FS436 613

HARDWARE GROUP 04

3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 613 1 EA PASSAGE LOCKSET ND10 PD SPA-FSIC 613 1 SET SEALS 170SA CL 1 EA DOME STOP FS436 613

HARDWARE GROUP 05

3 EA HINGE 5BB1H 4.5 X 4.5 613 1 EA PASSAGE ND10PD SPA-FSIC 613 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4041 689 2 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW 630 1 EA DOME STOP FS436 613 1 SET SEALS 170SA CL 1 EA THRESHOLD PER DETAIL AL

END OF SECTION

08710 Door Hardware Page 12 of 12

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 09290

GYPSUM BOARD

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install gypsum board as described in Contract Documents, except behind ceramic tile. 2. Furnish and install acoustical sealants as described in Contract Documents.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 9219: 'Acoustical Joint Sealants' for quality of acoustical sealants. 2. Section 09 3013: 'Ceramic Tile' for installation of backerboard joint reinforcing. 3. Section 09 9413: 'Interior Textured Finishing'.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. Definitions: 1. Accessories: Metal or plastic beads, trim, or moulding used to protect or conceal corners, edges, or abutments of the gypsum board construction. 2. Drywall Primer: Paint material specifically formulated to fill the pores and equalize the suction difference between gypsum board surface paper and the compound used on finished joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories and over skim coatings. 3. Skim Coat: Either a thin coat of joint compound trowel applied, or a material manufactured especially for this purpose and applied in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, over the entire surface. 4. Texturing: Regular or irregular patterns typically produced by applying a mixture of joint compound and water, or proprietary texture materials including latex base texture paint, to a gypsum board surface previously coated with drywall primer.

B. Reference Standards: 1. ASTM International: a. ASTM C11-13, ‘Standard Terminology Relating to Gypsum and Related Building Materials and Systems'. b. ASTM C475/C475M-12, ‘Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board'. c. ASTM C840-11, 'Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board'. d. ASTM C1002-07(2013), 'Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs'. e. ASTM C1047-10a, ‘Standard Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base'. f. ASTM C1178/C1178M-13, ‘Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel'. g. ASTM C1396/C1396M-13, ‘Standard Specification for Gypsum Board'. h. ASTM E84-13a, ‘Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials'. i. ASTM E90-09, ‘Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements'.

Gypsum Board - 1 - 09 2900 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation j. ASTM E119-12a, ‘Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials'. 2. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. a. UL 263: ‘Test Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials' (2011). b. UL 723: ‘Standard for Safety Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; (2010).

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Informational Submittals: 1. Test And Evaluation Reports: a. Fire test results or assembly diagrams and numbers confirming products used will provide required fire ratings with installation configurations used.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. General: 1. Following recommendations of GA-801 Guide for Handling and Storage of Gypsum Panel Products unless local, state or federal laws or agency rules differing from the recommendations shall take precedence.

B. Delivery And Acceptance Requirements: 1. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name, applicable standard designation, and Manufacturer's name.

C. Storage And Handling Requirements: 1. Store material under roof and keep dry and protected against damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other causes. Stack gypsum board flat to prevent sagging.

1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Ambient Conditions: 1. Comply with ASTM C840 or GA-216 requirements, whichever are more stringent: a. Do not install interior products until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. 1) Temperature shall be 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 95 deg F (35 deg C) maximum day and night during entire joint operation and until execution of Certificate of Substantial Completion. 2) Provide ventilation to eliminate excessive moisture. 3) Avoid hot air drafts that will cause too rapid drying. b. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. American Gypsum, Dallas, TX www.americangypsum.com. b. CertainTeed Gypsum, Inc; Tampa, FL www.certainteed.com. c. Georgia Pacific, Atlanta, GA www.gp.com.

Gypsum Board - 2 - 09 2900 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation d. National Gypsum, Charlotte, NC www.nationalgypsum.com. e. Pabco Gypsum, Newark, CA www.pabcogypsum.com. f. United States Gypsum Co, Chicago, IL www.usg.com.

B. Materials: 1. Interior Gypsum Board: a. General: 1) Size: a) Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. 2) Quality Standard: a) Core: Fire-resistant rated gypsum core. b) Complies with Type X requirements of ASTM C1396/C1396M (Section 5). c) Surface paper: Face paper suitable for painting. d) Long edges: Tapered edge. e) Overall thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm). 2. Glass Mat Gypsum Tile Backer: a. Product meeting requirements of ASTM C1178/C1178M. b. Type X, 5/8 inch (15.9 mm). c. Square edges. d. Approved Manufacturer. 1) DensShield Fireguard Type X by Georgia Pacific. 2) GlasRoc Tilebacker Type X by CertainTeed.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Kinetics Noise Control, Dublin, OH www.kineticsnoise.com. b. Magnum Products, Lenaxa, KS www.levelcoat.com. c. National Gypsum, Charlotte, NC www.nationalgypsum.com. d. Soundproofing Co, San Marcos, CA www.soundproofing.org. e. United States Gypsum Co, Chicago, IL www.usg.com. f. Westpac Materials Inc, Orange, CA www.westpacmaterials.com. g. Wm. Zinsser & Co, Somerset, NJ www.zinsser.com. 2. Gypsum Board Mounting Accessories: a. Furring Channels: 1) Quality Standards. a) Walls: Galvanized DWFC-25. b) Ceilings: Galvanized DWFC-20. 2) Accessories as required by Manufacturer's fire tests to provide necessary fire ratings. b. Corner And Edge Trim: 1) Metal, paper-faced metal, paper-faced plastic, or solid vinyl meeting requirements of ASTM C1047. Surfaces to receive bedding cement treated for maximum bonding. c. Control Joint: 1) Bent zinc sheet with V-shaped slot, perforated flanges, covered with plastic tape meeting requirements of ASTM C1047. 3. Joint Compound: a. Best grade or type recommended by Board Manufacturer and meeting requirements of ASTM C475/C475M. 1) Use Taping Compound for first coat to embed tape and accessories. 2) Use Taping Compound or All-Purpose Compound for subsequent coats except final coat. 3) Use Finishing Compound for final coat and for skim coat. 4. Joint Reinforcing:

Gypsum Board - 3 - 09 2900 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation a. Paper reinforcing tape acceptable to Gypsum Board Manufacturer. 5. Fasteners: a. Bugle head screws meeting requirements of ASTM C1002: 1) Gypsum Board: a) Type W: For fastening gypsum board to wood members, of length to penetrate wood framing 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) minimum. b) Type S: For fastening gypsum board to steel framing and ceiling suspension members, of length to penetrate steel framing 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum. 2) Glass Mat Gypsum Tile Backer: a) Wood Framing: 11 ga (0.1233 in) (3.1318 mm), galvanized with 7/16 inch (11 mm) head, hot dipped. Screws: Type W or Type S Hi-Lo, bugle head, rust resistant. b) Metal Framing: (1) Light-gauge metal framing: Type S Hi-Lo, bugle or wafer head, self-tapping, rust resistant. Hi-Lo screws. (2) Heavy-gauge metal framing: Type S-12 Hi-Lo, bugle or wafer head, rust resistant.

B. Primer / Surfacer On Surfaces To Receive Texturing: 1. Acceptable Products: a. Sheetrock First Coat by USG. b. Prep Coat by Westpac Materials. c. Level Coat by Magnum Products. d. Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01 6200.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Examine substrate and verify framing is suitable for installation of gypsum board. 2. Examine gypsum board before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 3. Notify Architect of unsuitable conditions in writing. a. Do not install board over unsuitable conditions. 4. Commencement of Work by installer is considered acceptance of substrate.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Interface With Other Work: 1. Coordinate with Division 06 for location of backblocking for edges and ends of gypsum board and for blocking required for installation of equipment and building specialties. 2. Do not install gypsum board until required blocking is in place.

B. General: Install and finish as recommended in ASTM C840 or GA-216 unless specified otherwise in this Section.

C. Mounting Accessories: 1. Furring Channels: Apply with screws through flanges into each framing member.

D. Interior Gypsum Board: 1. General: a. Install so trim and reinforcing tape are fully backed by gypsum board. No hollow spaces between pieces of gypsum board over 1/8 inch (3 mm) wide before taping are acceptable.

Gypsum Board - 4 - 09 2900 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation b. Rout out backside of gypsum board to accommodate items that extend beyond face of framing, but do not penetrate face of gypsum board, such as metal door frame mounting brackets, etc. c. On walls over 108 inches (2 700 mm) high, apply board perpendicular to support d. Butt edges in moderate contact. Do not force in place. Shim to level. e. Leave facings true with joint, finishing flush. Vertical work shall be plumb and ceiling surfaces level. f. Scribe work closely: 1) Keep joints as far from openings as possible. 2) If joints occur near an opening, apply board so vertical joints are centered over openings. 3) No vertical joints shall occur within 8 inches (200 mm) of external corners or openings. g. Install board tight against support with joints even and true. Tighten loose screws. h. Caulk perimeter joints in sound insulated rooms with specified acoustical sealant. 2. Ceilings: a. Apply ceilings first using minimum of two (2) men. b. Use board of length to give minimum number of joints. c. Apply board perpendicular to support. 1) Single Layer Application: a) Stagger end joints: (1) End and edge joints of board applied on ceilings shall occur over framing members or be back blocked with 2x4 (38 mm by 89 mm) blocking. (2) Edge joints of board vertically applied on walls shall occur over framing members. (3) 2x4 (38 mm by 89 mm) blocking is required at wall to ceiling transitions and at top of ceiling vault transitions. 3. Fastening: a. Apply from center of board towards ends and edges. b. Apply screws 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum from ends and edges, one inch (25 mm) maximum from edges, and 1/2 inch (13 mm) maximum from ends. c. Spacing: 1) Ends: Screws not over 7 inches (175 mm) on center at edges where blocking or framing occurs. 2) Wood Framed Walls And Ceilings: Screws 7 inches (175 mm) on center in panel field. 3) Metal Framed Walls: Screws 12 inches (300 mm) on center in panel field. d. Set screw heads 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) below plane of board, but do not break face paper. If face is accidentally broken, apply additional screw 2 inches (50 mm) away. e. Screws on adjacent ends or edges shall be opposite each other. f. Drive screws with shank perpendicular to face of board. 4. Trim: a. Corner Beads: 1) Attach corner beads to outside corners. a) Attach metal corner bead with staples spaced 4 inches (100 mm) on center maximum and flat taped over edges of corner bead. Also, apply screw through edge of corner bead where wood trim will overlay corner bead. b) Set paper-faced trim in solid bed of taping compound. b. Edge Trim: Apply where gypsum board abuts dissimilar material. Hold channel and 'L' trim back from exterior window and door frames 1/8 inch (3 mm) to allow for caulking. 5. Finishing: a. General: 1) Tape and finish joints and corners throughout building as specified below to correspond with final finish material to be applied to gypsum board. When sanding, do not raise nap of gypsum board face paper or paper-faced trim. 2) First Coat: a) Apply tape over center of joint in complete, uniform bed of specified taping compound and wipe with a joint knife leaving a thin coating of joint compound. If

Gypsum Board - 5 - 09 2900 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation metal corner bead is used, apply reinforcing tape over flange of metal corner bead and trim so half of tape width is on flange and half is on gypsum board. b) Completely fill gouges, dents, and fastener dimples. c) Allow to dry and sand lightly if necessary to eliminate high spots or excessive compound. 3) Second Coat: a) Apply coat of specified joint compound over embedded tape extending 3-1/2 inches (88 mm) on both sides of joint center. Use finishing compound only if applied coat is intended as final coat. b) Re-coat gouges, dents, and fastener dimples. c) Allow to dry and sand lightly to eliminate high spots or excessive compound. 4) Third Coat: Apply same as second coat except extend application 6 inches (150 mm) on both sides of joint center. Allow to dry and sand with fine sandpaper or wipe with damp sponge. 5) Fourth Coat: Apply same as second coat except extend application 9 inches (425 mm) on both sides of joint center. Allow to dry and sand with fine sandpaper or wipe with damp sponge. a. Finishing Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C840, GA- 214 and GA-216: 1) Gypsum Board Surfaces not painted or finished: a) GA-214 Level 1: ‘All joints and interior angles shall have tape set in joint compound. Surface shall be free of excess joint compound. Tool marks and ridges are acceptable'. 2) Gypsum Board Surfaces to Receive: Painted Texturing - Section 09 9413: 'Interior Textured Finishing': a) GA-214 Level 4: 'All and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and two separate coats of joint compound applied over all flat joints and one separate coat of joint compound applied over interior angles. Fastener heads and accessories shall be covered with three separate coats of joint compound. All joint compound shall be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. Coat prepared surface with specified primer'. 3) Gypsum Board Surfaces to Receive: Smooth Gypsum Board Surfaces: a) GA-214 Level 5: 'All and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and two separate coats of joint compound applied over all flat joints and one separate coat of joint compound applied over interior angles. Fastener heads and accessories shall be covered with three separate coats of joint compound. All joint compound shall be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. Coat prepared surface with specified primer'.

E. Glass Mat Gypsum Tile Backer: 1. Apply glass mat gypsum tile backer to framing. Attach using specified fasteners spaced 6 inches (150 mm) on center on edges and into all framing members. Drive screws flush with surface of board. 2. Shim board to be plumb and flat or level and flat, depending on location. 3. Apply reinforcing only at joints where abutting different materials.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Non-Conforming Work: 1. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. a. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. b. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.

Gypsum Board - 6 - 09 2900 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 3.4 CLEANING

A. Remove from site debris resulting from work of this Section including taping compound spills.

END OF SECTION

Gypsum Board - 7 - 09 2900

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 09511 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes ceilings composed of acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems.

B. The work includes but is not limited to: 1. Replacing all existing ceiling panels. 2. Repairing or replacing the existing suspension grid system as required by new construction or as noted on the plans.

C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 9 Section "Acoustical Tile Ceilings" for ceilings composed of acoustical tiles and concealed suspension systems.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

B. Product data for each type of product specified.

1. Ceiling suspension system members. 2. Method of attaching suspension system hangers to building structure. 3. Ceiling-mounted items including light fixtures; air outlets and inlets; speakers; sprinklers; and special moldings at walls, column penetrations, and other junctures of acoustical ceilings with adjoining construction. 4. Minimum Drawing Scale: 1/8 inch = 1 foot.

C. Samples for initial selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual acoustical panels or sections of panels and sections of suspension system members showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each ceiling assembly indicated.

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 - 1 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation D. Samples for verification of each type of exposed finish required, prepared on samples of size indicated below. Where finishes involve normal color and texture variations, include sample sets showing the full range of variations expected.

1. 6-inch- (150-mm-) square samples of each acoustical panel type, pattern, and color.

E. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.

F. Product test reports from a qualified independent testing agency that are based on its testing of current products for compliance of acoustical panel ceilings and components with requirements.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed acoustical panel ceilings similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.

B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide acoustical panel ceilings that comply with the following requirements:

1. Surface-burning characteristics of acoustical panels comply with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84. 2. Acoustical panel ceilings indicated are identical in materials and construction to those tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119. 3. Fire-resistance-rated, acoustical panel ceilings are indicated by design designations listed in the UL "Fire Resistance Directory," in the Warnock Hersey "Certification Listings," or in the listing of another qualified testing and inspecting agency. 4. Products are identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.

C. Single-Source Responsibility for Ceiling Units: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling panel from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work.

D. Single-Source Responsibility for Suspension System: Obtain each type of suspension system from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work.

1. Obtain both acoustical panels and suspension system from the same manufacturer.

E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings."

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 - 2 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver acoustical panels and suspension system components to Project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes.

B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content.

C. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Space Enclosure and Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet-work in spaces is completed and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are being maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use.

1.7 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension system components with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system components (if any), and partition assemblies (if any).

1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels clearly describing contents. 1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 2.0 percent of amount installed. 2. Exposed Suspension System Components: Furnish quantity of each exposed component equal to 2.0 percent of amount installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following for each panel type indicated. Armstrong is listed as the basis for specification.

B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Armstrong World Industries 2. USG 3. Celotex

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 - 3 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation C. Mineral Composition Panels - Water Felted; With Standard Washable Painted Finish:

1. Armstrong World Industries, " Textrured", Product No. 942. a. Color/Light Reflectance: 0.80 b. NRC: .55 c. CAC: 30 d. Edge Detail: Square e. Size: 2' x 4' x 5/8".

2.2 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL

A. Attachment Devices: Size for 5 times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung unless otherwise indicated.

B. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements:

1. Zinc-Coated Carbon Steel Wire: ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 641M), Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper.

C. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated, or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.

D. Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated, or if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems indicated; formed from sheet metal of same material and finish as that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners.

1. For lay-in panels with reveal edge details, provide stepped-edge molding that forms reveal of same depth and width as that formed between edge of panel and flange at exposed suspension member. 2. For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit penetration exactly.

2.3 DIRECT-HUNG SUSPENSION SYSTEMS

A. Wide-Face, Capped, Double-Web, Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from prepainted or electrolytic zinc-coated, cold-rolled steel sheet, with prefinished 15/16-inch- (24-mm-) wide metal caps on flanges; other characteristics as follows:

1. Structural Classification: Heavy-duty system. 2. Cap Material and Finish: Steel sheet painted white.

B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, suspension systems that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 - 4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1. Wide-Face, Capped, Double-Web, Steel Suspension Systems:

a. DXL intermediate duty system by USG Interiors, Inc., or equal by Chicago Metallic Corporation or Armstrong World Industries, Inc.

2.4 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT

A. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and the following requirements:

1. Product is effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies per ASTM E 90. 2. Product has flame-spread and smoke-developed ratings of less than 25 per ASTM E 84.

B. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound.

C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

1. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints:

a. AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant; Pecora Corp. b. SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant; United States Gypsum Company.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and structural framing to which acoustical panel ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Coordination: Furnish layouts for cast-in-place anchors, clips, and other ceiling anchors whose installation is specified in other Sections.

B. Measure each ceiling area and establish the layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width panels at

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 - 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

borders, and conform to the layout shown on reflected ceiling plans.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with publications referenced below per manufacturer's instructions and CISCA "Ceiling Systems Handbook."

1. Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations: Comply with ASTM C 636. 2. CISCA Guidelines for Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with CISCA "Guidelines for Seismic Restraint of Direct-Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies." 3. U.B.C. Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems: U.B.C. Standard No. 25.212.

B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows:

1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of the supporting structure or of the ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 3. Splay hangers only where required, and if permitted with fire-resistance-rated ceilings, to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 4. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. 5. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of 3 tight turns. Connect hangers either directly to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure, that are appropriate for substrate, and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 6. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of 4 tight turns. Fasten bracing wires to concrete with cast-in-place or postinstalled anchors. 7. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 8. Space hangers not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise shown; and provide hangers not more than 8 inches (200 mm) from ends of each member.

C. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels.

1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. 2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not over 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. and not more than 3 inches (75 mm) from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3.18 mm in 3.66 m). Miter corners

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 - 6 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation accurately and connect securely. 3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim.

D. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members.

E. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fitted accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide neat, precise fit.

1. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as follows: a. In the manner indicated on reflected ceiling plans. 2. For square-edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from view by flanges of suspension system runners and moldings. 3. For reveal-edged panels on suspension system runners, install panels with bottom of reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges. 4. Protect lighting fixtures and air ducts to comply with requirements indicated for fire- resistance-rated assembly.

3.4 CLEANING

A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension system members. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage.

END OF SECTION 09511

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 - 7

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 09678 - RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. 6” high resilient rubber wall base. 2. Resilient flooring accessories including transition strips, edge trim etc.

B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 2. Division 9 Section "Carpeting."

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

B. Product data for each type of product specified.

C. Samples for initial selection purposes of manufacturer's standard sample sets in form of pieces cut from each type of product specified showing full range of colors and patterns available.

D. Samples for verification purposes in manufacturer's standard sizes, but not less than 12 inches (300 mm) long, of each different color and pattern of product specified.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Single-Source Responsibility for Products: Obtain each type and color of product specified from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work.

B. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide products with the following fire performance characteristics as determined by testing products per ASTM test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

RESILIENT WALL BASE & ACCESSORIES 09678 - 1 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 watts per sq cm or more per ASTM E 648. 2. Smoke Density: Less than 450 per ASTM E 662.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver products to Project site in original manufacturer's unopened cartons and containers, each bearing names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, and shipping and handling instructions.

B. Store products in dry spaces protected from the weather with ambient temperatures maintained between 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C).

C. Move products into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Maintain a minimum temperature of 70 deg F (21 deg C) in spaces to receive products specified in this Section for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. After this period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg F (13 deg C).

B. Do not install products until they are at the same temperature as that of the space where they are to be installed.

C. Close spaces to traffic during installation of products specified in this Section.

1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Sequence installing products specified in this Section with other construction to minimize possibility of damage and soiling during remainder of construction period.

1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials matching products installed as described below, packaged with protective covering for storage, and identified with labels clearly describing contents.

1. Furnish not less than 10 linear feet (3 linear meters) for each 500 linear feet (150 linear meters) or fraction thereof of each different type and color of resilient wall base installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

RESILIENT WALL BASE & ACCESSORIES 09678 - 2 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Roppe 2. Johnsonite 3. Burke 4. Or equal prior to bidding

2.2 RESILIENT WALL BASE

A. Rubber Wall Base: Products complying with FS SS-W-40,

1. From Manufacturers listed above. Color as selected by Architect from premium priced color groups.

2.3 EDGE MOLDING

A. Edge molding and transition strips.

1. From Manufacturers listed above. Color as selected by Architect from premium priced color groups.

2.4 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES

A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement- based formulation provided or approved by flooring manufacturer for applications indicated.

B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient flooring product and substrate conditions indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas where installation of products specified in this Section will occur, with Installer present, to verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for installation and comply with manufacturer's requirements and those specified in this Section.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. General: Comply with manufacturer's installation specifications for preparing substrates indicated to receive products indicated.

B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds per manufacturers directions to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates.

RESILIENT WALL BASE & ACCESSORIES 09678 - 3 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with flooring adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, by using a terrazzo or concrete grinder, a drum sander, or a polishing machine equipped with a heavy-duty wire brush.

D. Broom or vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing products specified in this Section. Following cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust.

E. Apply concrete slab primer, if recommended by flooring manufacturer, prior to applying adhesive. Apply according to manufacturer's directions.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install products specified in this Section using methods indicated according to manufacturer's installation directions.

B. Apply resilient wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. 1. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. 2. Install inside and exterior corners before installing straight pieces. 3. Form inside corners on job from straight pieces of maximum lengths possible by cutting an inverted V-shaped notch in toe of wall base at the point where corner is formed. Shave back of base where necessary to produce snug fit to substrate. 4. Form outside corners on job from straight pieces of maximum lengths possible by shaving back of base at point where bending will occur. Remove a strip perpendicular to length of base and only deep enough to produce a snug fit without bends whitening or removal of more than half the thickness of wall base.

C. Place resilient accessories so they are butted to adjacent materials of type indicated and bond to substrates with adhesive. Install reducer strips at edges of flooring that otherwise would be exposed.

D. Apply stairs treads and risers as indicated and according to manufacturer's installation instructions.

3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Perform the following operations immediately after completing installation:

1. Remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by manufacturers of resilient product involved. 2. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. 3. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by manufacturer. 4. Damp-mop resilient accessories to remove black marks and soil.

B. Protect flooring against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction

RESILIENT WALL BASE & ACCESSORIES 09678 - 4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended by manufacturer of resilient product involved.

1. Apply protective floor polish to resilient accessories that are free from soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes.

a. Use commercially available metal, cross-linked, acrylic product acceptable to resilient accessory manufacturer. b. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's maintenance service.

END OF SECTION 09678

RESILIENT WALL BASE & ACCESSORIES 09678 - 5

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 09680 – CARPETING & FLOOR COVERINGS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Work Included – Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to: A. Tufted commercial carpet tile B. Rubber base, and transition strips C. All attachments, adhesives and accessories necessary to provide a complete installation

1.02 Related Work Described Elsewhere

A. Section 09900 Paints and Coatings

1.03 Quality Assurance

A. Installer: The carpeting installer shall be currently approved by the manufacturer, and have experience of at least ten (10) years installing the selected system B. The manufacturer shall recycle 100% of the reclaimed carpet tile back into carpet tile with recycled content. C. The product must be capable of disassembly with nylon returned to nylon carpet yarn production and the backing returned to carpet backing production D. The product must meet the guidelines of Presidential Executive Order 13101and meet the spirit of section 6002 of the Resource and Recovery Act (RCRA).

1.04 References – In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations:

A. ASTM E84 – Test for surface burning characteristics of building materials.

1.05 Submittals

A. Product Data – Submit material specifications, manufacturer's installation, and maintenance instructions under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. Drawings to include: 1. Seaming Plan showing seam locations, moldings, edge strips and details of all special treatment. C. Samples under provisions of Section 01300 to include: 1. Submit two (2) 24” x 24” finished samples of each type of proposed carpet in the quality, pattern and color specified. 2. Submit two (2) 12” samples of specified molding. 3. Submit two (2) samples of all special treatment materials. D. Submit product testing reports, warranties, and other documentation requested. E. Recycling Instructions - Submit to the Owner two (2) copies of the manufacturer's instructions on post-consumer recycling of the specified carpet tile and related items. 1. A representative from the carpet manufacturer shall meet with the Owner and architect/design firm to review the recommended procedures, prior to occupancy of the finished spaces.

Carpet Tile 09681 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1.06 Product Handling

A. Protection 1. Deliver all material to the installation site in the manufacturer’s original packaging. Packaging to contain manufacturer’s name, product name, and identification number and other related information. 2. All materials to be stored in a cool (above 65 degrees F and below 90 degrees F), dry location, safe from damage and soiling.. 3. All carpet material must be ordered by the Flooring Contractor no later than eight (8) weeks prior to planned start of installation. B. Replacements – In the event of damage, including water intrusion, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the College.

1.07 Operation and Maintenance Manuals – Under provisions of Section 01700.

1.08 Warranties

A. Products must be warranted as follows: Carpet tiles - Lifetime commercial wear warranty ,lifetime zippering, edge ravel, color fastness, fade resistance and static protection. B. Provide the manufacturer’s standard printed warranty from the manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace unsatisfactory product caused by defective material. No custom warranties created specifically for this project will be acceptable. C. Specifications: Manufacturer to warrant that the carpet conforms to specifications established for the product subject to normal manufacturing tolerances. D. Carpet tiles to be warranted for backing integrity against delamination, stretching, shrinking, cupping, doming, curling or dishing. E. Products must have a Sustainability Guarantee. Sustainability is defined in this case to mean that the product is capable of returning the recyclable components back into the same product. The Manufacturer shall recycle the specified carpet tile and related items at the end of useful life of the carpet.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Manufacturers

A. Shaw Commercial Carpet – B. All selected materials in this section are based on the products of Shaw as a standard of quality.

2.02 Materials :

A. Carpet: Shaw Contract, “Kinetic EW24”.

Carpet Tile 09681 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

B. Color: As selected by Architect C. Architect reserves the right to refuse submittals based on color, pattern and texture, as well as, performance warranties and sustainability guarantees. D. Accessories: 1. All other materials (including adhesives) and trims not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds, as recommended by the manufacturer of the carpeting.

2.04 Performance Assurance – General

A. Flammability Requirements: See Section 2.05. B. Environmental Characteristics: 1. The specific carpet must pass the CRI Indoor Air Quality Testing Program (product type 24-781349) and the IAQ Registration number must be part of the submittal package. 2. The carpet must fall below and not exceed a total level of chemical emission rate level (TVOC) of 0.6 MG/M2/hour and must contain no chlorine. 3. All test results must be completed by a CRI certified independent laboratory.

2.05 Performance Assurance – Certified Testing

A. Certified test reports shall be submitted for all performance assurance specifications listed below. B. Requirements listed below must be met by all products. C. All submitted test numbers shall represent average results for production goods of the referenced styles. D. Required Test Reports:

1. Carpet flammability a. Pill Test (ASTM D2859 or CPSC FF-1-70): Passes b. Radiant Panel Test (ASTM E648): > .45 watts/cm2, Class I 2. Smoke Density (ASTM E662): < 450 Flaming Mode 3. Dimensional Stability (Aachen Method DIN 54318): < 0.1% change 4. Static Generation at 700 F. (AATCC 134 w/neolite): < 2.5 KV at 20% R.H. 5. Lightfastness (AATCC 16E): 4.0 after 60 hours 6. Crocking (AATCC 165): 4.0 wet, dry 7. Cold Water Bleed (AATCC 107): 4.0 8. Sublimation (AATCC 117): 4.0 9. Gas Fade (AATCC 23): 4.0 10. Ozone Fade (AATCC 109): 4.0 11. Antimicrobial (AATCC 174, part II): > 95.0% reduction 12. Fungicidal (AATCC 174, part III): No growth 13. Soil/Stain Protection (AATCC 175-1991): > 8.0 on the Red 40 Stain Scale 14. Appearance Retention Rating (ASTM D-5252 or ASTM D-5417): Heavy

Carpet Tile 09681 - 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

15. CRI Green Label Air Quality Certification Passes

2.06 Rubber Base A. Manufacturer – Roppe 700 series is used as a basis of specification; approved manufactures include Burke and Johnsonite. Other manufactures may be approved prior to bidding by following 01600, request for approval. B. Base: 6” rubber base, 1/8” thickness, complying with Standard Specification F- 1861, type TP. Provide material in longest possible lengths from coil stock. C. Base Accessories: Pre-formed inside and outside corners, color matched to base. D. Colors: As selected by Architect from mfrs. full line of colors E. Adhesive: Manufactures recommended low VOC adhesive.

2.07 Rubber Nosing and Transition Edge A. Manufacturer – Roppe is used as a basis of specification; approved manufactures include Burke and Johnsonite. Other manufactures may be approved prior to bidding by following 01600, request for approval. B. Stair Nosing: Roppe #16 double edge carpet nosing, complying with ASTM 2169 type TS C. Transition Strips: Roppe #39 direct glue. D. Colors: As selected by Architect from mfrs. full line of colors E. Adhesive: Urethane enhanced epoxy

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Examination

A. Verify that substrate surfaces are smooth and flat with maximum variation of 1/8- inch in 10 feet (3mm in 3 m) and are ready to receive work. B. The flooring contractor will be responsible for the proper product installation including floor preparation. The maximum amount of moisture evacuation for the floor is 3.5 pounds of water per 1,000 s.f. in a 24-hour period. The acceptable PH range is between 7.0 and 9.0. Contractor is responsible for floor testing prior to installation. The testing results shall be made available to the Owner prior to starting any work. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and site conditions

3.02 Preparation

A. Remove sub-floor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with sub-floor filler. 1. Apply, trowel, and float filler to leave smooth, flat, hard surface. 2. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. 3. Vacuum floor surface.

3.03 Installation –

A. Installation Carpet Tile 09681 - 4

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1. Install carpet according to carpet manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Measuring - Divide the room into four quadrants and snap a chalk line. Make sure quadrants meet at right angles (offset the center line, if necessary, to ensure that perimeter tiles will be cut no less than half size (9 inches). 3. Apply environmentally approved adhesive as per instructions in the area to be carpeted first. 4. Note carefully if the product is designed to be installed "quarter turned" only. Arrows should point in the same direction every other tile and diagonally. Arrows on alternating tiles should be turned 90º in either direction, consistently. 5. Begin installing by laying an anchor row of tiles on one side of the center chalk line. Ensure straight lines and square corners. Repeat anchor rows in each quadrant, extending out from center. Fill in each quadrant with tiles using a stair step technique. 6. Tip individual tiles into place to avoid catching pile in the joint. Frequently check tile joints for proper alignment and firm abutment. 7. Although tiles are nominally 24 inches by 24 inches square, there will be slight gain due to joints. To check, measure 10 installed tiles from edge to edge, spanning 10 joints. This measurement should be no greater than 240 and 1/8 inches for tufted product. If more gain is measured, tiles are not butted tightly enough. Reposition and check again. Use this method to continually check for excessive gain. See manufacturer's instructions for 24" x 24" modular tiles. 8. Fixtures, architectural elements, and perimeters will require tile cutting. Cut tiles from the back. Secure cut or partial tiles with adhesive. 9. Electrical floor outlets are usually wired after tile installation. Install tile over electrical boxes and mark locations with a piece of tape. Tiles can be lifted for cut-outs later. 10. Center trench headers directly under a full tile row. 11. In open perimeter designs, use a fixed reducer strip to secure the tile area.

12. Use an environmentally acceptable permanent adhesive for tiles installed on stairs or risers. Compatible edge trim and nosing products may also be required.

3.05 Cleaning A. Remove access adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. B. Clean and vacuum carpet surfaces.

3.06 Protection – Prohibit traffic from carpet areas for 24 hours after installation.

END OF SECTION

Carpet Tile 09681 - 5

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 09720 – DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED WALL PANELS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Prefinished polyester glass reinforced plastic sheets and adhered to unfinished gypsum wallboard. 1. PVC trim. 2. PVC Wall base.

B. Products Not Furnished or Installed under This Section: 1. Gypsum [Cementitious] substrate board. 2. Resilient Base.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Gypsum substrate board.

B. Wood Stud Framing

C. Painting & Transparent Finishes.

D. Resilient Base.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. American Society for Testing and Materials: Standard Specifications (ASTM) 1. ASTM D 256 - Izod Impact Strengths (ft #/in) 2. ASTM D 570 - Water Absorption (%) 3. ASTM D 638 - Tensile Strengths (psi) & Tensile Modulus (psi) 4. ASTM D 790 - Flexural Strengths (psi) & Flexural Modulus (psi) 5. ASTM D 2583- Barcol Hardness 6. ASTM D 5319 - Standard Specification for Glass-Fiber Reinforced Polyester Wall and Ceiling Panels. 7. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit sufficient manufacturer's data to indicate compliance with these specifications, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.

Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 09720 - 1 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

3. Installation methods.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit elevations of each wall showing location of paneling and trim members with respect to all discontinuities in the wall elevation.

C. Selection Samples: Submit manufacturer’s standard color pattern selection samples representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns.

D. Samples for Verification: Submit appropriate section of panel for each finish selected indicating the color, texture, and pattern required. 1. Submit complete with specified applied finish. 2. For selected patterns show complete pattern repeat. 3. Exposed Molding and Trim: Provide samples of each type, finish, and color.

E. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for adhesives, sealants and other

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Conform to building code requirements for interior finish for smoke and flame spread requirements as tested in accordance with: 1. ASTM E 84 (Method of test for surface burning characteristics of building Materials) a. Wall Required Rating – Class [C].

B. Sanitary Standards: System components and finishes to comply with: 1. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) requirements for food preparation facilities, incidental contact. 2. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) 1999 Food Code 6-101.11. 3. Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA) requirements.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver materials factory packaged on strong pallets.

B. Store panels and trim lying flat, under cover and protected from the elements. Allow panels to acclimate to room temperature (70°) for 48 hours prior to installation.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Limitations: Building are to be fully enclosed prior to installation with sufficient heat (70°) and ventilation consistent with good working conditions for finish work

B. During installation and for not less than 48 hours before, maintain an ambient temperature and relative humidity within limits required by type of adhesive used and recommendation of adhesive manufacturer. 1. Provide ventilation to disperse fumes during application of adhesive as recommended by the adhesive manufacturer.

Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 09720 - 2 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1.8 WARRANTY

A. Furnish one year guarantee against defects in material and workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

A. Basis of specification: Marlite; 202 Harger Street, Dover, OH 44622. 800-377-1221 FAX (330) 343-4668 Email: [email protected] www.marlite.com.

B. Product: 1. Standard FRP 2. Other manufactures and products are acceptable providing they meet the standards and testing outlined in this section.

2.2 PANELS

A. Fiberglass reinforced thermosetting polyester resin panel sheets complying with ASTM D 5319. 1. Coating: Multi-layer print, primer and finish coats or applied over-layer. 2. Dimensions: a. Thickness – 0.090 “nominal b. Width - 4'-0” nominal c. Length – 8’-0” 3. Tolerance: a. Length and Width: +/-1/8 “ b. Square - Not to exceed 1/8 “ for 8 foot panels

B. Properties: Resistant to rot, corrosion, staining, denting, peeling, and splintering. 1. Flexural Strength - 1.0 x 104 psi per ASTM D 790. 2. Flexural Modulus - 3.1 x 105 psi per ASTM D 790. 3. Tensile Strength - 7.0 x 103 psi per ASTM D 638. 4. Tensile Modulus - 1.6 x 105 psi per ASTM D 638. Water Absorption - 0.72% per ASTM D 570. 5. Barcol Hardness (scratch resistance) of 35 55 as per ASTM D 2583. 6. Izod Impact Strength of 72 ft. lbs./in ASTM D 256

C. Back Surface: Smooth. Imperfections which do not affect functional properties are not cause for rejection. a. Color: As Selected by Architect from Manufactures full line of colors.

b. Surface Standard FRP textures. Pebbled

c. Fire Rating: Class C Fire Rating.

Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 09720 - 3 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

2.3 BASE

A. Marlite Base Molding for 0.090 “thick FRP Panels 1. Color: Black 2. Profiles: a. M 612 FRP Base Molding, 10’ length b. M 651 Inside Corner c. M 660 Outside Corner d. M 620 LH End Cap e. M 625 RH End Cap

2.4 MOLDINGS

A. SaniSeal Trim: Co-extruded, dual-durometer polypropylene/monprene profiles with Dual-Seal Technology and high-performance pressure sensitive adhesive. 1. S650 Inside Corner, 10’ length 2. S660 Outside Corner, 10’ length 3. S665 Division, 8’ length 4. S670 Edge, 10’ length

2.5 ACCESSORIES

A. Fasteners: Non-staining nylon drive rivets. 1. Match panel colors. 2. Length to suit project conditions.

B. Adhesive: Either of the following construction adhesives complying with ASTM C 557. 1. Marlite C-551 FRP Adhesive - Water- resistant, non-flammable adhesive. 2. Marlite C-375 Construction Adhesive - Flexible, water-resistant, solvent based adhesive, formulated for fast, easy application. 3. Titebond Advanced Polymer Panel Adhesive – VOC compliant, non-flammable, environmentally safe adhesive.

C. Sealant: 1. Marlite Brand - Color Match Sealant .

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Examine backup surfaces to determine that corners are plumb and straight, surfaces are smooth, uniform, clean and free from foreign matter, nails countersunk, joints and cracks filled flush and smooth with the adjoining surface. 1. Verify that stud spacing does not exceed 24” (61cm) on-center.

B. Repair defects prior to installation.

Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 09720 - 4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1. Level wall surfaces to panel manufacturer’s requirements. Remove protrusions and fill indentations.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's recommended procedures and installation sequence.

B. Cut sheets to meet supports allowing 1/8” (3 mm) clearance for every 8 foot (2.4m) of panel. 1. Cut and drill with carbide tipped saw blades or drill bits, or cut with shears. 2. Pre-drill fastener holes 1/8” (3mm) oversize with high speed drill bit. a. Space at 8” (200mm) maximum on center at perimeter, approximately 1” from panel edge.

C. Apply panels to board substrate, above base, vertically oriented with seams plumb and pattern aligned with adjoining panels. 1. Install panels with manufacturer's recommended gap for panel field and corner joints. a. Adhesive trowel and application method to conform to adhesive manufacturer’s recommendations. b. Drive fasteners for snug fit. Do not over-tighten.

D. Apply panel moldings to all panel edges using silicone sealant providing for required clearances. 1. All moldings must provide for a minimum 1/8 “ (3mm) of panel expansion at joints and edges, to insure proper installation. 2. Apply sealant to all moldings, channels and joints between the system and different materials to assure watertight installation.

3.3 CLEANING

A. Remove excess sealant from panels and moldings. Wipe panel down using a damp cloth and mild soap solution or cleaner.

B. Refer to manufacturer's specific cleaning recommendations Do not use abrasive cleaners.

END OF SECTION 09 7720

Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 09720 - 5

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND COATINGS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Work Included – Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to:

A. Interior Metal Door Frames B. Exterior Doors and Metal Frames C. Interior gypsum drywall walls, ceilings and soffits D. Interior sealed concrete E. All other interior trim, base, accents, attachments and accessories adjacent to painted surfaces F. Exterior Metal Building Panels of existing Metal Building – Wainscot only. G. Do Not paint Aluminum doors, frames or windows.

1.02 Related Work Described Elsewhere

A. Section 07900 Joint Sealers and Caulking

1.03 Quality Assurance

A. Manufacturer – As approved by Architect. Colors selected are from a single manufacturer. B. Installer – Work to be performed only by workers thoroughly skilled and specially trained in the techniques of painting, and who are completely familiar with the published recommendations of the manufacturer of the paint material being used. C. Single-Source Responsibility – Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats.

1.04 References – In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations:

A. Woodworking Institute of California (WIC). B. Specification manual of selected manufacturer C. Air Pollution Control District regulations and federal lead content laws. D. VOC Compliance regulations

1.05 Submittals

A. Product Data – Submit material specifications, manufacturer's installation, and maintenance instructions under provisions of Section 01300. B. Samples under provisions of Section 01300 to include: 1. Two (2) 8" x 8" brush-outs of each color and finish specified. C. Sample of quality control log

1.06 Product Handling

A. Protection 1. Paints to be stored at the job site in a safe, dry place with all labels intact and legible at time of installation.

Painting and Coatings 09900 - 1 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 2. Use all means to protect paint before, during and after installation. B. Replacements – In the event of damage, including water intrusion, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the University.

1.07 Warranty – Under provisions of Section 01700.

1.08 Extra Stock – Provide Owner with extra stock of two one-gallon containers of each paint type and color used. All containers are to be tightly sealed and clearly marked.

1.09 Environmental Requirements

A. Exterior 1. No exterior painting shall be undertaken if air or surface temperature is below 50 degrees F, or is anticipated to be below 50 degrees F within 24 hours. 2. No coating is to be applied if the temperature is less than 5 degrees F above the dew point and rising. 3. No coating is to be applied immediately following rain, power washing, or until frost, dew, or condensation has evaporated. 4. Surfaces must always be tested with a moisture meter and surface temperature gauge before proceeding. Do not apply finishes unless moisture is below: a. Exterior Masonry: 17% b. Exterior Wood: 15% 5. Record moisture test result and location of tests in daily work log. 6. Newly applied coatings, which are damaged by the elements, shall be replaced by the contractor at no additional charge. 7. No exterior painting shall be done under windy or dusty conditions. 8. Avoid painting surfaces while they are exposed directly to the hot sun. B. Interior 1. Interior temperature must be above 50 degrees F for 24 hours before, during, and for 48 hours after application of finishes or longer to obtain full cure as indicated by manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Provide temporary lighting to achieve a well-lit surface with a level of at least 80- foot candles measured mid-height. 3. Provide continuous ventilation and heating to prevent accumulation of hazardous fumes and to maintain surface and ambient temperatures. 4. Surfaces must always be tested with a moisture meter and surface temperature gauge before proceeding. Do not apply finishes unless moisture is below: a. Interior Plaster and Wallboard: 12% b. Interior Wood: 12% 5. Record moisture test result and location of tests in daily work log.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 Paint Materials

A. Manufacturer 1. All paint materials selected for coating systems for each type of surface shall be the product of a single manufacturer. 2. Paints listed herein, unless otherwise designated in the "Painting Schedule", are

Painting and Coatings 09900 - 2 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation based on the products of SHERWIN WILLIAMS as a basis for specification. Other manufacturers will be considered, see Section 01630 for submittal requirements. 3. Copies of paint purchase receipts will be requested by the Owner or their representative. B. Compatibility 1. All paint materials and equipment shall be compatible in use: finish coats shall be compatible with prime coats; prime coats shall be compatible with the surface to be coated; all tools and equipment shall be compatible with the coating to be applied. 2. Thinners, when used, shall be only those thinners recommended for that purpose by the manufacturer of the material to be thinned. C. Color 1. Color of all paints and products shall be per approved samples, as prepared from manufacturer's standard color line. 2. All primers and undercoats are to be tinted to the approximate shade of the selected finish coat. Where the color schedule calls for the use of DEEP TONES, it is the responsibility of the painting contractor to utilize appropriate DEEP BASE PRIMER as manufactured by SHERWIN WILLIAMS for use on the surface for which they are intended. D. Work Quality 1. All materials shall be applied free from runs, sags, wrinkles, streaks, shiners, holidays, and brush marks. 2. All materials shall be applied uniformly. If any reduction on the coating’s viscosity is necessary, it shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer’s label directions. 3. Carry all finish coats to natural breaks and transitions. 4. Allow each coat to dry before re-coating, adjusting manufacturer’s MINIMUM time recommendations between coats to job conditions. 5. Apply each coat to achieve the specified dry film thickness per coat. Achieving the total system recommended dry mil thickness with application rates in excess of those recommended and fewer coats than specified will not be accepted. 6. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker (or lighter depending on the finish color) than the preceding coat unless otherwise approved. 7. Enamels and undercoats are to be sanded smooth prior to topcoating. 8. Tops, bottoms, and sides of doors and garage doors are to be finished with the same number of coats as the face. 9. Where spray application is used, backrolling should immediately follow. Spraying alone without backrolling is unacceptable. Wet film gauges are to be used after backrolling to insure acceptable wet film thickness. 10. A quality control log, recording weather and surface conditions must be completed each day prior to beginning painting. Paint batches are to be recorded as used showing which building each is applied to and when.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 Surface Conditions

A. Inspection 1. Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.

Painting and Coatings 09900 - 3 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 2. Verify that all paint finishes may be applied in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations and the requirements of these specifications. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.

3.02 Site Preparation

A. Exterior 1. Trench all ground contact surfaces down to the foundation prior to power washing. Pay special attention to wood surfaces coming into ground contact. 2. Remove spider webs by brush prior to power washing. 3. All existing surfaces are to be cleaned by power washing with a commercial mildew wash. Remove all mildew and chalking by scrubbing or power washing. Power washing alone without mildew wash is not acceptable. Chalk deposits must be removed, down to a sound substrate. 4. Surfaces under caves, or other areas protected from weathering, must be carefully washed. Crystalline deposits that develop on these areas are a major cause of peeling. 5. Any plant residue on surfaces is to be completely removed. If for any reason a surface cannot be cleaned, this condition shall be promptly reported to the owner. 6. Remove attached light fixtures electrical plates, hardware, and other fittings before preparing, priming, or finishing surfaces. 7. Exercise care not to deface adjoining work. Use suitable cover cloths or other protection materials to cover adjoining work, and surfaces not to be painted. Avoid wind carried overspray. 8. The Contractor will be liable for any and all claims arising from overspray or otherwise misapplied paint. 9. Where rust, water, or bleeding stains are present, the source of these stains must be identified and corrected. Surfaces should then be cleaned and spot primed with a stain sealer. B. Interior 1. Remove attached light fixtures electrical plates, hardware, and other fittings before preparing, priming, or finishing surfaces. 2. Exercise care not to deface adjoining work. Use suitable cover cloths or other protection materials to cover adjoining work, and surfaces not to be painted. 3. The Contractor will be liable for any and all claims arising from overspray or otherwise misapplied paint. 4. Where rust, water, or bleeding stains are present the source of these stains must be identified and corrected. Surfaces should then be cleaned and spot primed with a stain sealer.

Painting and Coatings 09900 - 4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 3.03 Preparation of Surfaces, General

A. Protection – Prior to all surface preparation and painting operations, completely mask, remove, or otherwise adequately protect all hardware, accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in contact with painted surfaces but not schedule to receive paint. B. Spot prime all exposed nails and other exposed metals. C. Cleaning 1. Before applying paint or other surface treatment, thoroughly clean all surfaces involved. 2. Schedule all cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. E. Prime coat should be applied soon after the surface preparation has been completed to prevent contamination of the substrate.

3.04 Preparation of Wood Surfaces for Paint Application

A. Cleaning – Clean all wood surfaces until they are free from dirt, oil, and all other foreign substance. B. Smoothing 1. Unless specifically noted to be left rough, smooth all finished wood surfaces exposed to view, using the proper sandpaper. 2. Where so required, use varying degrees of coarseness in sandpaper to product uniformly smooth and unmarred wood surfaces. 3. Smooth planed clapboards or siding must be sanded thoroughly to break the “mill glaze” to allow proper penetration and adhesion. C. Knots 1. On small, dry, seasoned knots, thoroughly scrape and clean the surface and apply one coat of compatible knot-sealer before application of the priming coat. 2. On large, open, unseasoned knots, scrape off all pitch and thoroughly clean the area, followed by an application of one coat of compatible knot-sealer. 3. Remove and treat all pitch surfaces as required for large knots. D. Dryness 1. Unless specifically approved by the architect, do not proceed with the painting of wood surfaces until the moisture content of the wood is 15 percent or less. 2. Pressure Treated Wood (PTW) must be tested prior to coating to determine proper penetration of coating. Surface must be sprinkled with water to determine absorption into substrate. If water drops remain on PTW surface, do not paint. If water drops penetrate immediately into surface, prepare surface as you would any wood and then prime. E. Staining 1. Rough or textured surfaces are to be abraded with a stiff fiber brush to remove loose fibers and splinters. 2. New smooth planed wood must be sanded to break the “mill glaze” in order to allow proper penetration and adhesion.

Painting and Coatings 09900 - 5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 3. Fill all joints, cracks, and blemishes. 4. Under light color solid stains and where bleeding woods might be a problem, use a stain suppressing primer. F. Trim 1. Trim must be re-primed on all six sides. 2. Thorough caulking of horizontal applications or any areas where water may collect is essential. 3. Fill all joints, nail holes, cracks, and blemishes after undercoater has been applied. 4. Countersink, prime, and fill all nails or screws to retard rust stains. G. Primer 1. Cedar and Redwood are bleeding woods, they must be primed to help retard bleed. 2. Prime and countersink all nails or screws to retard rust stains. 3. If nails are rusted, coat with RUST CONVERTER. 4. Fill all joints, nail holes, cracks, and blemishes after undercoater has been applied.

3.05 Preparation of Masonry, Concrete, Stucco and Fiber Cement Surfaces

A. Precast concrete must be allowed to cure for 60 – 90 days; block and fiber cement surfaces must be allowed to cure for 30 – 60 days. B. New fiber cement or other masonry surfaces shall not be primed until it has been determined these surfaces have dried sufficiently to safely accept paint. C. Alkalinity must be approved prior to priming. D. Form release agents are to be removed with appropriate solvents. E. All surfaces must be thoroughly brushed with a stiff fiber brush to remove loose particles, with particular emphasis on stucco surfaces and mortar courses. F. Laitance deposits must be removed by hand or power wire brushing, or other appropriate means. G. If efflorescence is present, first dampen the wall with water, then scrub the surface with a 5% solution of muriatic acid. Caution: Wear rubber boots and gloves, work goggles, and protective clothing. After treatment, thoroughly flush the surface with clean water to remove all acid and allow to dry thoroughly before painting. H. Prime all bare surfaces and opened cracks. I. Cracks, joints, and large voids are to be filled by repointing, caulking, or other approved means. J. Care must be taken to blend patches into surrounding texture and minimize their appearance in the finished project. K. Cracks over ¼ inch are defined as structural cracks and must be reviewed by a structural engineer prior to painting. L. Spot prime surface repairs after they have been patched, sandwiching repairs between two layers of primer.

Painting and Coatings 09900 - 6 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 3.06 Preparation of Metal Surfaces

A. Galvanized Metal 1. Clean all surfaces thoroughly with solvent until they are completely free from dirt, oil, grease, and contaminants per SSPC-SP1-63. 2. Thoroughly treat the cleaned surface with phosphoric acid etch. 3. Remove all excess etching solution and allow to dry completely before application of paint. 4. Abraded surfaces should be sanded smooth and spot primed. 5. Weathered, unpainted galvanized metal surfaces must be wire brushed or power washed to remove deposits of “white rust”, then primed. 6. Note: Some galvanized surfaces have stabilizers. Many of which are not soluble in solvents. These must be removed by either brush blasting or chemical treatment. B. Other structural steel, miscellaneous metals, doors, exposed ducting, exposed piping, louvers, and miscellaneous metals 1. All metal surfaces shall be washed with solvent to remove extraneous dirt, grease, oil, and contaminants per SSPC-SP1-63 before painting. 2. Allow to dry thoroughly before application of paint. 3. Shop primed doors, vents, access panels and miscellaneous or structural metals surfaces are to be dulled by sanding prior to application of specified prime coat. 4. Where shop coat has abraded and rust developed, remove by sanding and spot prime immediately, prior to full prime coat indicated in the product application section. C. Aluminum 1. All surfaces must be free of residual deposits of grease and oil, and shall be cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP1-63, “solvent cleaning”. 2. Weathered, unpainted aluminum surfaces must be wire brushed or power washed to remove deposits of “white rust”, then primed.

3.07 Paint Application

A. General 1. Paint all surfaces except glass, flat concrete, and similar items, unless otherwise noted. 2. Prime and paint all grilles and other pre-finished items where the factory pre- finish is not in accordance with the painting schedule and color selection. Unless otherwise scheduled, all grilles, frames, roof penetrations and other items shall be painted to match the color of the adjacent surface. B. Drying 1. Allow sufficient drying time between coats. 2. Modify the period as recommended by the material manufacturer to suit adverse weather conditions. 3. Oil-base and oleo-resinous solvent-type paints shall be considered dry for recoating when the paint feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate pressure of the thumb, and the application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. C. Environmental Conditions 1. Comply with the manufacturer's recommendations as to environmental conditions under which the coating system may be applied.

Painting and Coatings 09900 - 7 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 2. Do not apply paint in areas where dust is being generated. D. Defects – Sand and dust between coats to remove all dust defects visible to the unaided eye from a distance of five (5) feet.

3.08 Plaster and Gypsum

A. Newly plastered walls and ceiling should be allowed to cure for at least 30 days under good drying conditions. Safe level for painting to be determined by use of a moisture meter and PH tests. B. Cracks, voids, and abrasions must be spackled and finished in the same wall texture and finished flush to the adjoining surfaces. C. Repaired surfaces are to be spot-primed before applying an overall coat of the primer. D. Steel corner beading is to be coated with rust retardate primer prior to a general prime coat being applied.

3.09 Drywall

A. All surfaces must be free of sanding dust, and joint treatment cement should be thoroughly dry. B. Damaged or defective surfaces are to be repaired by spackling or by other appropriate measures. C. Steel corner beading is to be coated with rust retardate primer prior to a general prime coat being applied.

3.10 Reinstallation of Removed Items – Following completion of painting in each space, promptly re-install all items removed for painting, using only workmen skilled in the particular trade.

3.11 Cleaning Up

A. General 1. During progress of the work, do not allow the accumulation of empty containers or other excess items except in areas specifically set aside for that purpose. 2. Prevent accidental spilling of paint materials and in event of such spill, immediately remove all spilled material and the waste or other equipment used to clean up the spill and return the surfaces to their original undamaged condition, all at no additional cost to the owner. B. Prior to Final Inspection – Upon completion of this portion of the work, visually inspect all surfaces and remove all paint and traces of paint from surfaces not schedule to be painted.

Painting and Coatings 09900 - 8 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation 3.12 Paint Applications

Exterior A. Galvanized Metal & Aluminum 1st Coat: S-W Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-310 Series (5-10 mils wet, 2-4 mils dry) 2nd Coat: S-W Metalatex Acrylic Semi-Gloss, B42 Series 3rd Coat: S-W Metalatex Acrylic Semi-Gloss, B42 Series (4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

B. Ferrous Metal – Semi-Gloss Finish 1st Coat: S-W Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-310 Series (5-10 mils wet, 2-4 mils dry) 2nd Coat: S-W Metalatex Acrylic Semi-Gloss, B42 Series 3rd Coat: S-W Metalatex Acrylic Semi-Gloss, B42 Series (4 mils wet,1.5 mils dry per coat)

Interior C. Drywall – Satin Finish 1st Coat: S-W PrepRite® 200 Latex Primer, B28W200 (4 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry) 2nd Coat: S-W ProMar® 200 Latex Eg-Shel, B20W2200 Series 3rd Coat: S-W ProMar® 200 Latex Eg-Shel, B20W2200 Series(4 mils wet, 1.6 mils dry per coat)

D. Wood Trim – 1st Coat: S-W PrepRite® ProBlock Latex. B51 Series (4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry) 2nd Coat: S-W ProMar® 200 Latex Semi-Gloss, B31W2200 Series 3rd Coat: S-W ProMar® 200 Latex Semi-Gloss, B31W2200 Series (4 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry per coat)

E. Ferrous Metal – Semi-Gloss Finish 1st Coat: S-W Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl® Primer, B66-310 Series (2-4 mils dry) 2nd Coat: S-W ProMar® 200 Latex Semi-Gloss, B31W2200 Series 3rd Coat: S-W ProMar® 200 Latex Semi-Gloss, B31W2200 Series (4 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry per coat)

F. Galvanized Metal – Semi-Gloss 1st Coat: S-W Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl® Primer, B66-310 Series (2-4 mils dry) 2nd Coat: S-W ProMar® 200 Latex Semi-Gloss, B31W2200 Series 3rd Coat: S-W ProMar® 200 Latex Semi-Gloss, B31W2200 Series (4 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry per coat)

G. Gypsum Board Walls and Ceilings – Epoxy Paint (Restroom and Janitor Only) 1st Coat: S-W PrepRite® 200 Latex Primer, B28W200 (4 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry) 2nd Coat: S-W Pro Industrial Pre-Catalyzed Waterbased Epoxy, K45 Series 3rd Coat: S-W Pro Industrial Pre-Catalyzed Waterbased Epoxy, K45 Series (4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

H. Sealed Concrete Floors 1st Coat: S-W H&C Concrete Sealer – Wet Look (5 mils wet) 2nd Coat: S-W H&C Concrete Sealer – Wet Look (5 mils wet)

Painting and Coatings 09900 - 9 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation END OF SECTION

Painting and Coatings 09900 - 10 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 10400 IDENTIFYING DEVICES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 Work Included – Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to:

A. Exterior and interior accessibility signage as noted on the Drawings All attachments and accessories necessary to provide a complete installation 1. Provide all services, labor, materials, and product required to fabricate and install project signage and graphic items detailed, noted and specified in the Contract Documents.

1.2 Related Work Described Elsewhere

A. Section 09900 Painting and Coatings

1.3 Quality Assurance

A. Manufacturer – As specified in Part 2. B. Installer – Work to be performed only by workers who are completely familiar with the published recommendations of the manufacturer of the material being used.

1.4 References – In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations:

A. Americans with Disabilities Act B. California Title 24 Accessibility C. 2012 California Building Code

1.5 Submittals

A. Product Data – Submit material specifications, manufacturer’s installation, and maintenance instructions under provisions of Section 01300. B. Paint Color Samples: Submit samples of paint for review of color, sheen and texture, on 4”x 6” aluminum sheets to simulate actual finish. Contractor shall resubmit each sample as requested until required color, sheen and texture is achieved. Submit two copies each for review by Owners Representative. C. Prototypes: Submit complete, finished prototypes to Owner Representative for review as requested. Subsequent fabrication of contract work shall conform with the accepted prototypes, which may be used on the job. Submit one sample each of the following: 1 - One complete sign including copy application

1.6 Product Handling

IDENTIFYING DEVICES 10400-1 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation A. Protection 1. Signage materials to be stored at the job site in a safe, dry place with all labels intact and legible at time of installation. 2. Use all means to protect signage materials before, during, and after installation. Do not allow products to become wet or damp. B. Replacements – In the event of damage, including water intrusion, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.7 Operation and Maintenance Manuals – Under provisions of Section 01700.

1.8 Warranty – Under provisions of Section 01700.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Manufacturer

A. BEST Manufacturing Sign Systems B. Ark Ramos C. Or approved equal.

2.2 Materials A. Aluminum: Provide angles, extrusions, channels, shapes, tubes and panel flat, aluminum plate or sheets of thickness required to prevent oil-canning. 1) Provide alloy 5005-h34 for anodized finishes. 2) Provide alloy 3003-h14, mill finish, for painted finishes. B. Stainless Steel: Provide stainless steel alloy #304. Where polished finish is specified, it shall be standard #8 mirror finish. Where brushed finish is specified, it shall be standard #4 finish. Brushed grain shall be horizontal, unless otherwise specified. C. Acrylic Plastic: Provide acrylic of thickness indicated on the drawings, but not less than 1/8" thick, unless otherwise specified. Cement used to fabricate plastic parts shall be #4 cement as manufactured by industrial polychemical or equal. Plastics shall be of uniform color and translucence as supplied by manufacturer.

D. Tactile (ADA) Signs: Provide sign panels, consisting of light-sensitive coating (photopolymer) on polyester or steel backing. Back-up substrate material shall consist of 1/4” acrylic panel painted in color shown on drawings. When aluminum back-up substrate material is specified, photopolymer on aluminum shall be used. Laminate together with industrial tape/adhesive as required.

E. Paint: Provide two component acrylic polyurethane with low volatile organic compounds and ultraviolet (UV) inhibitors. 1) All interior paint must comply with volatile organic compound and chemical component limits of Green Seal Standard GS-11.

F. Vinyl Material: Provide high performance vinyl products guaranteed for a

IDENTIFYING DEVICES 10400-2 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation minimum of seven years of durability for exterior applications. Application of vinyl films shall meet manufacturer’s specifications and recommendations. 1) Opaque Vinyl Graphics: Provide machine-cut vinyl graphics as shown on drawings. Graphics and copy shall be pre-spaced on 3m series scpm-3 application tape or equal. 2) Reflective Graphics: Provide reflective letters and machine-cut vinyl graphics as shown on drawings. Graphics shall be pre-spaced on 3M series scpm-3 application tape or equal.

G. Message Strips: Provide pre-trimmed acetate or lexan message strips to sizes and quantities specified. Lexan shall be clear and .005” minimum thickness.

H. Digital Color Prints: Provide digital color prints as noted on the drawings for interior or exterior application. Shall warranty the durability performance of such prints for two years for exterior use and seven years for interior use.

I. Indoor Adhesives: All indoor adhesive products must comply with the volatile organic compound limits of SCAQMD Rule #1168.

J. Indoor Sealants: All indoor sealant products used as fillers must comply with the volatile organic compound limits of the BAAQMD Regulation 8, Rule 51.

2.3 FABRICATION METHODS

A. Exercise highest level of care during fabrication and installation, including: 1) Comply with requirements indicated for materials, thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes and details of construction. 2) Preassemble signs in the shop to the greatest extent possible to minimize field assembly. Disassemble signs only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and installation, in a location not exposed to view after final assembly. 3) Conceal fasteners if possible; otherwise, located fasteners to appear inconspicuous. 4) Form panels to required size and shape as shown on drawings. Comply with requirements for design, dimensions, finish, color and details of construction. 5) Coordinate dimensions and attachment methods to produce message panels with closely fitted joints. Align edges and surfaces with one another in the relationship indicated.

B. Very High Bond (VHB) 3M Tape: Apply VHB tape as specified and recommended by manufacturer for sign fabrication applications. 1) Pretreat all surfaces prior to the application of VHB tape, removing all oil and foreign matter, and lightly sand bonding surfaces prior to tape application. 2) Prior to removal of the carrier tape, burnish the tape to the first

IDENTIFYING DEVICES 10400-3 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation applied surface to activate adhesive properties. 3) Reburnish bonded areas and clamp elements together for time specified by manufacturer. C. Life Safety Evacuation Plans: Prepare all graphic layouts and camera-ready artwork for plans based upon the design shown in the drawings and as required by the agency

2.4 FINISHING A. Painted Finish: Prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and recommendations. Pre-treatment of paint finished surfaces to include: 1) Ensure that all surfaces are free of tooling marks, scratches, dings, dents, bondo, joint fillers or foreign matter. 2) Thoroughly sand surfaces to be paint finished as required, using dual action sander with 320 grit paper prior to application of primer and finish coats. 3) Provide sufficient primer coats to achieve a smooth uniform surface. 4) Spray paint all surfaces as required, following paint manufacturer’s recommendations concerning thinning, application and drying time. 5) Provide primer coats and top coats of two component acrylic polyurethane with low volatile organic compounds. 6) Provide finish paint containing ultraviolet UV inhibitors and antioxidants as required for highest degree of color and finish retention. 7) Provide satin gloss finish unless otherwise specified.

B. Clear Coated Metal Surfaces: Provide pretreatment and protective clear coat finish to all polished or brushed metal surfaces. Pretreatment and finish processing shall include the following: 1) Thoroughly clean metal to be free of all buffing compound and all foreign matter. 2) Provide tarnish-retarding pre-treatment using Matthews Paint Co. #74-737 “Braco Pretreatment” or approved equal. 3) Provide clear, colorless adhesive using Matthews Paint Co. #74-793 “Spray Bond” or approved equal. Applications shall be followed with 30 minute drying cycle. 4) Provide final clear coat finish of #282-260 “Braco Clear”, catalyzed with #283-800 “Catalyst” and reduced with #285-100 “Exempt Reducer” by Matthews Paint Co. or approved equal. 5) Provide clear coat finish to cast letters, including backs of all letters, as well as front and sides.

2.5 COPY APPLICATION A. General Requirements: Provide Adobe Type I Postscript Font available from Abode Systems for all copy applications except as otherwise noted on drawings. Typestyle shown on drawings are for information only. 1) Provide typestyle available with film or machine cut positives produced by phototypesetter, GSP Sign Maker, or approved equal. Large copy shall be photomechanically or digitally enlarged. 2) Ensure that size and placement of copy comply with dimensions for

IDENTIFYING DEVICES 10400-4 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation letter height, line spacing and placement as either noted on drawings, in digital files, or final approved lettering patterns. 3) Ensure that baselines of all copy is straight and parallel with top or bottom of sign structure unless otherwise noted. 4) Ensure that edges of letter forms are true and smooth with straight and curved portions representing the specified project typestyle exactly. 5) Ensure that corners of letter forms and numerals are true to form. Rounded letter forms shall extend slightly below the normal baseline per respective typestyle characteristics. All letter forms shall be free of imperfections, ticks and distortion of straight lines and curves.

B. Tactile ADA Signs: Execute tactile ADA signs with typestyle and symbols indicated on the drawings. Include grade II Braille translations. Letter forms shall be crisp and free of imperfection. 1) Symbols, copy and grade II Braille shall be processed from original machine cut or photo-mechanically produced film positives. Individually applied, hand-spaced letters and or symbols will not be accepted. 2) All tactile copy shall be raised a minimum of 1/32" in-relief from the background field.

C. Screened-Printed Copy: Provide photo-mechanically produced screens. Print all copy using fine mesh screens and screening inks. 1) Pretreat surfaces by applying one protective coat of clear acrylic polyurethane. 2) Ensure that the surface of all letters are uniform in color, finish and free of pinholes or imperfections. 3) Match sign message and background colors to approved color samples in every respect for consistency in chroma, value and coverage. 4) Provide sign colors that maintain proper opacity or translucency and are free of blistering, bleeding or fading. Color registration shall be crisp, sharp and free of imperfection. 5) Provide screen process copy on porcelain enamel signs executed in accordance with PEI:ALS 105(69). D. Vinyl Copy Applications: Prepare surfaces for vinyl sheet and copy applications in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations. Surfaces shall be perfectly smooth and free of dust, grease, wax or other foreign matter prior to application. Spacing of all copy shall be done according to approved samples utilizing pre-spacing application tapes.

E. ADA Signs: Provide tactile copy and symbols for ADA room identification signs that is raised-in-relief 1/32" above sign background surface. Copy shall be painted to colors indicated on the drawings. Letter forms shall be crisp and clear and free from imperfection.

F. Printing Digital Directory Map: Provide digitally printed directory plans unless

IDENTIFYING DEVICES 10400-5 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation otherwise noted on the drawings. Produce plans with 3M Scotch Print Electronic Graphic System. Exterior prints shall have a 2 year guarantee and interior prints a 7 year guarantee. Laminate digital prints with UV-protected, graffiti-resistant clear overlay film.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Site Verification of Conditions: Verify that installation conditions are acceptable for product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Notify Owner Representative in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely execution of work. Work shall not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

B. Review documents to identify number of units and locations of project signage. 1) Sign locations shown on location plans are for reference only. Exact locations shall be field verified with Owner Representative prior to installation. 2) Exterior sign locations shall be identified by numbered stakes that include sign type item numbers.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install signs plumb and true, at mounting heights indicated, by method shown, and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

B. Install signs at heights to conform with ADAAG and applicable local amendments and regulations.

C. Prepare all surfaces as required and properly align, level and true, all signs flush to mounted surface. For freestanding signs, remove excess visible adhesive, if used. D. Permanently install signs using concealed vandal proof, fastening methods.

E. Connect electrical signs to the stubbed power source.

F. Provide Owner Representative with all warranty information and manufacturer's paperwork upon completion of installation.

3.3 CLEANING, PROTECTION AND REPAIR

A. Upon completion of installation, clean and polish sign surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

IDENTIFYING DEVICES 10400-6 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation B. Protect product and finishes from damage until accepted by Owner Representative. Repair damage of any kind to sign or surrounding surfaces to satisfaction of Owner Representative or item shall be replaced. 1) Check items for correct placement. 2) Repair and repaint building surfaces damaged during installation.

C. Remove protective coating and identifying stickers, paper, upon completion of the installation.

D. Contractor shall be responsible for all tools and personal items. District shall not assume risk for loss of tools or personal items that are left on the project site.

E. Remove crating and debris from project site and leave premises in clean condition. All cartons, packing materials, etc. shall be immediately removed from project site by Contractor providing such materials.

3.4. COMPLETION

A. Once installation, cleaning, protection and repair measures have been completed, perform a punch walk with Owner's Representative to inspect project.

END OF SECTION

IDENTIFYING DEVICES 10400-7

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 15 001

COMMON HVAC REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Common requirements and procedures for HVAC systems. 2. Responsibility for proper operation of electrically powered equipment furnished under this Division. 3. Interface with Testing And Balancing Agency. 4. Furnish and install sealants relating to installation of systems installed under this Division. 5. Furnish and install Firestop Penetration Systems for HVAC system penetrations as described in Contract Documents. 6. Furnish and install sound, vibration, and seismic control elements.

B. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. Sleeves, inserts, and equipment for mechanical systems installed under other Sections.

C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 03 3053: Exterior concrete pads and bases for mechanical equipment. 2. Section 05 0523: Quality and requirements for welding. 3. Section 07 8400: Quality of Penetration Firestop Systems to be used on Project and submittal requirements. 4. Section 07 9213: Quality of sealants used at building exterior. 5. Section 07 9219: Quality of acoustical sealants. 6. Sections Under 09 9000 Heading: Painting of mechanical items requiring field painting. 7. Section 26 2913: Magnetic starters and thermal protective devices (heaters) not factory mounted integral part of mechanical equipment. 8. Division 26: Raceway and conduit, unless specified otherwise, line voltage wiring, outlets, and disconnect switches. 9. Slots and openings through floors, walls, ceilings, and roofs provided under other Divisions in their respective materials.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's catalog data for each manufactured item. 1) Provide section in submittal for each type of item of equipment. Include Manufacturer's catalog data of each manufactured item and enough information to show compliance with Contract Document requirements. Literature shall show capacities and size of equipment used and be marked indicating each specific item with applicable data underlined. 2) Include name, address, and phone number of each supplier. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Schematic control diagrams for each separate fan system, heating system, control panel, etc. Each diagram shall show locations of all control and operational components and devices. Mark correct operating settings for each control device on these diagrams. b. Diagram for electrical control system showing wiring of related electrical control items such as firestats, fuses, interlocks, electrical switches, and relays. Include drawings showing electrical power requirements and connection locations.

Common HVAC Requirements - 1 - 15 001 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

c. Drawing of each temperature control panel identifying components in panels and their function. d. Other shop drawings required by Division 23 trade Sections.

B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual a. Operations and Maintenance Data 1) At beginning of HVAC section of Operations And Maintenance Manual, provide master index showing items included. a) Provide name, address, and phone number of Architect, Architect's Mechanical Engineer, General Contractor, and HVAC, Sheet Metal, Refrigeration, and Temperature Control subcontractors. b) Identify maintenance instructions by using same equipment identification used in Contract Drawings. Maintenance instructions shall include: (1) List of HVAC equipment used indicating name, model, serial number, and nameplate data of each item together with number and name associated with each system item. (2) Manufacturer's maintenance instructions for each piece of HVAC equipment installed in Project. Instructions shall include name of vendor, installation instructions, parts numbers and lists, operation instructions of equipment, and maintenance and lubrication instructions. (3) Summary list of mechanical equipment requiring lubrication showing name of equipment, location, and type and frequency of lubrication. (4) Manual for Honeywell T7350 thermostat published by Honeywell. c) Provide operating instructions to include: (1) General description of each HVAC system. (2) Step by step procedure to follow in putting each piece of HVAC equipment into operation. (3) Provide diagrams for electrical control system showing wiring of items such as smoke detectors, fuses, interlocks, electrical switches, and relays. b. Warranty Documentation: 1) Include copies of warranties required in individual Sections of Division 15. c. Record Documentation: 1) Manufacturers documentation: a) Copies of approved shop drawings.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals: 1. Perform work in accordance with applicable provisions of Gas Ordinances applicable to Project. Provide materials and labor necessary to comply with rules, regulations, and ordinances. 2. In case of differences between building codes, laws, local ordinances, utility company regulations, and Contract Documents, the most stringent shall govern. Notify Architect in writing of such differences before performing work affected by such differences.

B. Identification: 1. Motor and equipment name plates as well as applicable UL / ULC and AGA / CGA labels shall be in place when Project is turned over to Owner.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Delivery And Acceptance Requirements: 1. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place.

B. Storage And Handling Requirements: 1. In addition to requirements specified in Division 01:

Common HVAC Requirements - 2 - 15 001 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

a. Stored material shall be readily accessible for inspection by Architect until installed. b. Store items subject to moisture damage, such as controls, in dry, heated spaces. c. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. d. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. 2. Protect bearings during installation. Thoroughly grease steel shafts to prevent corrosion.

1.5 WARRANTY

A. Manufacturer Warranty: 1. Provide certificates of warranty for each piece of equipment made out in favor of Owner. Clearly record 'start-up' date of each piece of equipment on certificate.

B. Special Warranty: 1. Guarantee HVAC systems to be free from noise in operation that may develop from failure to construct system in accordance with Contract Documents. 2. If HVAC sub-contractor with offices located more than 150 miles (240 km) from Project site is used, provide service / warranty work agreement for warranty period with local HVAC sub- contractor approved by Architect. Include copy of service / warranty agreement in warranty section of Operation And Maintenance Manual.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 COMPONENTS

A. Components shall bear Manufacturer's name and trade name. Equipment and materials of same general type shall be of same make throughout work to provide uniform appearance, operation, and maintenance.

B. Pipe And Pipe Fittings: 1. Use domestic made pipe and pipe fittings on Project. 2. Weld-O-Let and Screw-O-Let fittings are acceptable.

C. Sleeves: 1. In Framing: Standard weight galvanized iron pipe, Schedule 40 PVC, or 14 ga (2 mm) galvanized sheet metal two sizes larger than bare pipe or insulation on insulated pipe. 2. In Concrete And Masonry: Sleeves through outside walls, interior shear walls, and footings shall be schedule 80 black steel pipe with welded plate.

D. Valves: 1. Valves of same type shall be of same manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Drawings: 1. HVAC Drawings show general arrangement of piping, ductwork, equipment, etc. Follow as closely as actual building construction and work of other trades will permit. 2. Consider Architectural and Structural Drawings part of this work insofar as these drawings furnish information relating to design and construction of building. These drawings take precedence over HVAC Drawings.

Common HVAC Requirements - 3 - 15 001 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

3. Because of small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, and accessories that may be required. Investigate structural and finish conditions affecting this work and arrange work accordingly, providing such fittings, valves, and accessories required to meet conditions.

B. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Examine premises to understand conditions that may affect performance of work of this Division before submitting proposals for this work. Examine adjoining work on which mechanical work is dependent for efficiency and report work that requires correction. 2. No subsequent allowance for time or money will be considered for any consequence related to failure to examine site conditions. 3. Ensure that items to be furnished fit space available. Make necessary field measurements to ascertain space requirements including those for connections and furnish and install equipment of size and shape so final installation shall suit true intent and meaning of Contract Documents. If approval is received by Addendum or Change Order to use other than originally specified items, be responsible for specified capacities and for ensuring that items to be furnished will fit space available. 4. Check that slots and openings provided under other Divisions through floors, walls, ceilings, and roofs are properly located. Perform cutting and patching caused by neglecting to coordinate with Divisions providing slots and openings at no additional cost to Owner.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Changes Due To Equipment Selection: 1. Where equipment specified or otherwise approved requires different arrangement or connections from that shown in Contract Documents, submit drawings, if requested by Architect, showing proposed installations. 2. If proposed changes are approved, install equipment to operate properly and in harmony with intent of Contract Documents. Make incidental changes in piping, ductwork, supports, installation, wiring, heaters, panelboards, and as otherwise necessary. 3. Provide any additional motors, valves, controllers, fittings, and other additional equipment required for proper operation of system resulting from selection of equipment. 4. Be responsible for the proper location of roughing-in and connections provided under other Divisions.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Interface With Other Work: 1. Furnish sleeves, inserts, supports, and equipment that are to be installed by others in sufficient time to be incorporated into construction as work proceeds. Locate these items and see they are properly installed. 2. Electrical: Furnish exact location of electrical connections and complete information on motor controls to installer of electrical system. 3. Testing And Balancing: a. Put HVAC systems into full operation and continue their operation during each working day of testing and balancing. b. Make changes in pulleys, belts, fan speeds, and dampers or add dampers as required for correct balance as recommended by Testing And Balancing Agency and at no additional cost to Owner.

B. Cut carefully to minimize necessity for repairs to previously installed or existing work. Do not cut beams, columns, or trusses.

C. Locating Equipment: 1. Arrange pipes, ducts, and equipment to permit ready access to valves, cocks, unions, traps, filters, starters, motors, control components, and to clear openings of doors and access panels.

Common HVAC Requirements - 4 - 15 001 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

2. Adjust locations of pipes, ducts, switches, panels, and equipment to accommodate work to interferences anticipated and encountered. 3. Install HVAC work to permit removal of equipment and parts of equipment requiring periodic replacement or maintenance without damage to or interference with other parts of equipment or structure. 4. Determine exact route and location of each pipe and duct before fabrication. a. Right-Of-Way: 1) Lines that pitch shall have right-of-way over those that do not pitch. For example, steam, steam condensate, and drains shall normally have right-of-way. 2) Lines whose elevations cannot be changed shall have right-of-way over lines whose elevations can be changed. b. Offsets, Transitions, and Changes in Direction: 1) Make offsets, transitions, and changes in direction in pipes and ducts as required to maintain proper head room and pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on Drawings. 2) Furnish and install all traps, air vents, sanitary vents, and devices as required to effect these offsets, transitions, and changes in direction.

D. Piping: 1. Furnish and install complete system of piping, valved as indicated or as necessary to completely control entire apparatus. a. Pipe drawings are diagrammatic and indicate general location and connections. Piping may have to be offset, lowered, or raised as required or directed at site. This does not relieve this Division from responsibility for proper erection of systems of piping in every respect. b. Arrange piping to not interfere with removal of other equipment, ducts, or devices, or block access to doors, windows, or access openings. 1) Arrange so as to facilitate removal of tube bundles. 2) Provide accessible flanges or ground joint unions, as applicable for type of piping specified, at connections to equipment and on bypasses. a) Make connections of dissimilar metals with di-electric unions. b) Install valves and unions ahead of traps and strainers. Provide unions on both sides of traps. 3) Do not use reducing bushings, street elbows, bull head tees, close nipples, or running couplings. 4) Install piping systems so they may be easily drained. Provide drain valves at low points and manual air vents at high points in hot water heating and cooling water piping. 5) Install piping to insure noiseless circulation. 6) Place valves and specialties to permit easy operation and access. Valves shall be regulated, packed, and glands adjusted at completion of work before final acceptance. c. Do not install piping in shear walls. 2. Properly make adequate provisions for expansion, contraction, slope, and anchorage. a. Cut piping accurately for fabrication to measurements established at site. Remove burr and cutting slag from pipes. b. Work piping into place without springing or forcing. Make piping connections to pumps and other equipment without strain at piping connection. Remove bolts in flanged connections or disconnect piping to demonstrate that piping has been so connected, if requested. c. Make changes in direction with proper fittings. d. Expansion of Thermoplastic Pipe: 1) Provide for expansion in every 30 feet (9 meters) of straight run. 2) Provide 12 inch (300 mm) offset below roof line in each vent line penetrating roof. 3. Provide sleeves around pipes passing through concrete or masonry floors, walls, partitions, or structural members. Do not place sleeves around soil, waste, vent, or roof drain lines passing through concrete floors on grade. Seal sleeves with specified sealants. a. Sleeves through floors shall extend 1/4 inch (6 mm) above floor finish in mechanical equipment rooms above basement floor. In other rooms, sleeves shall be flush with floor. b. Sleeves through floors and foundation walls shall be watertight.

Common HVAC Requirements - 5 - 15 001 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

4. Provide spring clamp plates (escutcheons) where pipes run through walls, floors, or ceilings and are exposed in finished locations of building. Plates shall be chrome plated heavy brass of plain pattern and shall be set tight on pipe and to building surface. 5. Remove dirt, grease, and other foreign matter from each length of piping before installation. a. After each section of piping used for movement of water or steam is installed, flush with clean water, except where specified otherwise. b. Arrange temporary flushing connections for each section of piping and arrange for flushing total piping system. c. Provide temporary cross connections and water supply for flushing and drainage and remove after completion of work.

E. Penetration Firestops: Install Penetration Firestop System appropriate for penetration at HVAC system penetrations through walls, ceilings, roofs, and top plates of walls.

F. Sealants: 1. Seal openings through building exterior caused by penetrations of elements of HVAC systems. 2. Furnish and install acoustical sealant to seal penetrations through acoustically insulated walls and ceilings.

3.4 REPAIR / RESTORATION

A. Each Section of this Division shall bear expense of cutting, patching, repairing, and replacing of work of other Sections required because of its fault, error, tardiness, or because of damage done by it. 1. Patch and repair walls, floors, ceilings, and roofs with materials of same quality and appearance as adjacent surfaces unless otherwise shown. 2. Surface finishes shall exactly match existing finishes of same materials.

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field Tests: 1. Perform tests on HVAC piping systems. Furnish devices required for testing purposes.

B. Non-Conforming Work: 1. Replace material or workmanship proven defective with sound material at no additional cost to Owner. 2. Repeat tests on new material, if requested.

3.6 SYSTEM START-UP

A. Off-Season Start-up: 1. If Substantial Completion inspection occurs during heating season, schedule spring start-up of cooling systems. If inspection occurs during cooling season, schedule autumn start-up for heating systems. 2. Notify Owner seven days minimum before scheduled start-up. 3. Time will be allowed to completely service, test, check, and off-season start systems. During allowed time, train Owner's representatives in operation and maintenance of system. 4. At end of off-season start-up, furnish Owner with letter confirming that above work has been satisfactorily completed.

B. Preparations that are to be completed before start up and operation include, but are not limited to, following: 1. Dry out electric motors and other equipment to develop and properly maintain constant insulation resistance. 2. Make adjustments to insure that:

Common HVAC Requirements - 6 - 15 001 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

a. Equipment alignments and clearances are adjusted to allowable tolerances. b. Nuts and bolts and other types of anchors and fasteners are properly and securely fastened. c. Packed, gasketed, and other types of joints are properly made up and are tight and free from leakage. d. Miscellaneous alignings, tightenings, and adjustings are completed so systems are tight and free from leakage and equipment performs as intended. 3. Motors and accessories are completely operable. 4. Inspect and test electrical circuitry, connections, and voltages to be properly connected and free from shorts. 5. Adjust drives for proper alignment and tension. 6. Make certain filters in equipment for moving air are new and of specified type. 7. Properly lubricate and run-in bearings in accordance with Manufacturer's directions and recommendations.

3.7 CLEANING

A. Clean exposed piping, ductwork, and equipment.

B. No more than one week before Final Inspection, flush out bearings and clean other lubricated surfaces with flushing oil. Provide best quality and grade of lubricant specified by Equipment Manufacturer.

C. Replace filters in equipment for moving air with new filters of specified type no more than one week before Final Inspection.

3.8 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES

A. Instruction Of Owner: 1. Instruct building maintenance personnel in operation and maintenance of mechanical systems utilizing Operation And Maintenance Manual when so doing. a. Minimum Instruction Periods: 1) HVAC and Refrigeration: Four hours. 2) Temperature Control: Four hours. b. Conduct instruction periods after Substantial Completion inspection when systems are properly working and before final payment is made. None of these instructional periods shall overlap another.

3.9 PROTECTION

A. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. Cap or plug open ends of pipes and equipment to keep dirt and other foreign materials out of system. Do not use plugs of rags, wool, cotton waste, or similar materials.

B. Do not operate pieces of equipment used for moving supply air without proper air filters installed properly in system.

C. After start-up, continue necessary lubrication and be responsible for damage to bearings while equipment is being operated up to Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

Common HVAC Requirements - 7 - 15 001

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 15100 - PLUMBING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provisions of Division 01 apply to this section

B. Section Includes: Labor, materials, tools, and equipment to install plumbing systems as indicated.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 and Section 15010: Basic Mechanical Requirements.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Unless otherwise noted, provisions including amendments thereto, of the State Plumbing Code Part 5, Title 24, CCR; of the California Plumbing Code, latest edition; and of the latest Plumbing Ordinances of the City are hereby made part of this section.

B. Conform to provisions of Section 15010: Basic Mechanical Requirements.

C. Manufacturer of plumbing products must have ANSI/NSF Standard 61, Section 9 certification to demonstrate compliance with the federal requirements for lead contribution to drinking water (Safe Drinking Water Act SDWA).

1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Conform to provisions of Section 15050: Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 FIXTURES AND DRAINS

A. General: Fixtures specified shall be furnished complete with trim and fittings. Cast iron plumbing fixtures shall be acid resistant enamel, and identified by casting letters "AR" or words "acid-resistant" into metal. Fixtures shall be white unless otherwise specified. Cast iron fixtures shall be white enamel inside and on back, rim and apron, with exposed unfinished surfaces painted white. Fixtures of same general classifications shall be of same make.

Plumbing 15400 - 1

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

B. Finished Brass:

1. Unless otherwise specified, finished brass of a similar type shall be of same manufacturer and model throughout buildings. 2. Finished and exposed brass equipment, except floor, shower and urinal drains shall be chromium-plated and polished. Floor, shower and urinal drains, unless otherwise specified, shall be nickel-bronze metal. C. Traps, Trap Arms and Tailpieces:

1. Fixture traps shall be all cast brass, chromium-plated and polished. Exceptions as follows:

a. Traps that are an integral part of a fixture. b. Traps concealed in floors, walls and furring. 2. Concealed traps and 17 gauge tailpieces may be rough brass finish, except as otherwise specified. Laboratory traps and tailpieces shall be as specified in Section 15050: Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. Furnish chromium-plated and polished cast brass wall flanges with setscrews and chromium-plated and polished brass casing on discharge side of each trap. 3. Tailpieces shall be not lighter than 17 gauge, brass, chromium-plated, and polished. Furnish and install chromium brass plated wall flanges with set screws and chromium-plated 20 gauge brass casing on discharge side of each chrome-plated all cast trap.

D. Faucet Valve Handles: Faucet valve handles shall be solid brass, chromium- plated and polished, and fastened to their stems by Allen type hollow head stainless steel set screws through the side of the handle extending into the stem. Handles with sharp edges or projections shall not be furnished. E. Fixture Supplies:

1. Supplies for water heaters shall be unplated rigid copper water tube with threaded adaptors for connections to valves and other threaded connections. All other supplies shall be chromium-plated brass with hospital threads or shall be furnished with fittings and valves, which completely cover threads.

2. Supplies to water closet tanks, lavatories, and drinking fountains shall be furnished with chromium-plated and polished screwed type angle compression stops with square shank stems and lock shields extending beyond stem. Instead of solid supply piping, polished chrome-plated risers of 3/8 inch outside diameter with ferrule stop end and metal nosepiece may be furnished. The installation of braided stainless supply lines may permitted.

3. Each supply or pipe that penetrates a finished surface and plumbing pipes passing through a countertop or part of a cabinet shall be furnished with a chromium-plated brass flange except flanges furnished by manufacturer of flush valves as an assembly.

Plumbing 15400 - 2

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

5. Water supplies of plumbing fixtures shall be protected against back- siphonage in event of a vacuum in piping system. 6. Discharge outlets of supply faucets for lavatories and sinks shall clear top of overflow rim by at least one inch. 7. Toilet and urinal flush valves shall be furnished with recognized atmospheric vacuum breakers, installed a minimum of 6 inches above fixture.

2.02 DRINKING FOUNTAINS

DF-1: Dual Height - Two unit, access compliant, wall-mounted, 14 gauge Type 304 stainless steel dual height (high, low) drinking fountains of one-piece construction, with 1/4 inch thick stainless steel backs, furnished with 2 (one each unit) chrome- plated forged brass integral basin shank, vandal-resistant bubbler heads, with flow/pressure regulating valves and chrome-plated solid brass flow adjustable push button activation, with chrome-plated cast brass waste strainers, bottom plates and stainless steel screen water supply strainers at inlet. Install with a 3/16 inch thick steel mounting plate inside the wall.

HAWS SUNROC ELKAY 1119.14 SF-3770 EDFP 217C with mounting plate with mounting plate SF- with MP 20 6700.4 0140

2.03 FAUCETS A. Access compliant faucets: Force to activate controls shall be no greater than 5lbs. Self closing metering, where specified, to remain open 10 seconds minimum when activated.

F-1: Wall mounted, hot and cold faucet, chrome plated, with lever handles and 5 ½“ goose-neck spout.

CHICAGO ZURN 445-GN2-BCP Z-841-A1

2.04 HOSE BIBBS HB-5: Same as HB-3 ZURN CHAMPION except furnish with bent nose. ACORN 8126LK-RBVB Z-1343-VB-LK B-401 LK

2.05 LAVATORIES

A. Access compliant faucets for Lavatories: Force to activate controls shall be no greater than 5lbs. Self closing metering, when specified, to remain open 10 seconds minimum when activated. Plumbing 15400 - 3

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

B. Cast Iron Lavatories shall be acid resistant enamel, and shall conform to Commercial Standards CS 77.63. Unites furnished in conjunction with strainer installation or faucet installation shall be brass. Exposed brass nuts shall be chrome plated.

C. Exposed trim shall be free from sharp edges or points. Fixture shall be furnished with other listed manufacturer specified trim. Instead of solid supply pipe, polished chrome-plated risers, 3/8 inch outside diameter with ferrule stop end and metal nosepiece may be furnished.

D. Insulate cold water, hot water and drain lines under all access compliant lavatories with approved type insulation. PLUMBEREX LAV-GUARD

PRODUCTS:

L-1: 20” X 18” cast iron, acid-resistant enamel punched with three holes, 4 inches on center and supplied with tempered or cold water only. Unit shall be furnished with hangers. Stops shall be loose key, square shank, lock shield type.

COMMERCIAL KOHLER BRASS CHICAGO ZURN ENAMEL CRAFT Bowl 551 (3 holes) K-2849 Z-5844 Faucet F-9 F-9 F-9 F-9 F-9 (See Section 2.13 - Faucets) Drain K-7715 327A Z8743 Supply HSTR 1017 ZH-8822- 1720 CE-LK A-CB-C Note: Provide with ½” I.P.S. X 3/8” comp.; female outlet.

2.06 P-TRAPS

PT-1: Cast brass complete, chrome-plated. ZURN AB&A Z-8712-LC 107

2.07 HEIGHT OF FIXTURES

A. Heights for access compliant fixtures shall be installed per DSA written Accessibility Guidelines. Fixture: Height: Lavatories, sink top height 34” max. Lavatories, sink knee clearance 27” min. Drinking fountains, bubbler height. 36” max. Drinking fountains, knee clearance 27” min Plumbing 15400 - 4

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas and conditions under which Work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. General:

1. Unless otherwise specified, plumbing fixtures, equipment and appliances that require connections to plumbing line shall be connected. This shall include fixtures specified or indicated as furnished by others, furnished by Owner, or specified in other related sections. Install supplies, stops, valves, traps, wall flanges, or pipe casing for connection of this equipment.

2. Install equipment as indicated on reviewed and accepted Shop Drawings.

3. Avoid interference with Work of other trades. Do not deviate from Drawings without review of the Architect.

B. Examination: Check each piece of equipment in system for defects verifying that parts are properly furnished and installed.

C. For piping Work, refer to Section 15050: Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

D. Plumbing Fixture and Equipment Installation:

1. Unless otherwise indicated, fixtures shall be installed with 5/16 inch brass bolts or screws of sufficient length to securely fasten fixture to backing, wall, or closet ring.

2. Fixtures installed against concrete or masonry walls shall have their hangers fastened with 5/16 inch brass bolts, Philip Shield type anchors, or 2 unit cinch anchors. Wood or plastic plugs are not permitted.

3. Fixtures installed against wood or metal stud walls shall have their hangers fastened to metal backing plates with 5/16 inch brass bolts screwed into plate. Fixture hangers for urinals shall be fastened centered vertically on metal backing plate with three 5/16 brass bolts each for small individual hangers and six, for larger one piece hangers. Lavatories shall be hung with not less than four 5/16 inch brass bolts or not less than five 1/4 inch brass bolts. Each sink hanger shall be hung with not less than four 5/16 inch brass bolt or not less than five 1/4 inch brass bolts.

4. Pan type drinking fountains shall be hung with 5/16 inch cadmium plated bolts with a bolt in each bolt opening in hanger. Hangers for pan type drinking fountains shall provide 2 inches (plus or minus 1/4 inch) between

Plumbing 15400 - 5

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

pan and wall. Spaces due to irregularities between fixtures and tile walls shall be neatly filled with white cement or silicone filler.

5. Backing for hanging of plumbing fixtures and equipment shall be installed in supporting wall. At wood studs, blocking shall be carefully recessed flush with face of stud and attached to each stud with 2 No. 14 flat-head wood screws, 2 inches in length into pre-drilled 1/8 inch holes.

6. Piping materials for trap arms shall be Brass, Cast Iron or DWV copper

3.03 SERVICE CONNECTIONS

A. Determine exact location of required water, drain, and sewer connections and provide proper connections.

B. Potable water lines shall be purged completely before connecting to sources of water for the Project. Determine quality of water supply before connection.

3.04 CLEANING - PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS AND FIXTURES

A. Plumbing lines and fixtures shall be flushed to remove dirt and foreign material until water runs clear and no foreign substance or odor is present. Strainers and screens on faucets shall be removed during this cleaning operation.

3.05 CLEANUP

A. Remove rubbish, debris, and waste materials and legally dispose off Project site.

3.06 PROTECTION

A. Protect Work of this section until Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

Plumbing 15400 - 6

Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 15 130

WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Design, Furnish and install complete wet-pipe fire sprinkler system as specified in Contract Documents. System shall be designed and calculated by a licensed professional with current certificates and credentials. 2. Furnish and install Firestop Penetration Systems for fire sprinkler system penetrations as described in Contract Documents.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. Association Publications: 1. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.: a. UL Directory B, 'Fire Protection Equipment Directory'

B. Reference Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute / American Society of Mechanical Engineers: a. ANSI/ASME B1.20.1-1983(R2006), ‘Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)’. b. ANSI/ASME B16.1-2010, ‘Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings’. c. ANSI/ASME B16.3-2011, ‘Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300’. d. ANSI/ASME B16.4-2011, ‘Gray Iron Threaded Fittings, Classes 125 and 250’. e. ANSI/ASME B16.5-2009, ‘Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings’. 2. American National Standards Institute / American Water Works Association: a. ANSI/AWWA C606-11, ‘Grooved and Shouldered Joints’. 3. American National Standards Institute / American Welding Society: a. ANSI/AWA B2.1/B2.1M-2009, ‘Specification for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification’. 4. ASTM International: a. ASTM A53/A53M-12, ‘Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc- Coated, Welded and Seamless’ b. ASTM A135/A135M-09, ‘Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe’. c. ASTM A234/A234M-11a, ‘Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service’. d. ASTM A395/A395M-99(2009), ‘Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure- Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures’. e. ASTM A536-84(2009), ‘Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings’. f. ASTM A795/A795M-08, ‘Standard Specification for Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Fire Protection Use’. 5. National Fire Protection Association / American National Standards Institute: a. NFPA 13: ‘Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems’, (2010 Edition). b. NFPA 24: ‘Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and their Appurtenances’, (2010 Edition). c. NFPA 25: ‘Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems’, (2011 Edition). d. NFPA 101: ‘Life Safety Code’, (2012 Edition).

Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems - 1 - 21 1313 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Size sprinkler system by one of following methods: 1) Pipe schedule method in accordance with NFPA 13. 2) Hydraulic calculation design method based on water supply evaluation performed at building site. b. On submittals, refer to sprinkler heads by sprinkler identification or model number published in appropriate agency listing or approval. Trade names and other abbreviated designations are not acceptable. c. Submittal Procedure: 1) After award of Contract and before purchase of equipment, submit seven sets of shop drawings with specifications and hydraulic calculations to Architect and two sets to local jurisdiction having authority for fire prevention for review. If pipe schedule method is used, submit copies of schedules in NFPA 13 used in sizing pipe. 2) After integrating Architect's and AHJ's comments into drawings, licensed certified fire protection engineer of record who designed fire protection system shall stamp, sign, and date each sheet of shop drawings and first page of specifications and calculations. 3) Submit stamped documents to Owner and to AHJ for fire prevention for final approval. 4) After final approval, submit four copies of approved stamped documents to Architect. 5) Failure of system to meet requirements of authority having jurisdiction and/or approved stamped construction documents shall be corrected at no additional cost to Owner.

B. Informational Submittals: 1. Qualification Statement: a. Licensed fire protection engineer or fire protection system designer: 1) Licensed for area of Project. 2) Certified by NICET to level three minimum. 3) Provide Qualification documentation if requested by Architect or Owner. b. Installer: 1) Provide Qualification documentation if requested by Architect or Owner.

C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Operations and Maintenance Data: 1) Maintenance and instructions. a) List of system components used indicating name and model of each item. b) Manufacturer's maintenance instructions for each component installed in Project. c) Instructions shall include installation instructions, parts numbers and lists, operation instructions of equipment, and maintenance and lubrication instructions. b. Warranty Documentation: 1) Include copies of required warranties. c. Record Documentation: 1) Include copies of approved shop drawings. 2) Provide master index showing items included. 3) Provide name, address, and phone number of Architect, Architect's Fire Sprinkler Consultant, General Contractor, and Fire Protection subcontractor. 4) Provide operating instructions to include: a) General description of fire protection system. b) Step by step procedure to follow for shutting down system or putting system into operation. 5) Provide copy of system’s above ground and below ground hydrostatic tests. Provide separate copies for Architect and Owner. 6) Provide copy of ‘Contractor’s Material and Testing Certificate for Above Ground Piping’ NFPA 13, Figure 24.1 (2010 edition). 2. Inspection: a. Provide Owner with latest version of NFPA 25.

Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems - 2 - 21 1313 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

D. Maintenance Material Submittals; 1. Extra Stock Materials: a. Spare sprinkler heads in the quantity recommended by NFPA 13 selected in representative proportion to quantity used in Project and in accordance with NFPA 13 (Six (6) spare sprinkler heads minimum). Do not include dry barrel Pendent and dry barrel Sidewall sprinkler heads. b. Provide spare heads in cabinet with sprinkler head wrench for each type of head used. After approval of cabinet and contents, mount cabinet in convenient location in Riser Room.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Unless noted otherwise, system shall conform to: a. NFPA 13, 'Light & Ordinary Hazard Occupancies’. b. NFPA 24, 'Service Mains and Their Appurtenances, Private’. c. NFPA 25, ‘Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance. d. NFPA 101, 'Life Safety Code’. e. Requirements of local water department and local authority having jurisdiction for fire protection. f. Underwriters Laboratories Publication, UL Directory B, 'Fire Protection Equipment Directory', current edition at time of Pre-Bid Meeting. g. Comply with backflow prevention requirements and, if required, include device in hydraulic calculations. h. Applicable rules, regulations, laws, and ordinances.

B. Qualifications: 1. Licensed fire protection engineer or fire protection system designer certified by NICET to level three minimum and engaged in design of fire protection systems. Engineer / designer shall: a. Licensed for area of Project. b. Minimum five (5) years experience in fire protection system installations. c. Minimum five (5) satisfactorily completed installations in past three (3) years of projects similar in size, scope, and complexity required for this project before bidding. d. Be responsible for overseeing preparation of shop drawings, hydraulic calculations where applicable, and system installation. e. Make complete inspection of installation. f. Provide corrected record drawings to Owner with letter of acceptance. g. Certify that installation is in accordance with Contract Documents. h. Upon request, submit documentation. 2. Installer: a. Licensed for area of Project. b. Minimum five (5) years experience in fire protection system installations. c. Minimum five (5) satisfactorily completed installations in past three (3) years of projects similar in size, scope, and complexity required for this project before bidding. d. Upon request, submit documentation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SYSTEM

A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Croker Corp, Elmsford, NY www.croker.com. b. Gruvlock by Anvil International, Portsmouth, NH www.anvilintl.com. c. HO Trerice Company, Oak Park, MI www.hotco.com. d. Kennedy Valve, Elmira, NY www.kennedyvalve.com.

Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems - 3 - 21 1313 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

e. Milwaukee Valve Co, New Berlin, WI www.milwaukeevalve.com. f. Mueller Company, Decatur, IL www.muellerflo.com. g. Nibco Inc, Elkhart, IN www.nibco.com. h. Noble Company, Grand Haven MI www.noblecompany.com. i. Notifier by Honeywell, Northford, CT www.notifier.com. j. Potter Electric Signal Company, St. Louis, MO www.pottersignal.com. k. Potter-Roemer, Cerritos, CA www.potterroemer.com. l. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co, Mount Vernon, NY www.reliablesprinkler.com. m. System Sensor, St Charles, IL www.systemsensor.com. n. TYCO Fire & Building Products, Lansdale, PA www.tyco-fire.com. o. Victualic Company of America, Easton, PA or Victualic Company of Canada, Rexdale, ON www.victaulic.com. p. Viking Corp, Hastings, MI www.vikingcorp.com.

B. Description: 1. Automatic wet-pipe fire sprinkler system starting at flange in Fire Riser Room and extending throughout building.

C. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. Area of Application and Corresponding Design Density: 1) Mechanical, Electrical, and Janitorial Areas: a) Ordinary Hazard Group 1. b) Design density = 0.15 gpm per sq ft over 1,500 sq ft (140 sq m). 2) Storage Areas: a) Ordinary Hazard Group 2. b) Design density = 0.20 gpm per sq ft over 1,500 sq ft (140 sq m). 3) All Other Areas: a) Light Hazard. b) Design density = 0.10 gpm per sq ft over 1,500 sq ft (140 sq m). 4) Increase remote areas by 30 percent where ceiling / roof is sloped more than 2 inches (50 mm) per ft. 5) Remote areas may be reduced within parameters indicated in NFPA 13 for use of quick response sprinklers throughout. b. Maximum Coverage per Sprinkler Head: 1) Ordinary Hazard Areas: 130 sq ft (12.1 sq meters). 2) Attic Areas: 120 sq ft (11.2 sq meters). 3) Light Hazard Areas: 225 sq ft (20.1 sq meters). c. Design Area shall be hydraulically most remote area in accordance with NFPA 13. 1) Provide a 10% safety allowance under adjusted water flow supply curve. d. Maximum velocity of water flow within piping: 20 feet (6.1 m) per sec.

D. Components: 1. General: Use only domestically manufactured cast iron pipe fittings, valves, sprinkler heads, and other components. a. Pipe of foreign manufacture that meets ASTM Standards is acceptable. b. Ductile iron fittings of foreign manufacture are NOT acceptable. 2. Pipe: a. Schedule 40 Welded Steel: 1) Exterior, Above Ground: Schedule 40 hot-dip galvanized welded steel meeting requirements of ASTM A53/A53M, ASTM A135/A135M or ASTM A795/A795M. 2) Interior, Above Ground: Schedule 40 black welded steel meeting requirements of ASTM A53/A53M, ASTM A135/A135M or ASTM A795/A795M. 3) Connections: a) 2 inches (50 mm) And Smaller: Screwed, flanged, or roll grooved coupling system. b) 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) And Larger: Flanged or roll grooved coupling system. 3. Fittings: a. Usage:

Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems - 4 - 21 1313 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

1) 2 inches (50 mm) And Smaller: Welded, screwed, flanged, or roll grooved coupling system. For use with schedule 40 carbon steel pipe. 2) 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) And Larger: Welded, flanged, or roll grooved coupling system. b. Types And Quality: 1) Screwed: a) Cast iron meeting requirements of ANSI B16.4 or ductile iron meeting requirements of ANSI B16.3 and ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. b) Threaded fittings and pipe shall have threads cut to ANSI B1.20.1. c) Do not extend pipe into fittings to reduce waterway. d) Ream pipe after cutting to remove burrs and fins. 2) Flanged: Steel meeting requirements of ANSI B16.5. 3) Welded: a) Carbon steel meeting requirements of ASTM A234/A234M. b) Weld pipe using methods complying with AWS B2.1, level AR-3. Welding procedures and performance of welders shall comply with AWS B2.1, level AR3. 4) Roll Grooved Pipe Coupling System: a) Ductile iron meeting requirements of ASTM A395/A395M and ASTM A536, and UL listed. b) Grooved products used on Project shall be from same manufacturer. Grooving tools shall be as recommended by manufacturer of grooved products. c) Products:

Gruvlok Tyco (Grinnell) Victaulic Rigid Couplings 7401 772 Style 005 Flexible Couplings 1 7000 705 Style 75 Flange Adaptors 2 7012 71 Style 744 Grooved Coupling Gaskets 3 ‘E’ EPDM Grade ‘E’ EPDM ‘E’ EPDM 4

1 Use in locations where vibration attenuation, stress relief, thermal expansion, or seismic design is required / needed. 2 Class 125 or 150. 3 Temperature rated 30 to 150 deg F (minus one to plus 65 deg C). NSF-61 certified. 4 Grade ʻAʼ. c. Use of saddle or hole cut type mechanical tees is NOT APPROVED. 4. Valves: a. Butterfly Valves: 1) Design Criteria: a) UL / CASA approved. b) Indicating type. 2) Products: a) Milwaukee: (1) Model BB-SCS02 threaded ends with tamper switch one inch (25 mm) to 2 inches (50 mm). (2) Model BBVSCS02 Grooved ends with tamper switch 2 inches (50 mm) to 2- 1/2 inch (64 mm). b) Nibco: (1) Model WD3510-8 Wafer type with valve tamper switch. (2) Model GD4765-8N Grooved type with valve tamper switch, 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) to 8 inches (200 mm). c) Tyco (Grinnell): (1) Model BFV-N wafer. (2) Model BFV-N grooved. d) Victaulic: Series 705W Grooved end type with internal supv. switches. e) Kennedy: (1) Model 01W wafer. (2) Model G300 grooved.

Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems - 5 - 21 1313 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

b. Gate Valves: 1) Design Criteria: a) UL / CASA approved. b) Outside Screw and Yoke Type (O.S.&Y). c) Class 150 psi. 2) Products: a) Nibco: (1) T-104-0 with Threaded Ends 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) to 2 inches (50 mm). (2) F-637-31 Flanged Ends. b) Mueller: R-2360-6 Flanged Ends. c) Victaulic: Series 771 Grooved Ends c. Ball Valves: 1) Design Criteria: a) UL / CASA approved. b) Valve tamper switch. 2) Products: a) Milwaukee: BB-SCS02 with threaded ends. b) Nibco: KT-505 with threaded ends. c) Nibco: KG-505 with grooved ends. d) Victaulic: Series 728 with grooved or threaded ends. d. Swing Check Valves: 1) 1/2 to 3 inch (13 to 75 mm) horizontal check. a) Design Criteria: (1) Regrinding type. (2) Renewable disk. (3) Bronze Class 125 with threaded ends. b) Products: (1) Nibco: KT-403-W. (2) Victaulic: Series 712. (3) Viking: G-1 Grooved ends. 2) 2 to 4 inch (50 to 100 mm) Horizontal check: a) Design Criteria: (1) Grooved ends. (2) Ductile iron body. (3) Rated 300 psi (2.07 MPa). b) Products: (1) Tyco (Grinnell): CV-1F Grooved ends. (2) Victaulic: Series 712. (3) Viking: G-1 Grooved ends. 3) 3 to 12 inch (76 to 300 mm) Horizontal check: a) Design Criteria: (1) Bolted bonnet. (2) Raised face flanges. (3) Bronze mounted with ductile iron body. (4) 125 lb (56.7 kg) Class A. b) Products: (1) Nibco: F-938-31. (2) Mueller: A-2120-6. (3) Viking: F-1 grooved and flanged. e. Wafer Type Check Valves: 1) Design Criteria: a) 4 to 8 inch (100 to 300 mm) cast iron body. b) 175 psi (1.21 MPa) minimum working pressure. c) Rubber Seat. 2) Products: a) Nibco: KW-900-W. b) Mueller: A-2102. c) Kennedy: Fig.706. f. Grooved-End Check Valves: 1) Design Criteria:

Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems - 6 - 21 1313 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

a) UL / CASA listed and approved to 250 psi (1.72 MPa) maximum operating pressure. b) 2-1/2 to 12 inch (64 to 300 mm) ductile iron body. c) Disc And Seat: (1) 2-1/2 And 3 Inch (64 to 75 mm): Aluminum bronze disc with mounted elas- tomer seal and PPS (polyphenylene sulfide) coated seat. (2) 4 Inch (100 mm) And Larger: Elastomer encapsulated ductile iron disc with welded in nickel seat. (3) Viking: Model VK462. 2) Products. a) Nibco: KG-900-W grooved ends. b) Victaulic: Series 717. c) Kennedy: Fig.426. g. Alarm Check Valves: 1) Products: a) Reliable: E with gauges and drain. b) Tyco (Grinnell): Model AV-1-300. c) Victaulic: Series 751 with gauges and drain. d) Viking: J-1 with gauges and drain. h. Backflow Preventer: Make and model as required by local codes. i. Retard Chamber: 1) Design Criteria: a) Self-draining. 2) Products: a) Reliable: E-1. b) Victaulic: Series 752. c) Viking: C-1. j. Inspector's Test Valve: 1) Design Criteria: a) Bronze body with threaded or grooved ends. b) Combination sight glass / orifice. 2) Products. a) Tyco (Grinnell): Model F350. b) Victaulic: Testmaster Alarm Test Module Style 720. 5. Sprinkler Heads: a. Concealed Pendant: 1) Design Criteria: a) Adjustable cover. b) UL / CASA listed and approved. c) Coordinate concealed cover finish with Architect. 2) Products: a) Wet Pendant, Flat Profile: (1) Reliable: F4FR. (2) Victaulic: Model 3802. (3) Viking: Model VK462. (4) Tyco (Grinnell): Model RF11. (5) Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01 6200. b) Dry Pendant: (1) Flat Profile: (a) Tyco (Grinnell): DS-C. (b) Victaulic: V3618. (2) Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01 6200. b. Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler: 1) Design Criteria: a) UL / CASA listed and approved. b) Recess adjustable.

Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems - 7 - 21 1313 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

c) Where guards are required, use chrome plated sprinkler guards that are listed, that are approved by Sprinkler Manufacturer for use with head, and that are supplied by Sprinkler Manufacturer. 2) Products: a) Wet System: (1) Reliable: F1FR. (2) Tyco (Grinnell): Model TY-FRB. (3) Victualic: Model V2710. (4) Viking: VK305. (5) Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01 6200. b) Dry System: (1) Reliable: F3QR. (2) Tyco (Grinnell): DS-1. (3) Victualic: Model V3610. (4) Viking: VK162. (5) Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01 6200. c. Attic Sprinklers, Upright: 1) Design Criteria: a) UL / CASA listed and approved. b) Approved for use in roof structures, combustible and non-combustible, with ceiling below. 2) Products: a) Tyco: BB, SD, or HIP. d. Pendant Sprinklers: 1) Design Criteria: a) UL / CASA listed and approved. b) Where guards or escutcheons are required, use chrome plated sprinkler guards and escutcheons that are listed, that are approved by Sprinkler Manufacturer for use with head, and that are supplied by Sprinkler Manufacturer. 2) Products: a) Reliable: F1FR. b) Tyco: TY-FRB. c) Victaulic: Model V2704. d) Viking: VK302. e) Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01 6200. e. Upright Sprinklers: 1) Design Criteria: a) UL / CASA listed and approved. 2) Products: a) Reliable: F1FR. b) Tyco: TY-FRB. c) Victaulic: Models V2704. d) Viking: VK300. e) Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01 6200. 6. Water Flow Alarm: a. Electric Flow Alarm: 1) Design Criteria: a) UL / CASA listed and approved. 2) Products: a) Potter Electric: Bell, PBA-AC, 6 inch (150 mm) diameter, 120VAC. b) System Sensor: Bell, SSV-120, 120VAC. c) Potter Electric: Horn Strobe, SASH-120, 120VAC. d) System Sensor: Horn Strobe, P2RHK-120, 120 VAC. 7. Pressure Gauges: a. Mechanical Water Pressure Gauges: 1) Design Criteria: a) UL / CASA listed and approved. b) 3-1/2 inch (89 mm) diameter dial.

Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems - 8 - 21 1313 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

c) 0 to 300 psi (0 to 2.07 MPa) in 5 psi (34.5 kPA) increments. 2) Products: a) Reliable: UA. b) HO Trerice: 500. c) Viking: 01124A. 8. Waterflow Detectors: a. Electrical Water Flow Switch: 1) Design Criteria: a) UL / CASA listed. b) Switch activates with flow of 10 gpm (37.85 lpm) or more. c) Two single pole double throw switches. d) Automatic reset. 2) Products: a) Potter-Roemer: Model 6201 thru 6208. b) System Sensor: WFD20 thru WFD80. c) Viking: VSR-F. 9. Tamper Switch a. Weather and Tamper Resistant Switch. 1) Design Criteria: a) UL / CASA listed. b) Mount to monitor valve and not interfere with operation. c) Shall operate in horizontal and vertical position. 2) Products a) Control Valves, Butterfly Valves, Post Indicator Valves: (1) Potter Electric: Model PCVS. (2) Notifier: Model PIBV2. (3) System Sensor: Model PIBV2. b) O.S. & Y Valves: (1) Potter Electric: Model OSYSU. (2) System sensor: Model OSY2. 10. Automatic Drain Device: a. Design Criteria: 1) Straight Design, 3/4 inch: (19 mm). b. Products: 1) Nibco: Ball-Drip. 2) Potter-Roemer: Figure 5982. 3) Viking: B-1. 11. Fire Department Connection: a. Two-way Inlet with single clapper: 1) Class One Quality Standards: 2) Round 'AUTO SPKR' identification plate, red enamel finish aluminum plate: (1) Croker: Fig 6766. (2) Potter-Roemer Fig. 5966. 3) Products. a) Rough chrome plated: (1) Croker: 6405-RC. (2) Potter-Roemer: Fig. 5710-C. b) Caps and Chains: (1) Croker: 6747 RC. (2) Potter-Roemer: 4625. 12. Riser Manifold Assembly: a. Design Criteria: 1) Groove x Groove Manifold Body. 2) Water Flow Alarm Switch, VSC with Vane, UL / CASA listed and approved. 3) 300 psi (2.07 MPa) Water Pressure Gauge. 4) Test and Drain Valve with Manifold Drain Trim and 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) diameter test Orifice.

Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems - 9 - 21 1313 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

5) Pressure Relief Valve, 175 psi (1.21 MPa), non adjustable, pipe discharge to test Drain Valve. b. Products: 1) Tyco: Model 513. 2) Victaulic: Style 747P.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Anvil International, Portsmouth, NH www.anvilintl.com. b. Cooper B-Line, Highland, IL www.b-line.com.

B. Hangers, Rods, And Clamps: 1. Design Criteria: a. Galvanized, unless specified otherwise, and UL / CASA approved for service intended. 2. Class One Quality Standard: a. Hangers and accessories shall be Anvil numbers specified or equals by Cooper B-Line. b. Pipe Ring Hangers: Equal to Anvil Fig 69. c. Riser Clamps: Equal to Anvil Fig. 261.

C. Posted System Diagram: 1. Provide single, color-coded floor plan diagram showing total system. Color antifreeze pipe system elements BLUE and wet pipe system elements RED. Indicate locations of antifreeze system drains and sample test station. 2. Include following information on diagram sheet: a. Explanation of how to test an antifreeze system. b. Step by step shut down procedure. c. Step by step system drainage procedure. d. Step by step start-up procedure. e. Step by step procedure for protection of system from freezing. 3. Laminate diagram with plastic and mat or frame suitable for hanging near riser.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLERS 1. Meet Quality Assurance Installer Qualifications as specified in Part 1 of this specification.

3.2 EXAMINATION

A. Drawings: 1. Prepare Fire Protection Drawings to show general arrangement of piping. Follow as closely as actual building construction and work of other trades will permit. Install system so it drains. 2. Consider Architectural and Structural Drawings part of this work insofar as these drawings furnish information relating to design and construction of building. These Drawings take precedence over Fire Protection Drawings. 3. Because of small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, and accessories that may be required. Investigate structural and finish conditions affecting this work and arrange work accordingly, providing such fittings, valves, and accessories required to meet conditions and to enable system to drain.

Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems - 10 - 21 1313 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Connect system to flange provided under Section 33 1119. After installation of riser, fill annular space between pipe and slab with flexible mastic.

B. Install sprinkler systems in accordance with requirements of latest editions of NFPA 13 and as specified below: 1. Provide maintenance access to equipment 2. Conceal sprinkler lines installed in occupied areas. Install to enable drainage of system. a. Install main drain from riser according to NFPA 13, paragraph 8.17.4. 3. Install piping system, except for dry heads, so it will not be exposed to freezing temperatures. 4. Do not use dropped, damaged, or used sprinkler heads. 5. Install tamper switches and flow detectors where located by Architect. 6. Except for Siamese connection, install automatic ball drip device in lowest point of piping to fire department connection and drain to floor drain or to exterior of building. 7. Brace and support system to meet seismic zone requirements for building site.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field Tests: 1. Pressure Test: a. Hydrostatically test system to 200 psi (1.38 MPa) minimum for 2 hours as required by 'Contractor's Material And Testing certificate for Above Ground Piping' NFPA-13, Figure Figure 24.1 (2010) Edition). b. If system or part of system is to have a glycol solution, hydrostatic test is to be performed using approved glycol solution. Do not hydrostatically test any section of system that is to be filled with a glycol solution with plain water. 2. Water Flow Test: a. Test to determine static and residual pressures and corresponding flow rate at point of connection to utility water main. b. Adjust water flow test data for seasonal fluctuations and future growth as recommended by Water Utility and AHJ. c. At point of connection to utility water main, combine inside and outside hose stream allowances. 3. Check piping in relation to insulation envelope to be certain piping and auxiliary drains are properly enclosed inside building insulation envelope. Report unsatisfactory conditions to Architect. 4. Tests shall be witnessed by Architect and representative of local jurisdiction over fire prevention.

3.5 CLEANING

A. Waste Management: a. Disposal must be disposed from site in accordance to national, state, and local health codes.

3.6 CLOSE-OUT ACTIVITIES

A. Instruction of Owner: 1. Instruction Sessions: a. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of system utilizing ‘Operation And Maintenance Manual’ when so doing. Minimum instruction period shall be four (4) hours. 1) Include antifreeze system requirement to be tested at least once a year. b. Instruction sessions shall occur after Substantial Completion inspection when system is properly working and before final payment is made. c. Provide Owner with latest version of NFPA 25.

Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems - 11 - 21 1313 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

B. Training: 1. Installer required to provide FM Training from latest version of NFPA 25 with checklist and brief explanation of following inspections: a. Weekly Inspection. b. Monthly Inspection. c. Quarterly Inspection. d. Semi-Annual Inspection. e. Annual Inspection.

END OF SECTION

Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems - 12 - 21 1313 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

SECTION 16 001

COMMON ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. General electrical system requirements and procedures. 2. Perform excavating and backfilling work required by work of this Division as described in Contract Documents. 3. Make electrical connections to equipment provided under other Sections.

B. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. Anchor bolts and templates for exterior lighting equipment bases.

1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate with Owner for equipment and materials to be removed by Owner.

B. Sequencing: 1. Include detailed sequence of individual electrical demolition operations on Construction Schedule specified in Section 01 3200.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Provide following information for each item of equipment: 1) Catalog Sheets. 2) Assembly details or dimension drawings. 3) Installation instructions. 4) Manufacturer's name and catalog number. 5) Name of local supplier. b. Do not purchase equipment before approval of product data. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Submit on following equipment: 1) Panelboards. 2) Switchboards. 3) Motor Control Centers. 4) Dimming Equipment. 5) Low voltage relay switching system for lighting. b. Indicate precise equipment to be used, including all options specified. Indicate wording and format of nameplates where applicable. Submit in three-ring binder with hard cover.

B. Informational Submittals: 1. Test And Evaluation Reports: a. Report of site tests, before Substantial Completion.

Common Electrical Requirements - 1 - 16 001 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Operations and Maintenance Data: 1) Provide operating and maintenance instructions for each item of equipment submitted under Product Data. b. Record Documentation: 1) Manufacturers documentation: a) Manufacturer's literature. b) Include copy of approved shop drawings. c) Provide in addition to product data required for interior lighting fixtures, tabulation for each tritium exit sign installed on Project including following: (1) Serial number. (2) Expiration number.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals: 1. NEC and local ordinances and regulations shall govern unless more stringent requirements are specified. 2. Material and equipment provided shall meet standards of NEMA or UL and bear their label wherever standards have been established and label service is available.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SYSTEMS

A. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. Materials and equipment provided under following Sections shall be by same Manufacturer: 1) Panelboards. 2) Enclosed Switches And Circuit Breakers. 3) Enclosed Controllers.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Confirm dimensions, ratings, and specifications of equipment to be installed and coordinate these with site dimensions and with other Sections.

B. Evaluation And Assessment: 1. All relocations, reconnections, and removals are not necessarily indicated on Drawings. Include such work without additional cost to Owner.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Disconnect equipment that is to be removed or relocated. Carefully remove, disassemble, or dismantle as required, and store in approved location on site, existing items to be reused in completed work.

Common Electrical Requirements - 2 - 16 001 Arroyo Grande Public Works

New Building and Renovation

B. Where affected by demolition or new construction, relocate, extend, or repair raceways, conductors, outlets, and apparatus to allow continued use of electrical system. Use methods and materials as specified for new construction.

C. Perform drilling, cutting, block-offs, and demolition work required for removal of necessary portions of electrical system. Do not cut joists, beams, girders, trusses, or columns without prior written permission from Architect.

D. Remove concealed wiring abandoned due to demolition or new construction. Remove circuits, conduits, and conductors that are not to be re-used back to next active fixture, device, or junction box.

E. Patch, repair, and finish surfaces affected by electrical demolition work, unless work is specifically specified to be performed under other Sections of the specifications.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. General: 1. Locations of electrical equipment shown on Drawings are approximate only. Field verify actual locations for proper installation. 2. Coordinate electrical equipment locations and conduit runs with those providing equipment to be served before installation or rough in. a. Notify Architect of conflicts before beginning work. b. Coordinate locations of power and lighting outlets in mechanical rooms and other areas with mechanical equipment, piping, ductwork, cabinets, etc, so they will be readily accessible and functional. 3. Work related to other trades which is required under this Division, such as cutting and patching, trenching, and backfilling, shall be performed according to standards specified in applicable Sections.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field Tests: 1. Test systems and demonstrate equipment as working and operating properly. Notify Architect before test. Rectify defects at no additional cost to Owner. 2. Measure current for each phase of each motor under actual final load operation, i.e. after air balance is completed for fan units, etc. Record this information along with full-load nameplate current rating and size of thermal overload unit installed for each motor.

3.5 CLEANING

A. Remove obsolete raceways, conductors, apparatus, and lighting fixtures promptly from site and dispose of legally.

3.6 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES

A. Training: 1. Provide competent instructor for three days to train Owner’s maintenance personnel in operation and maintenance of electrical equipment and systems. Factory representatives shall assist this instruction as necessary. Schedule instruction period at time of final inspection.

END OF SECTION

Common Electrical Requirements - 3 - 16 001

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

CON-1

CONTRACT

for the Construction of:

CORPORATION YARD ADMINISTRATION BUILDING PROJECT NO. PW 2013-12

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this ______day of ______, 2014, by and between the CITY OF ARROYO GRANDE, a municipal corporation of the State of California, hereinafter designated City, party of the first part, and______, hereinafter designated as Contractor, party of the second part,

WITNESSETH: That the parties hereto do mutually agree as follows:

ARTICLE I. For and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by City, Contractor agrees with City to furnish all materials, equipment and labor and construct facilities for City, and to perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner all the work pertaining thereto shown on the plans and described in the specifications hereto attached, and to furnish at his own proper cost and expense all tools, equipment, labor, and materials necessary therefore, except such materials as in the said specifications are stipulated to be furnished by City, and to do everything required by this Contract and the said specifications and plans, and the requirements of the Engineer under them, to wit:

CONTRACT SCHEDULE Item # Qty Unit Description Unit Price Total Price A-1 1 LS Traffic Control A-2 1 LS Pavement Markers

Total Contract Price

Total Contract Price in Words:

CON-2

ARTICLE II. For furnishing all said equipment, materials and labor, performing demolition as required, and doing all the work contemplated and embraced in this Contract; and for all loss and damage arising out of the nature of the work aforesaid, or from the action of the elements or from any unforeseen difficulties which may arise or be encountered in the prosecution of the work until its acceptance by City, and for all risks of every description connected with the work; also for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of work, except such as in the said specifications are expressly stipulated to be borne by City; and for well and faithfully completing the work and the whole thereof, in the manner shown and described in the said plans and specifications and in accordance with the requirements of the Public Works Director under them, City will pay and Contractor shall receive as full compensation therefore the amounts for such work as installed for the unit prices bid therefore in accordance with the proposal of Contractor.

ARTICLE III. City hereby promises and agrees with said Contractor to employ, and does hereby employ, said Contractor to provide the materials and to do the work according to the terms and conditions herein contained and referred to, for the prices aforesaid, and hereby contracts to pay the same at the time, in the manner and upon the conditions set forth in the specifications; and the said parties for themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, do hereby agree to full performance of the covenants herein contained.

ARTICLE IV. Contract Documents shall consist of The Notice to Contractors, the Statement of Prevailing Wages, the Bid Requirements, the Contract Bid, the Bond for Faithful Performance, the Bond for Materials and Laborers, the Contract Agreement, the Standard Specifications, the Technical Specifications, the Special Provisions and the Project Plans mentioned therein and titled CORPORATION YARD ADMINISTRATION BUILDING, PROJECT NUMBER PW 2013-12, all of which are hereto attached are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Contract.

ARTICLE V. Contractor shall forthwith furnish in triplicate, a faithful performance bond in an amount equal to 100% of the contract price and a labor and materials bond in an amount equal to 100% of the contract price, both bonds to be written by a surety company acceptable to City and in the form prescribed by law.

ARTICLE VI. Should any of the materials or equipment prove defective or should the work prove defective due to faulty workmanship, material furnished or methods of installation, or should the work or any part thereof fail to operate properly as originally intended and in accordance with the plans and specifications, due to any of the above causes, all within twelve (12) months after date on which the work called for in this Contract is accepted by City, the undersigned agrees to reimburse City, upon demand, for its expenses incurred in restoring said work to the condition contemplated in said project, including the cost of any such equipment or materials replaced and the cost of removing and replacing any work necessary to make such replacement or repairs, or, upon demand by City, to replace any such materials and to repair said work completely without cost to City so that said work will function successfully as originally contemplated.

City shall have the unqualified option to make any needed replacement or repairs itself or to have such replacements or repairs done by the undersigned. In the event City elects to have said work performed by the undersigned, the undersigned agrees that the repairs shall be made and such materials as are necessary shall be furnished and installed within a reasonable time after the receipt of demand from City. If the undersigned shall fail or refuse to comply with his obligations under this guaranty, City shall be entitled to all costs and expenses, including attorney's fees, reasonably incurred by reason of the said failure or refusal.

ARTICLE VII. If Contractor should be adjudged bankrupt, or if he makes a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed on account of his insolvency, or if he or any of his subcontractors should persistently violate any of the provisions of the Contract, or if he should disregard laws, ordinances or the instructions of the Engineer, then City may, upon certificate of the Engineer when sufficient cause exists to justify such action, serve written notice upon Contractor and his surety of its intention to terminate the Contract, such notice to contain the reasons for such intention to terminate the Contract, and CON-3

unless, within five (5) days after the serving of such notice, such violations shall cease and satisfactory arrangements for correction thereof be made, the Contract shall, upon the expiration of said five (5) days, cease and terminate.

In the event of any such termination, City shall immediately serve written notice thereof upon the surety and Contractor, and the surety shall have the right to take over and perform the Contract, provided, however, that if the surety, within ten (10) days after the serving upon it of notice of termination, does not give City written notice of its intention to take over and perform the Contract or does not commence performance thereof within the ten (10) days stated above from the date of the serving of such notice, City may take over the work and prosecute the same to completion by Contract or by any other method it may deem advisable, for the account and at the expense of Contractor, and Contractor and his surety shall be liable to City for any excess cost occasioned City thereby, and in such event City may, without liability for so doing, take possession of and utilize in completing the work such materials, appliances, plans and other property belonging to Contractor as may be on the site of the work and necessary therefore. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract price shall exceed the expenses of finishing the work, including compensation for additional managerial and administration services, such excess shall be paid Contractor. If such expense shall exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to City. The expense incurred by City, as herein provided, and damage incurred through Contractor's default, shall be certified by the Public Works Director.

ARTICLE VIII. The Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City, and its officers, officials, employees and agents, from and against any and all claims asserted, liability, loss, damage, expense, costs (including without limitation costs and fee of litigation) of every nature arising of, directly or indirectly, or in connection with this Contract or the acts or omissions of Contractor, Contractor’s Subcontractors, employees, representatives, agents and invitees including, but not limited to, performance of the work hereunder or failure to comply with any of the obligations contained herein, except such loss or damage which was caused by the established active negligence of City or the established sole negligence or willful misconduct of City, its officers, officials, employees and agents. Said indemnification and hold harmless provisions shall be in full force and effect regardless of whether or not there shall be insurance policies covering and applicable to such liability, loss, damage, expense or cost.

The Contractor agrees that the use of any and all public streets and improvements which are part of or subject to this Contract shall be at all times, prior to the final acceptance by the City, the sole and exclusive risk of' the Contractor. The Contractor further specifically agrees that he shall indemnify and hold City free of any liability for any accident, loss, or damage to the work, which is the subject of this Contract prior to its completion and acceptance by the City.

ARTICLE IX. It is further expressly agreed by and between the parties hereto that should there be any conflict between the terms of this instrument and the bid or proposal therefore, then this instrument shall control and nothing herein shall be considered as an acceptance of the said terms of said bid or proposal conflicting herewith.

ARTICLE X. Time is of the essence of this contract and failure to comply with this provision shall be a material breach of this contract.

ARTICLE XI. If any part of this contract is held invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the balance shall retain its full force and effect.

ARTICLE XII. Maintenance of required insurance coverage is a material element of this contract and failure to maintain or renew coverage or to provide evidence of renewal shall be a material breach of this contract.

CON-4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF: The parties hereto have caused this Contract to be executed the day and year first above written.

CITY OF ARROYO GRANDE CONTRACTOR

By: By: Mayor

Title ATTEST:

Director of Administrative Services

-- END OF CONTRACT --

CON-5

PAYMENT BOND (FOR LABOR AND MATERIAL)

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

That we, , as Principal, and ______as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Arroyo Grande, in the sum of Dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas said Principal has been awarded and is about to enter into a written contract with the City of Arroyo Grande for the work described in CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE CORPORATION YARD ADMINISTRATION BUILDING, PROJECT NUMBER PW 2013-12, which is attached hereto, made a part hereof, and to which reference is hereby made for all particulars, and is required by said City to give this bond in connection with the execution of said contract;

NOW THEREFORE, if said Principal, as Contractor in said contract, or Principal's Subcontractor, fail to pay any of the persons referred to in Section 3181 of the Civil Code of the State of California for labor performed, skills or other necessary services bestowed, site improvement made, equipment leased, or appliances, equipment implements, machinery, materials, power, provender, provisions, teams, or trucks furnished or used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for amounts due under the employment Insurance Act with respect to work or labor performed by any such claimant, said Surety shall pay for the same. In an amount not exceeding the sum specified above; and if suit is brought upon this bond, a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the court. This bond is pursuant to the provisions of Ch 7 Div 3, Pt 4, Tit 15, of the Civil Code of the State of California, and shall insure to the benefit of any of the persons referred to in said Civil Code Section 3181, as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, so as to give a fight of action to such persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond. No premature payment by said City to said Principal shall exonerate any Surety unless the City Council of said City shall have actual notice that such payment is premature at the time and it is ordered by said Council, and then only to the extent that such payment shall result in loss to such Surety, but in no event more than the amount of such premature payment.

It is agreed, that any alterations in the work to be done, or increase or decrease of the material to be furnished, which may be made pursuant to the terms of said contract shall not in any way release either the Principal or Surety hereunder, nor shall any extension of time granted under the provisions of said contract release either the Principal or Surety, and notice of such alterations or extensions of the contract is hereby waived by the surety.

WITNESS our hands this day of , 20__.

Surety Principal

ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE WITNESSED BY NOTARY (Attach appropriate jurats)

-- END OF PAYMENT BOND --

CON-6

FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

That we, , as Principal, and ______as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Arroyo Grande, in the sum of Dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, has been awarded and is about to enter into a written contract with the City of Arroyo Grande for the work described in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE CORPORATION YARD ADMINISTRATION BUILDING, PROJECT NUMBER PW 2013-12, which is attached hereto, made a part hereof, and to which reference is hereby made for all particulars, and is required by said City to give this bond in connection with the execution of said contract;

NOW, THEREFORE, if said Principal shall well and truly do and perform all of the covenants and obligations of said contract on Principal's part to be done and performed at the times and in the manner specified therein, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. No premature payment by said City to said Principal shall exonerate any Surety unless the City Council of said City shall have actual notice that such payment is premature at the time it is ordered by said Council, and then only to the extent that such payment shall result in loss to such Surety, but in no event more than the amount of such premature payment.

It is agreed, that any alterations in the work to be done, or increase or decrease of the material to be furnished, which may be made pursuant to the terms of said contract shall not in any way release either the Principal or Surety hereunder, nor shall any extensions of time granted under the provisions of said contract release either the principal or surety, and notice of such alterations or extensions of the contract is hereby waived by the Surety.

WITNESS our hands this day of , 20__.

Surety Principal

ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE WITNESSED BY NOTARY (Attach appropriate jurats)

-- END OF FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND --

CON-7

GENERAL LIABILITY ENDORSEMENT

CITY OF ARROYO GRANDE 300 East Branch Street Arroyo Grande, CA 93420

ATTN:______

POLICY INFORMATION

1 Insurance Company: 2 Policy Number: Policy Term – From: To:

3 Endorsement Effective Date: 4 Name Insured: 5 Address of Named Insured: 6 Deductible or Self-Insured Retention (Nil unless otherwise specified): $ 7 Coverage is equivalent to: Commercial General

Liability “occurrence” form CG0001.

8 Bodily Injury and Property Damage Coverage is:

POLICY AMENDMENTS This endorsement is issued in consideration of the policy premium. Notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy to which this endorsement is attached or any other endorsement attached thereto, it is agreed as follows:

1) INSURED. The City, its elected or appointed officials, employees, agents and volunteers, are included as insured with regard to damages and defense of claims arising from: (a) activities performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured, (b) products and completed operations of the Named Insured, or (c) premises owned, leased or used by the Named Insured or (d) automobiles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the named insured.

2) CONTRIBUTION NOT REQUIRED. As respects: (a) work performed by the Named Insured for or on behalf of the City; or (b) products sold by the Named Insured to the City; or (c) premises leased by the Named Insured from the City, the insurance afforded by this policy shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its elected or appointed officials, employees, or volunteers; or stand in an unbroken chain of coverage excess of the Named Insured's scheduled underlying primary coverage. In either event, any other insurance maintained by: the City, its elected or appointed officials, employees, agents and volunteers, shall be in excess of this insurance and shall not contribute to it.

CON-8

SCOPE OF COVERAGE. The policy, if primary, affords coverage at least as broad as:

1) Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability Coverage, "occurrence" form CG0001; or 2) If excess, affords coverage, which is at least as broad as the primary insurance forms referenced in the proceeding sections (1).

SEVERABILITY OF INTEREST. The insurance afforded by this policy applies separately to each insured who is seeking coverage or against whom a claim is made or a suit is brought, except with respects to the Company's limit of liability. The inclusion of any person or organization as an insured shall not affect any right which such person or organization would have as a claimant if not so included.

PROVISIONS REGARDING THE INSURED'S DUTIES AFTER ACCIDENT OR LOSS. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policy shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its elected or appointed officials, employees, agents, or volunteers.

CANCELLATION NOTICE. The insurance afforded by this policy shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days' prior written notice by certified mail return receipt requested has been given to the City. Such notice shall be addressed as shown in the heading of this endorsement.

INCIDENT AND CLAIM REPORTING PROCEDURE Incidents and claims are to be reported to the insurer at:

ATTN: Title: Department: Company: Street Address: Telephone Number:

SIGNATURE OF INSURER OR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE INSURER

I, (print/type name), warrant that I have authority to bind the below listed insurance company and by my signature hereon does so bind this company.

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE (original signature required on endorsement furnished to the City)

ORGANIZATION: TITLE: ADDRESS: TELEPHONE: FAX:

-- END OF GENERAL LIABILITY ENDORSEMENT --

CON-9

AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ENDORSEMENT

ATTN: ______

POLICY INFORMATION

1. Insurance Company: Policy Number: 2. Policy Term – From: To: Endorsement Effective Date: ______3. Name Insured: 4. Address of Named Insured: 5. Limit Liability Any One Occurrence/Aggregate: $ 6. Deductible or Self-Insured Retention (Nil unless otherwise specified): $

POLICY AMENDMENTS This endorsement is issued in consideration of the policy premium. Notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy to which this endorsement is attached or any other endorsement attached thereto, it is agreed as follows:

INSURED. The City, its elected or appointed officials, employees, agents and volunteers, are included as insured with regard to damages and defense of claims arising from: (a) activities performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured, (b) products and completed operations of the Named Insured, or (c) premises owned, leased or used by the Named Insured, or (d) automobiles owned, leased, hired, or borrowed by the Named Insured.

CONTRIBUTION NOT REQUIRED. As respects: (a) work performed by the Named Insured for or on behalf of the City; or (b) products sold by the Named Insured to the City; or (c) premises leased by the Named Insured from the City, the insurance afforded by this policy shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its elected or appointed officials, employees, or volunteers; or stand in an unbroken chain of coverage excess of the Named Insured's scheduled underlying primary coverage. In either event, any other insurance maintained by the City, its elected or appointed officials, employees, agents or volunteers, shall be in excess of this insurance and shall not contribute t

SCOPE OF COVERAGE. The policy, if primary, affords coverage at least as broad as: 1) Insurance Services Office form number CA 0001 (ed. 1/78), Code 1 (any auto) and endorsement CA 0025. 2) If excess, affords coverage, which is at least as broad as the primary insurance forms referenced in the preceding section (1).

SEVERABILITY OF INTEREST. The insurance afforded by this policy applies separately to each insured who is seeking coverage or against whom a claim is made or a suit is brought, except with respects to the Company's limit of liability. The inclusion of any person or organization as an insured shall not affect any right which such person or organization would have as a claimant if not so included.

CON-10

PROVISIONS REGARDING THE INSURED'S DUTIES AFTER ACCIDENT OR LOSS. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policy or breaches or violations of warranties shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its elected or appointed officials, employees, agents, or volunteers.

CANCELLATION NOTICE. The insurance afforded by this policy shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days' prior written notice by certified mail return receipt requested has been given to the City. Such notice shall be addressed as shown in the heading of this endorsement.

INCIDENT AND CLAIM REPORTING PROCEDURE

Incidents and claims are to be reported to the insurer at:

ATTN: Title: Department: Company: Street Address: Telephone Number:

SIGNATURE OF INSURER OR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE INSURER.

I, (print/type name), warrant that I have authority to bind the below listed insurance company and by my signature hereon does so bind this company.

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE (original signature required on endorsement furnished to the City)

ORGANIZATION: TITLE: ADDRESS: TELEPHONE: FAX:

-- END OF AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY --

CON-11

WORKER'S COMPENSATION/EMPLOYMENT LIABILITY ENDORSEMENT

ATTN: ______

POLICY INFORMATION

1. Insurance Company: Policy Number: 2. Policy Term – From: To: Endorsement Effective Date: ______3. Name Insured: 4. Address of Named Insured: 5. Limit Liability Any One Occurrence/Aggregate: $ 6. Deductible or Self-Insured Retention (Nil unless otherwise specified): $

POLICY AMENDMENTS In consideration of the policy premium and notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy to which this endorsement is attached or any other endorsement attached thereto, it is agreed as follows:

Cancellation Notice. The insurance afforded by this policy shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days' prior written notice by certified mail return receipt requested has been given to the City. Such notice shall be addressed as shown in the heading of this endorsement. Waiver of Subrogation. The Insurance Company agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its elected or appointed officials, agents, and employees for losses paid under the terms of this policy which arise from work performed by the Named Insured for the City.

SIGNATURE OF INSURER OR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE INSURER

I, (print/type name), warrant that I have authority to bind the below listed insurance company and by my signature hereon does so bind this company.

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE (original signature required on endorsement furnished to the City)

ORGANIZATION: TITLE: ADDRESS: TELEPHONE: FAX:

CITY OF ARROYO GRANDE ("the City") A Municipal Corporation

ATTN: ______

This certifies to the City that the following described policies have been issued to the Insured named below and are in force at this time.

Insured: Address:

Description of operations/locations/products insured (show contract name and /or number, if any):

POLICIES LIMITS POLICY EXPIRATION AND INSURERS BODILY INJURY PROPERTY NUMBER DATE DAMAGE Worker’s Compensation ______Employer’s Liability $ ______(Name of Insurer) Best's Rating ______Check Policy Type:  Comprehensive Claims-made _____ Occurrence_____  General Liability Each Occurrence Each Occurrence  Commercial General $ ______$ ______Liability or ______Combined Single Limit $______(Name of Insurer) Aggregate $ ______Best's Rating: ______Business Auto Policy Each Person Each Accident Liability Coverage $ ______$ ______Symbol Each Accident (Name of Insurer) $ ______Best's Rating: ______Combined Single Limit $______Umbrella Liability ______Claims-Made _____ Occurrence_____ (Name of Insurer) Occurrence/Aggregate $ ______Best's Rating: ______Self Insured Retention $ ______

The following coverage or conditions are in effect YES NO The City, its officials, and employees, agents and volunteers, are named on all liability policies described above as insured’s as respects: (a) activities performed for the City by or on behalf of the named insured, (b) products and completed operations on the Named Insured, and (c) premises owned, leased or used by the Named Insured. Products and Completed Operations. The undersigned will mail to the City 30 days' written notice by receipted delivery of cancellation or deduction of coverage or limits. Cross Liability Clause (or equivalent wording). Personal Injury, Perils A, B, and C. Broad form Property Damage X, C, U hazards included. Contractual Liability Coverage applying to this Contract. Liquor Liability. Coverage afforded the City, its officials, employees, agents and volunteers, as insured’s applies as primary and not excess or contributing to any insurance issued in the name of the City. Waiver of subrogation from Workers' Compensation insurer.

This certificate is issued as a matter of information. This certificate is not an insurance policy and does not amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed herein. Notwithstanding any requirement, term or condition of any contract or other document with respect to which this certificate of insurance may be issued or may pertain, the insurance afforded by the policies described herein is subject to all the terms, exclusions and conditions of such policies.

Agency of Brokerage Insurance Company

Address Home Office

Name of Person to be Contacted Authorized Signature

Telephone Number Date

Note: Authorized signatures may be the agent's if agent has placed insurance through an agency agreement with the insurer. If insurance is brokered, authorized signature must be of official of insurer.

This information must include all construction work undertaken in the State of California by the bidder and any partnership, joint venture or corporation that any principal of the bidder participated in as a principal or owner for the last five calendar years and the current calendar year prior to the date of bid submittal. Separate information shall be submitted for each particular partnership, joint venture, corporate or individual bidder. The bidder may attach any additional information or explanation of data which he would like taken into consideration in evaluating the safety record. An explanation must be attached of the circumstances surrounding any and all fatalities.

-- END OF WORKER'S COMPENSATION/EMPLOYMENT LIABILITY ENDORSEMENT